WX脈鏈鏈 · 使用說明書WX WeaveInX · User Manual
語言Language
系統Platform
系統預覽Interface previewINTERFACE PREVIEW
上方「系統」切換的是這份手冊的呈現;小程序與 H5 內的正式切換鈕仍待上線(見 10.2)。The Platform switch above changes how this manual is presented. The in-app switches are still pending (see 10.2).
Mini-program home
已上線LIVE小程序:微信裡的預設入口Mini-program: the default entry inside WeChat
  • 怎麼進:微信掃碼、搜尋「WX脈鏈鏈」、好友分享的卡片。
  • 只有在這裡才有:微信授權登入、小程序內支付、附近會員定位、分享到聊天與群。
  • 適合:日常使用、談關係、活動現場加人。
  • 限制:對方必須有微信。遇到不用微信的人,你給不出連結——切到 H5。
  • How to open: scan a WeChat QR code, search “WeaveInX”, or tap a card shared in chat.
  • Only here: WeChat sign-in, in-app payment, coarse nearby-members location, sharing into chats and groups.
  • Best for: daily use, relationship building, adding people at an event.
  • Limit: the other person must have WeChat. With someone who does not, you have no link to give — switch to H5.
項目Item小程序MiniH5
進入方式Access微信內開啟Inside WeChat任何瀏覽器、有網址即可Any browser, any URL
付款Payment小程序內支付In-app payment瀏覽器付款頁,無法調起小程序支付Browser checkout, no mini-program payment
分享Sharing卡片直接進聊天Card into chat純連結,可能顯示為網址Plain link, may show as a URL
狀態Status已上線 v1.0.12LIVE v1.0.12原型 v0.5,未對外開放Prototype v0.5, not public
WEAVEINX · MINI PROGRAM · USER MANUAL · ENGLISH EDITION

User ManualApplication v1.0.12 (development channel)

What this edition is. This is a full translation of the Chinese edition. Every chapter, section, table and figure of the Chinese original appears here with the same number, so a reader can move between the two editions without losing their place. Where a feature is not shipped, this edition says so in the same words the Chinese edition uses — nothing here promises what the product cannot yet do.
On the screenshots. The interface screenshots are in Chinese, because the application interface is currently in Chinese. Captions and explanations are in English; the element names quoted in the text are the English translations of what appears on screen, with the Chinese in brackets where the exact wording matters (for example "Radar Score 雷達分"). Chapter 11 is the picture guide: one card per screen.

About this document

The facts below are the ones a reader needs in order to judge whether this copy still matches the app on their phone.

Document
WeaveInX Mini Program · User Manual
WX脈鏈鏈小程序使用說明書
Application version
v1.0.12 (the version the screenshots match)
AppID wx0cae7985a9587f5c
Screenshots taken
6 Nov 2026
390×844 phone viewport, 2× resolution
Intended readers
Members · chamber officers · operators · trainers
Each has a recommended route (see Chapter 0)
Maintenance
Updated with each application release
Proofread within seven working days of every release
Operating entity
Ronghui Maichain (Xiamen) Technology Information Co., Ltd.
融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司 — the Chinese name is the legal one
Order of precedence
This manual < user agreement / privacy policy
Where they differ, the formal agreement governs
Languages
Traditional Chinese · Simplified Chinese · English
Switchable from the top bar (see Chapter 10)

How to read the status labels

Every feature carries one of three labels. They are not decoration; they are the difference between a manual you can act on and one you cannot.

LabelWhat it meansWhat you should do
LIVEWorking in the released versionUse it as described
PARTIALThe entry point and the screen exist; part of the data behind them is still being connectedUse the part that works — the text always says which part that is
PLANNEDSpecified and designed, not shippedDo not build a workflow on it yet; the manual gives you the workaround

Contents

ChapterTitle
0How to use this manual
1Product overview
2Five minutes to a usable account
3The thirteen core modules
4Three working scenarios
5The three mechanisms
6Feature status and what comes next
7Questions, by situation
8Glossary
9Compliance and the limits of responsibility
10The two switches: language and platform
11Screen by screen: 25 device screenshots
12Publishing an event
ANew member: the first seven days
BOne-page starter sheet
COperator pack: monthly SOP and checklists
DTraining pack
EHouse style
FPending confirmation from the operator
GThe 160 improvement items: what happened to each

Conventions

0How to use this manual

This is not a button reference; it is a decision manual. For every feature we answer four questions — why it exists, what problem it solves, how to operate it, and what it is worth to you.

Four kinds of reader, four routes. You do not have to start at page one:

You are…Start hereWhat you will have at the end
A member opening the app for the first timeChapter 2 → 3.1 → 3.2 → 3.6Your profile filled in far enough to be trusted, and a clear idea of how others find you
Someone looking for resources or partners3.2 → 3.3 → 3.4 → 3.7 → Chapter 4A fixed routine from search to closed deal, so you stop reinventing it every time
A chamber officer or operator3.9 → 3.10 → 3.11 → 3.12 → Chapter 6 → Appendix CAn understanding of the back-office data, events, communities and tasks, plus a monthly SOP you can follow as written
A trainerAppendix D → Chapter 2 → Chapter 4 → 3.13A 90-minute course outline, group exercises, an assessment sheet and a 30-day follow-up design
Anyone inviting people who are not on WeChat, or who care about language10.1 → 10.2 → 10.6Knowing when to send a mini-program code and when to send an H5 link, and what a language switch does and does not change

Three ways to read it

  1. Read the purpose before the procedure. If you already know what a feature is for, skip the operating steps — this is a manual to consult, not to memorise.
  2. When you see PARTIAL, turn to Chapter 6. One column there is called "what you can do today": the alternative route that still gets the job done.
  3. To persuade someone, go straight to the comparison table in 1.5. It sets out, in five dimensions, why a WeChat group is not enough.

How this document may be forwarded

Three uses, three audiences. Choose by occasion; do not drop the whole book into a group chat:

About the screenshots. Every interface image is an actual system screen captured at phone size (390×844) and corresponds to the current build. Names, companies, amounts and posts inside the images are sample data. Feature status is governed by Chapter 6 throughout.
NEXT
If you only have three minutes: read 1.2 and 1.5 of Chapter 1. Those two sections cover "what this is" and "why it beats what you do now". Everything else is detail.

1Product overview

WeaveInX is a business network where trust is the medium of exchange. It does not solve "know more people"; it solves "know the right people, and leave evidence that you did".

1.1 The problem we solveWHY

Traditional business networking suffers three structural losses, which together are what we call wasted networking. None of them is an attitude problem; all three are tool problems — nowhere records "find the person, judge the person, remember the deal".

LossWhat actually happensWhat it costsWhat the platform does
Cannot findYou leave a 200-person event with a stack of cards and cannot find "the one who does cross-border logistics".The opportunity happens on site and dies in the car parkMember directory plus five filters
Cannot judgeSomeone introduces a partner who "knows everyone", and you have no way to check.Three dinners and two months to find outMember detail, trade reviews, Radar Score
Cannot keepThe deal goes well and leaves no record anyone can cite. Move city and you start from zero.A network that cannot compound, let alone be handed onTrust Wall, Case Fingerprint, Pulse Chain Map

1.2 PositioningWHAT

"End wasted networking. Start precise matching." — turn every real connection into a relationship asset that compounds, can be verified, and can be passed on.

That sentence breaks into three working claims, and they are the three pillars of the product:

Claim one

Networks become assets. A network is no longer an impression of "who you know" but an asset with dimensions, a score and records: how many degrees away, what you have contributed, who vouches for you.

Claim two

Trust is the currency. The Trust Wall, trade reviews and Case Fingerprints turn verbal credit into something you can show. The thicker the trust, the further the same sentence carries.

Claim three

AI is the capability lever; your network is the relationship lever. AI multiplies output, the network multiplies opportunity. A company of one scales only when both levers are pulled.

What it looks like in practice

Five bottom tabs and thirteen modules turn the three claims into daily actions: who → why trust them → how to work together → what is left behind.

The third claim is the easiest to write beautifully and leave empty, so we spell it out: in this system AI is not a chatbot but four specific positions. Two are live and two are still being built; the table says which is which — you should not pay for what is not finished, but you are entitled to know where it stands.

PositionWhat it does for youStatusWhat you can do today
AI AssistantYou ask, in the chat box, "I want to reach someone in Southeast Asian logistics — how do I open?" It gives you a direction and a script.PARTIALThe entry point is open and chat works. Answers that name specific members and give matching reasons are still being built — treat it as an adviser, not a search engine.
AI match cardOn a member's detail page, it lists "three people you may want to meet" with reasons.PARTIALThe entry point exists; the reasons and the ranking are being sourced. Meanwhile use the industry / region / level filters in 3.2.
Industry matching adviceProduces an actionable list of directions from your supply-and-demand posts and your industry.LIVEAvailable from the tool box and the dashboard entries. The output is advice; you still judge and make contact.
Content assistanceDrafts supply-and-demand descriptions, feed posts and self-introductions.LIVEEvery draft is yours to approve. The platform never publishes on your behalf.

1.3 The whole mapHOW

The application is built on five bottom tabs as the main line, with three floating shortcuts and a tool box as side lines. The dot at the top right of each block is its status (green live, amber partial, grey planned):

Relationship assets compound · verifiable · transferable Home Members Events Supply & Demand Me five bottom tabs Brand · key visual · 3×3 shortcuts · member feed Find people · search / nearby · level / industry · detail / message Meet · list / map · sign-up / check-in · publish (by level) Match · post a need · tags / status · views / shares Build yourself · profile, 14 fields · Trust Wall · Pulse Credits Floating shortcuts dashboard · Opportunity Plaza · AI Relationship assets Pulse Chain Map · index · system Events and community events · communities · reviews Tool box (service layer) certificates · surveys · contacts · event sign-up sheets · posters · albums · institution search · feedback live partial planned Details in Chapter 6; two colours in one block means some sub-features are limited.
Figure 1-1 The whole map: five main tabs, three side lines, one service layer (with status)

1.4 Who it suitsWHO

RoleTheir painWhere they live inside the app
Company of one / solo professionalNo brand department, no BD team; the network is the only sales channelMe (personal brand page) · Supply & Demand · Opportunity Plaza
Chamber or association officerMembership in Excel, sign-ups in a group chat, nothing accumulatesMembers · Events · Communities · data dashboard
Professional service provider
(consultant, coach, lawyer, designer)
Strong at the craft, invisible to search; trust travels by word of mouth onlyMember detail · trade reviews · Trust Wall
Cross-strait or cross-border operatorEvery new city means rebuilding the network, and you cannot check the other sideNative-place and region filters · Supply & Demand · Pulse Chain Map
Event organiserSign-up, payment, check-in and follow-up are all manualEvents (publish / sign up / check in / data) · tool box

1.5 Compared with the old wayWHY NOT

The usual objection is "I can do this in a WeChat group". You can, except for four things. This table does not say groups are useless; it says they have no memory:

DimensionWeChat group + business cardsWeaveInXWhat changes
FindingMemory and scrolling back; useless past 200 peopleFive filters: name, nearby, native place, level, industryFrom "who can I remember" to "what do I need"
VerifyingAsk a mutual friend, read their Moments, guessRadar Score, trade-review tags, citable casesFrom "feels reliable" to "on record"
RecordingThe deal closes and the conversation drownsClosed supply-and-demand post, review, Case FingerprintFrom one-off to citable
CompoundingNew phone, new city, new industry — back to zeroPulse Chain Map and Trust Wall follow the accountFrom "out of sight, out of mind" to portable assets
ReachOne-to-one messages, one person at a timePublic supply-and-demand posts visible to all membersFrom point-to-point to one-to-many
To be clear: the platform does not replace WeChat, and it does not replace meeting in person. Deals still close at dinner tables and in meeting rooms. What the platform does is let you both check each other before the dinner, and leave a record after it. Think of it as WeChat's memory, and the value appears.

1.6 Membership levels and entitlementsthe conversion point

Membership level is the most-seen and least-explained field on the platform. It is a filter in the member directory, an entry requirement for events, and the source of permissions in communities. First, one clarification:

A level is not a game rank; it is an organisational identity. WeaveInX serves chambers and institutions, and the level is set by the chamber you belong to, under its own rules — through admission review, dues and appointments, not by checking in daily. Names may differ between chambers; the options you see in the app are the tiers your chamber has actually configured (path: Members → Membership level).
TierUsually whoHow it is obtainedWhat it changes in the app
MemberOrdinary members and company representatives who have joinedApply → approved → dues paidAll basic functions; can attend Gatherings; listed with ordinary status
AdviserSenior members, professional consultants, trainers, referred resource holdersNominated by the chamber, or applied for and reviewedCan attend Convergence-tier events; can be reached first through the level filter; can take adviser assignments
Regional council / chapter chairOrganisers and core officers of a region or chapterAppointed by the councilCan publish Convergence events; can manage communities and members; sees the operator-level dashboard

Four things a level actually changes

If you are not sure of your level: open Me → Member profile; the level field shows your current status. To upgrade, go through Members → Apply / Dues, or simply ask the administrator of your community. Final interpretation of levels and fees rests with your chamber; the platform only presents them.

1.7 Crossing cities and borders: your network does not resetcross-strait

This is the most underrated section of the product, and the hardest for a WeChat group to replace. Ordinary business communities serve "people in the same city"; this platform assumes people move — a team from Taiwan landing in Xiamen, a Xiamen firm taking orders in Southeast Asia, officers shuttling between cities. The moment you move, three things break at once:

The platform's answer is to detach the relationship from the place. Your network does not hang off "which city you are in" but off the Referral Chain: who introduced you, whom you introduced. That line follows the account. City is a filter, not a boundary. This is also why entering by scanning a code is worth more than entering by search — it records a line, not a meeting.

When you cross a city, these four fields matter most

FieldWhy it mattersHow to use it
Base city"Nearby members" and the region filter both depend on it; put your household registration and you will never be foundPut the city where you actually spend most time. If you split your time, put your main base and say in your introduction when you are in the other place
Native placeAcross the strait, a shared hometown often builds first-layer trust faster than a shared industryWhen you need an opening, filter by native place and your first sentence has something to stand on (see 3.2)
Can offer / looking forThe most expensive thing in cross-city work is information asymmetry; this is the only public place to close itState the territory: "agent for South China", "Southeast Asia freight", "can host Taiwan teams landing in Xiamen"
Itinerary"When will you be in my city" is the most asked and least answered question in cross-city workThe itinerary tab is not live; meanwhile put it in a feed post or say it in the first message (see 3.6)

Three moments, one action each

Three limits we must state: ① "Nearby members" shows only same-city or nearby, never an exact location, and requires your authorisation (see 9.1); ② cross-border payment and invoicing follow whichever receiving entity the product page names — check before assuming the platform collects on your behalf, especially with foreign currency; ③ the Referral Chain does not break when you change city, but community membership is separate — you must join the local community again.
One line to remember: the city decides who is beside you this month; the Referral Chain decides who you know for life. The first changes, the second does not — so every move is worth ten minutes of putting the relationship back on the chain.

2Five minutes to a usable account

On first use there are only four things to do: get in, sign in, fill the profile in far enough to be trusted, and learn three shortcuts. Do those four and you are already easier to find than most members.

First the whole path. The three screens below are the compulsory steps; done without hesitation they take about ninety seconds — not counting the time you spend deciding your one-line positioning:

WX Sign in with WeChat authorise your phone number no separate password Allow and continue ① authorise Complete your profile Name (as on your ID) Company / organisation Job title Base city Save ② four fields END WASTED NETWORKING START PRECISE MATCHING ③ back to home, start using it Schematic — the application is authoritative. ① authorise ② four fields ③ home; about 90 seconds in total
Figure 2-1 The three sign-up steps (schematic)

2.1 Getting in

Three ways, same result, but a different relationship is created — a point rarely made clear:

Search in WeChatType "WX脈鏈鏈" or "WeaveInX" in WeChat Search and open the mini program. Right for people who found you on their own; creates no referral relationship.
Scan a codeScan the code supplied by a chamber or at an event and the invitation is carried in automatically — the system records who recommended you, on that chain. This is the most valuable way in.
Open a friend's shareTap a card or poster a member shared and you land on their page. This is the most natural form of being referred, and the moment they are most willing to introduce you.

What the inviter gets when you scan

Many people are embarrassed to ask someone to scan, because they cannot say what the other person gets. Saying it plainly makes it easy. The inviter gets three things:

  • A traceable referral record — you are recorded as their L1 (direct referral) and written into the Pulse Chain Map. It is never overwritten.
  • A referral count and contribution record — counted in the referral dimension of the Pulse Chain index and in the contribution total of Pulse Credits.
  • A starting point for your own trust — later, when you ask them to vouch for you, they know who brought you in. That is worth far more than a self-introduction.
In other words: asking someone to scan is not "help me pad my numbers", it is "let us have a line between us that can be checked". Said that way, most people are happy to scan.
Mini program code
official code to be inserted here
to be supplied by the operator (see Appendix F)
There is a fourth way: the H5 web version. If the person you are inviting is not on WeChat — a client in Southeast Asia, a partner in Europe or America, an older contact who rarely uses the phone — or if you are working at a computer, send them the H5 link and they can open the same platform with the same data in a browser. The H5 build is currently an interactive prototype and not yet public; the differences between the two, and when to use which, are set out in 10.2 and Table 10-6.

2.2 Signing in and verifying

One-tap WeChat sign-inAuthorise your phone number and registration is done; there is no separate account or password.
Basic detailsName, company, job title, city. These four are what other people see first when they search, so fill them as the formal, outward-facing version of yourself.
Real-name verificationThe platform runs on "real name plus referral record". This is the precondition for a Radar Score to be calculated, and the basis on which we can claim every account is traceable.

What to have ready for verification

Have readyHow exact it must beWhy
A phone number that receives SMSRegistered in your own name, able to receive a code immediatelyThe unique identifier for the account and the way back in
Your real nameExactly as on your ID; no English name, no titleBound to the referral record. You can display a nickname separately
Full company or organisation nameThe registered name, not the short formLets others judge your industry and scale; also the basis for industry filters
Base cityWhere you actually spend most time, not your registered address"Nearby members" and cross-city matching both depend on it
Three common misunderstandings: ① real-name verification does not mean your real name is public — you can display a nickname, and the real name is used only for verification; ② details can be changed later, but changing your name or phone number triggers re-verification, so get them right the first time; ③ if ID images are required, they are used only for verification, never displayed publicly and never passed to your chamber (see Chapter 9).

2.3 Filling it in to the point of being trusted

This is where most people stall: the profile is not complete, so they feel they should not use the app. There is an order of priority — fill first the fields that affect being found and being trusted:

OrderWhat to fillWhy in this order
1Main business, plus can offer / looking forSupply and demand is the core of matching. Say what you can give and what you need, or nobody can refer you.
2Work history and educationThe second source of trust after "who brought you": professional context.
3Products and services, certificatesTurns invisible expertise into items and proof you can show.
4Avatar and one-line positioningThe list page shows only the avatar and one line; this is what decides whether anyone taps in.

Below are templates you can copy. Fill in three sentences and your profile goes from "a stranger with a name" to "someone I could introduce tomorrow":

Template ① — one-line positioning (in Me → Edit profile)
I am [company + title], and I help [whom] solve [what problem]. Right now I am looking for [one specific resource or partner]. Example: I am YJ of the Xiamen OPC Alliance. I help small and medium Taiwanese firms solve the problem of landing in mainland China with no network. Right now I am looking for a local partner who can handle Southeast Asia cross-border freight (three containers a month or more).
Template ② — a supply-and-demand post (in Supply & Demand → Post)
Title (state the outcome, not your job title) Looking for a cross-border e-commerce logistics partner (Southeast Asia, 3 containers/month) I can offer: [your resources, channels, customers, expertise] I need: [volume / specification / timeline / budget range] How we work: [one-off / long-term / revenue share; how many approval layers] You must be: [two or three testable conditions — never "reliable", which cannot be checked]
Template ③ — asking for an introduction (by direct message, never in a group)
Sentence one: I am [name]; [who] suggested I contact you and mentioned your experience in [field]. Sentence two: I am currently stuck on [one specific problem] and would like ten minutes of your view. Sentence three: In return I can [offer something of equal value]; and if it is not useful to you right now, I completely understand.
Three rules for filling these in: ① one template, one subject — do not cram every resource in; ② replace every adjective with a checkable noun or number ("well connected" becomes "twelve factories in South China"); ③ always leave the other person a graceful way to say no.

2.4 The home screen

Home screen (device screenshot) 1 2 3 4 5
Figure 2-2 HomeFive blocks top to bottom: claim → find people → tools → feed → persistent buttons
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

The home screen is five blocks, deliberately ordered to "first make you believe what this is, then send you somewhere":

No.BlockWhat it does
1Brand carouselThe one-line claim: "a business matching platform for Chinese speakers worldwide". Swipe sideways for more images; the dots at the bottom left show how many.
2Network radar map cardThe highest-converting card on the page — "who is nearby, sorted by distance, filter by radius", with "Open" on the right. Tapping it goes straight to the network radar.
3Eight-tile shortcut gridThe eight most-used actions (Table 2-4). The two dots below mean it swipes to a second page of entries.
4Brand banner"Welcome to WX脈鏈鏈 / connect with trusted partners, create value together". The "中文" box at the top right is one of the language entries (see Chapter 10).
5Floating buttons and tab barLeft ball: functions / assistant / plaza. Right ball: AI matching / plaza. They never scroll away, so AI and the plaza are always one tap from anywhere.

Where the eight tiles lead

The grid is a shortcut that bypasses the tab bar. The table maps each tile to a chapter and says whether you should tap it at your stage:

TileLeads toHow to use it as a new / growing / established member
About WeaveInXChapter 1Read this first as a newcomer: understand what the platform does before deciding how much to invest
Member mapFigure 11-13Before a trip: see who you know in the destination city
Digital business cardFigure 11-23At any stage: send your card out, or look at someone else's
CommunitiesFigure 11-25Growing stage: join a small room — it beats shouting in the main square
ContactsFigure 11-22Established stage: once the conversations pile up, manage them here
Supply & Demand3.4Your main tool while growing: make the need public so others have a reason to find you
Events3.10The best value for a newcomer: one Gathering beats ten messages
Event sign-up sheetsChapter 12When you are organising: publish, review, check in — one line

2.5 The tab bar: five entries, five intentions

The five bottom entries are not five features but five intentions. Once you see them that way you stop getting lost:

HomeMembersEvents SupplyMe HOMENETWORKEVENTS SUPPLYME "Where do I start" "Who do I need" "Where do I meet" "Who lacks what" "How am I doing" Entry matrix brand carouselnetwork radareight tiles Directory search · filtersseven-axis radarcard · message Meet offline list · mapsign up · check inpublish (by level) Needs and offers partner · recruitpost interactionpost a need Build yourself card · creditsdata dashboardannual · settings Five entries = five intentions, not five folders; actual screens in Chapter 11
Figure 2-3 The tab bar: five entries, five intentions

Five places a newcomer gets stuck

Where you are stuckThe real reasonWhat to do
"My profile is incomplete, I dare not use it"Treating all fourteen fields as mandatory, then giving upFill only the four priorities in 2.3; add the rest when you need them
"I do not know how to open"Afraid of intruding, afraid of being left on readUse the three sentences in 3.3: context, specific request, equal value
"I posted a need and nobody replied"The title is a job title, the description has no boundaries, no tagsRewrite it using the example in 3.4; put the outcome in the title
"I cannot find the person I need"Searching by name only; never using the filtersUse the five dimensions in 3.2: industry → region → level
"I added people and nothing happened"Names in a list, no next actionWork through Appendix A, the seven-day card
NEXT
Do one thing now: copy template ① from 2.3 into Me → Edit profile. It raises the chance of being found more than any other single step, and it is the only one that needs nobody else's cooperation.

3The thirteen core modules

Every section follows the same structure: purpose (why it exists) → meaning (what it changes) → functions (how to operate it) → value (what you get), ending with "if you only have one minute". Read only the section you need now.

The screens in this chapter are real device captures. Each one corresponds to an actual page on the phone; nothing is redrawn and nothing is a mock-up. Pages for which no capture was available (Mall, Task Centre, Trade Reviews) are described in words and marked with their status rather than illustrated. The screen-by-screen treatment — element, operation, design reason, caution — is Chapter 11.

The thirteen sections need not be read in order. Three labels tell you whether to bother: ESSENTIAL marks the four everyone needs; OPTIONAL means read it when the situation arises; OPERATORS is for chamber officers and organisers only.

OrderModuleClassWhen to read it
13.1 HomeESSENTIALDay one. Work out where everything is
23.6 MeESSENTIALDay one. Turn your details into a version someone can introduce
33.2 MembersESSENTIALWeek one. Learn to find people, and see how others write theirs
43.4 Supply & DemandESSENTIALWeek one. Post your first need — this is where inbound starts
53.3 Member detail and messagingOPTIONALBefore you contact anyone for the first time
63.8 Pulse Chain Map and radarOPTIONALWhen you want to audit the shape of your network
73.10 EventsOPTIONALWhen you want to attend or to organise
83.7 Opportunity PlazaOPTIONALWhen you have no specific target and want ideas
93.13 Trade reviewsOPTIONALThe day a deal closes — important, do not postpone
103.11 CommunitiesOPTIONALWhen you want your own kind, or need someone to vouch for you
113.5 MallOPTIONALWhen you want to redeem credits or buy a service
123.12 Tasks and Pulse CreditsOPTIONALWhen you want daily actions to accumulate into entitlements
133.9 Dashboard and tool boxOPERATORSYou are a chamber officer, organiser or operator
Three sections you can skip entirely. If you are an ordinary member, 3.9 (dashboard), 3.12 (tasks) and the management side of 3.11 (communities) can be skimmed; they are mostly for operators. Conversely, if you are a chamber officer, those three are the only part you need to read closely.

3.1 HomeESSENTIALfirst impression

Purpose

Let a first-time visitor know within ten seconds what this is, what it has to do with them, and where to tap next.

Meaning

The home screen is the shopfront and the place where value is declared. It establishes "a network is an asset" first, which is what makes everything behind it persuasive.

Functions

Brand key visual, notice carousel, eight-tile shortcut grid, member feed, three floating shortcuts.

Value

A new member does not have to explore: any main function is within three taps. A chamber can use the notice slot for immediate mobilisation.

The same home screen reads completely differently to three kinds of people. That is why the order of the blocks is not arbitrary:

RoleFirst thing they do hereWhy
Ordinary memberLook at the grid and ask "which tile have I never used?"The value of the home screen is not browsing; it is reminding you what else is available
Event organiserCheck the notice slot and how warm the feed isThe notice slot is the highest exposure on the platform; the feed decides whether anyone sees your event this week
Chamber / operatorCheck whether the notice is current and whether the feed has contentThe home screen is the only evidence that this community is alive. Three days without an update and members stop opening it

How to operate it

Read the noticesThe first carousel slide is usually the most important event or recruitment of the moment; swipe for the rest. If one is relevant, tap straight through and sign up.
Use the gridThe eight tiles map to the highest-frequency actions. New members should tap "Member showcase" first, see how others write their profiles, then go back and edit their own.
Use the floating buttonsBottom right: dashboard (data), plaza (opportunities), AI (questions). Reachable without going back to the home screen.
Scroll to the feedThe member feed shows what people have posted recently: evidence the platform is alive, and a guide to when to post.
A tip: the grid works as a set of personal entries — the same tile means something different at different stages. Newcomers need "Member showcase", the growing stage needs "My pulse chain", the established stage needs "Opportunity Plaza". Look again every three months and you will notice the tiles you use have changed.
ONE MINUTEThree things only: check whether any notice concerns you, tap one tile you have never used, scroll the feed to see who is moving. Under a minute.

3.2 Members (member showcase)ESSENTIALfinding people

Purpose

Turn a stack of business cards into a live directory that anyone can search, filter and open.

Meaning

This is the platform's most basic asset: how structured the member data is determines how precise matching, referral and brokering can be.

Functions

Search by name, nearby members, native place, membership level, industry category; four views (member / unit / company / group); apply to join, pay dues.

Value

Finding one specific resource goes from "ask three groups and wait two days" to "type a keyword, thirty seconds".

Member showcase: three ways to search on one page
Figure 3-1 Member showcaseThree ways to search on one page: by name, by multi-dimensional filter, by industry grid; cards show level, region, distance and industry
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

Five filters

FilterWhen to use it
Search by nameYou already know who you want — most often after a referral
Multi-dimensional filterCross four conditions (level, industry, region, distance); it tells you how many results before you commit
Nearby membersBusiness trips, trade fairs, a meeting arranged at short notice — start with the same city
Native placeCross-strait and cross-border: a shared hometown builds first-layer trust faster than a shared industry
Membership levelWhen you need decision-makers or adviser-level resources
Industry categoryVertical search for partners (logistics, education, green energy, cross-border e-commerce…)

The Radar Score on each card is an entry point, not a verdict — it tells you how much verifiable record this person has accumulated. Open the profile for the detail.

Five checks before you ask to be referred

The "golden formula" is about how to write. This is about whether you can actually be referred. Pass all five and others can introduce you:

The operator's view: getting a whole group online

The question chamber officers ask most: "I have three hundred members — do I have to call each one?" No. There are three standard routes and they combine:

RouteHowSuitsWatch out for
Import a rosterThe chamber imports its member list (name, phone, organisation, title) in the back office; the system creates accounts awaiting activationChambers with a complete Excel rosterConfirm the roster was lawfully obtained and tell members what it is used for (see Chapter 9). Entry point and fields follow the chamber back office
Personal code / posterEach officer or member gets a poster carrying their own code; scanning it creates the referral relationship automaticallyAt events, forwarded in groups, one-to-one invitationsThe relationship is recorded permanently — never scan on someone else's behalf or pad referrals
Scan at the doorA standee at the registration desk: signing in registers the account and can attach the event automaticallySmall Circle, Gathering, Mid Gathering, ConvergenceSomeone must walk each guest through thirty seconds; a standee alone works half as well

How to operate it

Pick the view firstFour views: member / unit / company / group. The same person looks different in each. Use "member" to find a person, "company" to find a partner.
Then narrow with filtersRecommended order: industry → region → level. Lock the vertical, shrink the geography, then look at seniority.
Open the detail to judgeThe card is only an index. What decides whether you make contact is "can offer / looking for" on the member detail.
Put the result backAfter contact, return the outcome to the platform (post a need, leave a review), or this search never becomes an asset.
The golden formula for a profile: who I am (company + title) + what problem I solve (one sentence) + what I want now (supply and demand). Three sentences, and the chance of being referred rises markedly over a job title alone. Templates in 2.3.
ONE MINUTEOpen Members, pick the industry above and below yours, pick your city, scan the first five cards. If one "can offer" matches your need, open it. Do not linger on the list for more than a minute.

3.3 Member detail and messagingESSENTIALjudging

Purpose

Give you enough material — checkable material — to answer "should I work with this person".

Meaning

It compresses the cost of three dinners' worth of verification into one page. This is the platform's central trust design: see the evidence, then decide whether to spend time.

Functions

Basic profile (main business and secondary lines, company, base city, chamber), can offer / looking for, market, trust, feed, itinerary; message from the bottom bar.

Value

Lower cost of misjudgement: you can decide whether this person can solve your problem without meeting first.

Member detail: identity, three metrics, six tabs, message
Figure 3-2 Member detailIdentity → three metrics → six tabs → message; most voice introductions are not yet recorded
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

How to read this page

BlockWhat to look at
Three metricsVisitors (how many looked at them unprompted), trust likes (how many vouch for them), shares (how many were willing to pass them on)
Six tabsProfile / work / education / skills / video / articles — check "profile" for fit first, then "articles / video" for what they have actually done
Voice introductionPeople who recorded one feel noticeably more trustworthy; a blank shows "no voice introduction yet"
Shared chainWhether you share a referral source — if you do, your first sentence has a reason to exist
Current limitation: the review list on the "Trust" tab will only be complete once the review service is connected. For now you can submit and reply to reviews in trade reviews. In short: what you can read about others may still be partial, but you can make your own reviews visible today.

The thirty-second check

Before deciding to spend time, look at these five in order. If the first two do not fit, stop — that saves both of you:

Three sentences for a first message

A direct message has one job: let the other person decide within ten seconds that it is worth answering. Three sentences is enough; the fourth is usually surplus.

Template ④ — three openings for three situations
[Asking advice] I am [name]; [referrer] showed me your experience in [field]. I am currently stuck on [one specific problem] and would like ten minutes of your view. Whatever you answer, I will write up the conclusions and send them to you. [Partnering] I am [name]; I saw that you are looking for [their need]. We do [your offer], and last quarter we completed [a verifiable case]. May I send you two pages first? If it fits we talk; if not, I will not intrude. [Referring] I am [name]; last week you mentioned looking for [resource]. I know someone who does exactly this and I have already asked whether they are willing. If convenient, I will open a three-person group — leave whenever you like.
Give context in the first sentence"I am YJ of the Xiamen OPC Alliance; Lin Borui referred me" replies at a different order of magnitude from "Hello".
Say what you wantOne sentence on the purpose (advice, partnership, referral) plus the value you bring in return.
Leave the record inside the platformPut important outcomes back (post a need, submit a review) so the next conversation has a basis.

What if they do not reply

This is the biggest psychological barrier in messaging. The conclusion first: no reply is not a rejection, it is a question of priority. Work through the three steps below and do not keep chasing:

Wait three to five working daysBusiness people receive a lot; no answer within three days is normal. Do not send a second "are you there?" in the meantime.
Send one message that adds somethingNot "did you see my message" — give something new: a document, a link they will find useful, "I have a client whose need looks like yours".
After the second silence, change routePost it publicly in Supply & Demand, ask a mutual contact to introduce you, or meet them at an event. A third follow-up turns you into a nuisance in their memory.
A useful test: if their "looking for" is written specifically and they still did not reply, the odds are your first sentence did not address that field. Change your opening, not your luck.
ONE MINUTELook at two things: whether their "can offer" matches your need, and whether the Radar Score is backed by cases. If it fits, send a three-sentence message; if not, move on. That saves time rather than causing offence.

3.4 Supply & DemandESSENTIALmatching

Purpose

Turn "this is what I need" into a public, searchable request that others can answer, instead of something buried in a chat log.

Meaning

This is the only module with two-way exposure: you post once and every member sees it; someone else posts and you see it. It is how weak ties become strong ones.

Functions

Four states (all / recruiting / closed / my industry), posting a need (title, description, tags, region, deadline), view counts and shares, moderation.

Value

The life cycle of a need becomes visible: from recruiting to closed, which is social proof that deals really do happen here.

Supply and Demand: five intent tabs
Figure 3-3 Supply & DemandFive intent tabs: partner / recruit / crowdfund / event / question; posts carry images and interaction counts
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

The title decides eighty per cent of the outcome

StyleExampleResult
Job title (worst)"Logistics partnership"Nobody knows what you want, at what scale, by when — nobody can respond
Need (middling)"Looking for a Southeast Asia cross-border logistics partner"The direction is clear but the scale and terms are not, so most replies are fishing
Outcome (best)"Looking for a cross-border e-commerce logistics partner (SE Asia, 3 containers/month, from Q1)"Readers know immediately whether they fit; most replies can actually be negotiated

Two complete examples (different industries, editable)

Example A — a manufacturer looking for channels
Title: Seeking a hardware channel partner in South China (own brand, CE certified) Who I am: A precision hardware factory in Taichung, sixty staff, eighteen years of OEM for European and American tool brands. I can offer: Three product lines, full CE / RoHS certification, custom work, 400,000 units a month; samples and factory visits available. I need: An agent with hardware channels or industrial clients in Shenzhen or Dongguan. Target: three in the first year. How we work: Regional agency; we carry 50% of the first stocking order; decisions are made by me and the sales VP. Timeline: Partner selected in Q1, distribution begins in Q2.
Example B — a service provider looking for clients (consulting)
Title: Helping Taiwanese SMEs land in Xiamen (company set-up, tax, first client introductions) Who I am: YJ, Xiamen OPC Alliance; I have guided twelve Taiwanese teams through setting up in Xiamen. I can offer: Company formation, local tax liaison, weekly on-the-ground support, client introductions inside the alliance. I need: Three to five Taiwanese SMEs entering the mainland market this year (revenue above 30 million, physical products). How we work: Consulting fee plus success fee; a free 90-minute diagnostic first, and we sign only if it fits. Timeline: Any time; five places.

How to operate it

Write the outcome in the title, not your job title"Looking for a cross-border e-commerce logistics partner (SE Asia)" is three times as effective as "logistics partnership". See the table above.
Put boundaries in the descriptionVolume, timing, budget range, how decisions are made. The more specific, the less noise you attract.
Attach two or three tagsTags are search entries and, later, the basis for AI matching. Too few tags is voluntary invisibility.
Come back and close itSet the state to "closed". It is your credit record, and it keeps others believing the information here is fresh.
Why "closed" matters: a closed post does not disappear; it stays in the list as evidence that deals really happen here. So when you close it, add the outcome — "signed with a logistics firm in Tainan, two containers a month". That one sentence persuades more than any marketing copy.
On moderation: newly published posts enter a review queue (to keep out advertising and fraud) and appear only after approval. Rejections come with a reason. The standards are in Chapter 9, section 9.4.
ONE MINUTEPost one need: title = the outcome you want + scale + timing; description = what I offer / what I need / how we work. Then do not wait — the next day, go and find three people who fit.

3.5 MallOPTIONALentitlements

Purpose

Turn the services of the platform and its members into products with a price, an order and a delivery, rather than favours.

Meaning

A business community's value usually stops at "networking". The Mall pushes it to "transaction" — the step from community to commercial loop.

Functions

Categories and product detail, cart, ordering and payment, order lookup, refund requests, delivery addresses.

Value

Corporate services (in-house courses, consulting, delegation places) can be bought directly, and a member's expertise can be listed as income.

No screenshot of this screen in this edition. The Mall did not appear among the 25 screenshots supplied, and the tab bar has no such entry (it is presumably reached from the function centre). Where we have no real screen, we do not draw a mock-up — we will add it when a device screenshot is available. Whether the feature works today is governed by 6.1.

The purchase path

Five steps: add to cart → choose quantity → confirm the order → pay → order detail. To return something, open the order from "My orders", choose "Request refund" and complete the fields the product type requires.

Product typeHow it is delivered
Corporate services / coursesThe provider contacts you to schedule; redeemed against the order
Event placesWired to the Events module; signing up creates the order
Physical goodsDelivery address entered, shipped
On currency: some products are priced in Pulse Credits (see 3.12). Credits are the entitlement points you accumulate by contributing on the platform; they can be redeemed for gifts and services and cannot be cashed out or transferred (see Chapter 9).

Payment, invoicing and refunds: the three questions asked most

QuestionIn practice
How do I payStart payment from the order page and complete it with WeChat Pay. The payment page shows the actual receiving entity — read it before confirming. If the platform collects, the payee is the operating company; if the merchant collects directly, the payee is that merchant. This step protects you.
Can I get an invoiceYes, issued by whoever actually sells (the platform for platform products, the merchant for merchant products). Request it from the order detail, giving the invoice title and tax number; electronic invoices usually go to the address you leave. The flow and timing shown on the order page govern.
Can I get a refundDepends on the product. The product or order page states whether it is refundable and for how long. If it is, use "My orders → Order detail → Request refund". Services already redeemed and courses already started are usually not refunded, or refunded pro rata, per the product description.

"Can I list something?"

Yes, and the barrier is not technical but a question of delivery capability. The requirement is that you dare to write it as a product: defined deliverables, price, timeline and refund rules. Prepare four things:

Applying to list: use Me → Feedback or contact your chamber officer; the operator reviews the item and the copy. The Mall currently focuses on platform-run and chamber-partnered services; individual listings are reviewed case by case.
ONE MINUTETo redeem credits, first check whether the category holds what you want. To buy a service, check three things on the product page: what is delivered, the refund rule, and who receives the money.

3.6 MeESSENTIALyour brand page

Purpose

Upgrade "Me" from a list of functions into your personal brand page: your assets, your work, your credit, on one screen.

Meaning

In a business community, this page is your shopfront. It is both your own back office and other people's summary of who you are.

Functions

Pulse Credits asset card (balance, check-in, redeem, statement), fourteen tiles (profile / experience / education / skills / products / certificates / dues / joining / video / articles / notices / FAQ / settings / feedback), Trust Wall, dashboard and plaza entries.

Value

A digital CV and credit file you keep updating, which travels with you across cities and industries.

You need not fill all fourteen. Ranked by "does this affect being found and trusted", only four are critical; the rest are bonuses:

PriorityTileWhat it affectsIf left empty
Critical 1Profile (main business + supply and demand)The only basis for being searched, matched and referredYou effectively do not exist in the directory; only hand introductions reach you
Critical 2Products / servicesThe concrete evidence of what you can doOnly a job title remains, and half the persuasion is gone
Critical 3Certificates / qualificationsVerifiable proof of expertise, and the source for certificate lookupYou have to earn the trust in person instead
Critical 4Articles / videoYour portfolio — it lets people see what you have doneThey can only imagine your capability
BonusExperience, education, skills, dues, joiningAdds context and identityMinor, but the profile reads thinner
ToolsNotices, FAQ, settings, feedbackAdministration, not displayNo effect on visibility
Me: brand card, four metrics, four entries
Figure 3-5 MeBrand card (level / city / main fields / diversification) → four metrics → four entries
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

Three things to do immediately

Check in daily"Check in" at the top right of the asset card; consecutive days earn a bonus. It is the cheapest accumulation available.
Fill the four critical tilesProfile, products, certificates, articles. This is your portfolio; people judge from it whether to meet you.
Work the Trust WallAfter each completed deal, ask the other side to submit a review (3.13). Every case on the wall shortens the next close.
What the Trust Wall looks like: one row per case, with the counterparty, the date and a Case Fingerprint (for example CASE-2026-0918-77A3) that can be cited and traced.

How to operate it

Change the one-line positioning firstIt is the only line shown on list pages. Rewrite it with template ① in 2.3; do not write a slogan.
Then fill can offer / looking forThese two fields decide whether you appear in someone's matching results.
Upload your workAt least three articles and one video. Better few and specific than many and vague.
Leave the CV for lastExperience and education are bonuses; do not spend the first two hours typing them.
ONE MINUTEOpen Me and check whether the line at the top says, in one sentence, whom you help and with what. If not, change it now. That line is the only first impression you control.

3.7 Opportunity PlazaOPTIONALdiscovery

Purpose

An entry point that is not search, so you meet the people and chances you did not know you needed.

Meaning

Search only finds answers you have already thought of. The plaza uses randomness plus curation to manufacture accidental connections — the part of a community an algorithm cannot replace.

Functions

"Random members" with a shuffle (every shuffle is a new encounter) plus an opportunities feed (revenue share, equity, course-fee splits and similar).

Value

Cheap expansion of weak ties; for someone who has just joined and has no clear target, it is the best starting point.

Opportunity Plaza: random members, my collaboration card, opportunities feed
Figure 3-6 Opportunity PlazaRandom members (shuffle) + my collaboration card + opportunities feed (meetups / openings)
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

Worth taking on? Three tests

TestAsk yourself
① Are the terms written downRevenue split, settlement cycle, who carries the cost — if one of the three is missing, do not rush to negotiate. An opportunity that only says "to be discussed" usually works against you.
② Can I take only a sliceA good opportunity allows partial cooperation. One that demands your full-time commitment without matching terms is usually hiring, not partnering.
③ Does the poster have a checkable recordOpen the poster's page: reviews, cases, activity. All three missing means treat it as advertising for now.

How to use the plaza

Treat it as two minutes of card-turning a day: read three opportunities and ask "could I take a slice of this", then draw three random members and see whether anyone is worth a hello. The value is not in finding the single best one — it is in letting the system learn what you look at. Who you tap and where you pause shapes what it shows you next.

How to operate it

Opportunities first, people secondOpportunities carry explicit terms and are cheap to judge; people need context, so leave them for when you have more attention.
Open before judgingThe list shows only the field and the headline terms. The real information is in the detail. Never decide from a title in a list.
Report what feels wrongThe plaza is the easiest place to dump advertising. If something is plainly irrelevant or suspicious, report it — everyone benefits.
Note: the opportunities feed is published by members and by the platform. The platform provides matchmaking information and does not underwrite the performance of any individual deal. Put every cooperation back on the platform as a supply-and-demand post plus a review, so verbal promises become records. See Chapter 9, section 9.5 for the boundary of responsibility.
ONE MINUTEFlip three opportunities and ask one question of each: could I take a slice? Then draw three random members and say hello to anyone worthwhile. Two minutes, then stop.

3.8 Pulse Chain Map and indexOPTIONALnetworks as assets

Purpose

Turn your network from a feeling into a visible structure and score, so the asset can be audited, inspected and improved.

Meaning

This is the platform's most distinctive design: referrals are traceable and never overwritten. Who brought you in, and whom you brought in, stays on the chain.

Functions

The map itself (a referral tree you can zoom and drag), the index (a seven-axis score), the system view (size at each level), adviser assignments.

Value

Turns "I am well connected" into a number that can be checked, and gives every referral a record and a return.

Pulse Chain Map (concentric circles)
Figure 3-7 Pulse Chain MapFour views; concentric rings from the centre out are chains 1 to 4, with headcounts at the bottom
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

Four views, four questions

ViewWhat it answersWhen to open it
Chain treeWho sits below you and who sits above (the up/down structure)When you want to see who built that line
Cloud relationsHow this group clusters (density and grouping)When you want to see which cluster is most alive
Referral ringsWho is closest to you (referral distance)The everyday view; when you need someone to introduce you
Full chain ringsThe layered distribution of all relations, including non-referralsWhen you want the overall shape and scale

The numbers actually on screen: chain 1 107, chain 2 41, chain 3 25, chain 4 and beyond 186 — 359 in total. That 359 counts people on the chain; it is smaller than the 612 in "my network" (Figure 11-8). The difference is members who registered themselves with no referral source.

Seven-axis radar detail
Figure 3-7b Seven-axis radarSeven axes, scored out of 5; the flattest axis is what to fix this week
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

The seven axes: seven things you can do

AxisWhat makes it upHow to raise it
Profile completenessWhether all eight profile items are filled under your real nameComplete basics, work, education, skills
Active presenceSign-ins + shares + card visitorsCheck in daily; share your card
Content creationNumber and interaction of supply-and-demand posts, articles and videosOne post a week beats ten sentences a day
Hosting eventsSessions you have organisedOne Gathering of 6–10 people starts earning points
Attending eventsSessions you signed up for and checked in toActually turn up — only check-ins count
Connecting othersIntroducing people to the right person; being referredMake one introduction; both sides gain
Trade reviewsReviews of completed deals (F1) — not live yetShown honestly as 0 and excluded from the average; it will move once live

Relationship levels: what L1, L2 and L3 mean, and how to use themthe app calls it "chain N"

The map expresses distance in layers: L1 is someone you referred directly, or who referred you directly; L2 is one layer away; L3 is two. The closer the layer, the thicker the trust base and the higher the chance a referral lands. On screen this reads chain 1 / 2 / 3 / 4+ — L1 is chain 1, and so on.

YOU centre A B L1 direct referral you can ask, and dare to ask C D L2 one layer out need an L1 to introduce you E L3 two layers out usually one attempt only every line is one referral, traceable and never overwritten
Figure 3-8 Referral levels: the distance felt at L1, L2 and L3
LevelGood forNot forHow to ask
L1Asking for introductions, asking for a reference, proposing a partnership; also the person who should mediate if a deal goes wrongDo not ask for five introductions at once — L1 capacity is finite social capital"I would like to meet someone who does X. Who comes to mind? No problem if not."
L2Asking an L1 to introduce you; or meeting naturally at an eventDo not message an L2 saying "so-and-so sent me" — confirm the L1 actually agrees first"Lin Borui mentioned you; he said you are working on Southeast Asia. May I ask one question?"
L3As a source of information (read their feed, their posts); watch first, then decide whether to approachDo not skip two layers to ask for help — it rarely works and spends the intermediary's creditInteract first (comment, share); talk about contact after three exchanges
How to read a ranking: the platform ranking and the same-city network are relative positions, not absolute achievement. Their use is to tell you how many people in your city are doing something similar, and whether you could connect with them first.
Refresh rate: the index and ranking move as behaviour accumulates, but they are not computed in real time; the page shows when it last updated. Something you just did — a review submitted a minute ago, for instance — may take a while to appear. Do not keep refreshing.
ONE MINUTEFind the lowest axis and do the one thing that raises it (last column above). The index is not for showing off; it is for deciding what to do next.

3.9 Data dashboard and tool boxOPERATORSthe operator's view

Purpose

Give operators and chamber officers a view from above: is this community alive, where do people come from, do events work?

Meaning

Community operations without data run on feel; with data you can answer "where should the next event be, and for whom".

Functions

Dashboard: sessions, attendance, gender, age, industry, region, time-of-day. Tool box: certificate lookup, surveys, contacts, event sign-up sheets, promo posters, albums, institution search, feedback.

Value

Turns "running events" into a process you can optimise, and "serving members" into metrics you can measure.

Data dashboard: four periods, monthly trend, industry and time-of-day distribution
Figure 3-8b Data dashboardFour period switches plus monthly trend, industry distribution and time-of-day distribution
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

How to use the four headline metrics

MetricWhat it decidesIf it is low, check first
Registered members / partner institutionsScale and ecosystem thicknessWhether only one invitation route is left; whether anyone guides people after import
Cumulative events / open needsLiveness and matching heatWhether moderation is backed up; whether events are too infrequent
Pulse Credits in circulationTotal contribution (internal economy)Whether task rewards are too low; whether redemption items attract anyone
Average Radar ScoreOverall trust levelWhether anyone prompts "submit a review after the deal"

The dashboard also charts gender, age, industry, region and time of day. Use them before and after an event: read the audience structure before, the participation structure after.

There is no absolute standard for health — only comparison with yourself. The platform publishes no industry benchmarks, because chambers differ too much in size and geography and a borrowed number misleads. The recommended habit: record the four metrics once a month and watch three months of trend. Two months of decline means act; a rise needs no celebration. On exporting: viewing is on-page for now — request an export through Feedback and the operator will help.

The tool box: eight small utilities

ToolWhen to use itWho it suits
Certificate lookupVerify whether someone's qualifications (training, certification, awards) are genuineAnyone about to sign or pay a deposit
SurveysCollect needs before an event, satisfaction afterOrganisers, chamber officers
ContactsFind chamber contacts quicklyChamber officers, secretariat
Event sign-up sheetQuick sign-up for a small gathering without building a formHosts of Gatherings
Promo posterGenerate a shareable poster carrying your personal codeAnyone inviting anyone
AlbumsCollect event photos to look back onOrganisers and attendees
Institution searchFind communities or institutions and their membersAnyone looking for a particular organisation
FeedbackAsk the platform for something directly — this channel is actually readEveryone, support questions included

How to operate it

Read trends, not single pointsOne month means nothing; three months mean something. Screenshot and archive on the first of each month.
Use the distributions to choose venue and timeThe region chart decides where, the time-of-day chart decides weekday evening or weekend afternoon.
Treat the tool box as survey-before, album-afterOne tool before each event and one after, and the event's data starts growing by itself.
ONE MINUTEOne action only: put the four metrics into your monthly report (template in Appendix C). Data you did not record does not exist in the meeting.

3.10 EventsOPTIONALmeeting offline

Purpose

Turn an offline gathering from "sign-up list in a group, clipboard at the door, everyone lost afterwards" into a process with records.

Meaning

Events accelerate trust: one meeting beats ten messages. The platform connects before, during and after, so the meeting leaves something behind.

Functions

Four tiers (Small Circle 8 / Gathering 20 / Mid Gathering 40 / Convergence unlimited), publishing with four review states, sign-up and payment, capacity control, QR check-in, event data, attendee list, targeted invitations.

Value

The organiser saves labour and attendees can still find each other afterwards; every event becomes a record and a step forward in a relationship.

Event list
Figure 3-10 Event listState tabs plus same-city popular; cards show host, level requirement, fee, popularity and distance
Device screenshot · v1.0.125
Event map
Figure 3-10b Event mapThe same events on a map: see which city is moving
Device screenshot · v1.0.125

Two views, two questions

ViewThe question it answersWhen to use it
List"What is on this week?"General browsing; checking time and fee before signing up
Map"Which cities have something on?"Before a business trip or holiday

The small print on the list is worth reading: "same city (Taipei) first, then popularity — one rule for everyone, not an AI prediction". The ordering logic is public, not a black box.

From sign-up to check-in: five stages

StageWhat happensWhat attendees doWhat organisers do
① PublishComplete 18 fields and submit for review—Field-by-field guidance in Chapter 12
② ReviewManual review; states are under review / published / rejected—If rejected, revise per the advice and resubmit (use "reuse" to copy)
③ Sign upThe "non-member sign-up" setting decides who may register; paid events require paymentCheck the level requirement and fee before tappingChase sign-ups, answer questions, remind the day before
④ Check inWith check-in enabled, a QR scan completes attendance (self-service or administrator)Show the event QR code, or scan the organiser'sChoose one method and run it at the door
⑤ SettleList, photos and attendance data stay in "My events"Add WeChat or message afterwards; keep the relationshipCompare sign-ups with check-ins for the attendance rate (Figure 11-18)
Four tiers and their caps were unified on 9 November 2026. The current form offers four options: Small Circle up to 8 / Gathering up to 20 / Mid Gathering up to 40 / Convergence unlimited, matching the internal training materials. In other words the 20-person Gathering and the Mid Gathering that the materials describe are now possible in the form; the earlier claim — "only two tiers, Gathering capped at 10" — no longer applies. Tier-by-tier comparison and how to fill the form are in 12.1.

Choosing a tier (a decision table, not a size table)

Your aimChooseWhyRisk of getting it wrong
Close a few concrete dealsSmall Circle (≤8)Within eight people everyone can finish describing their need, and you get your turnAny bigger and it becomes a round of self-introductions
Build a themed communityGathering (≤20)A theme creates shared language; 20 is the ceiling at which everyone can still speakToo broad a theme ("let's talk startups") turns into a mixer
Training, chapter meetingsMid Gathering (≤40)Needs a stage and a run sheet, but still allows named interactionAbove 40, question time is always too short
Open to the public, maximise reachConvergence (no cap)Numbers are set by venue and catering; suits forums and investment promotionNumbers, venue and catering get hard to control
Policy briefing, rallying officersConvergence + members onlyUse "visibility = members only" to control the listNon-members cannot see it, so reach is limited
ONE MINUTEFor your first event, run a Small Circle of 6–8 (or a Gathering of 10–15), free, with check-in enabled, at a venue reachable by metro. One full run teaches you more than ten pages of manual.
READY TO ACT
The 18 fields, the six categories, the 10% / 90% fee split and the twelve-item pre-submit check are all in Chapter 12, Publishing an event.

3.11 Communities (institutions)OPTIONALbelonging

Purpose

Give one group — same hometown, same trade, same chamber — a space where they can gather, interact and be managed.

Meaning

The platform is the main square; a community is a small room. Real cooperation mostly happens in small rooms, because those rooms have shared language and shared rules.

Functions

Community list (seven categories), community detail (members, introduction, entitlements), apply to join, shared chain, community chat, community board.

Value

For members: belonging and your own kind. For operators: tiered management, so service can be targeted.

Communities: category icons and list
Figure 3-12 CommunitiesCategory icons plus the list; entry thresholds marked free / annual fee / closed
Device screenshot · v1.0.125 development channel

Three kinds of community, three purposes

KindWhy you joinWhen not to
IndustryFind peers to work with, find supply-chain partners, exchange industry informationIf what you need is cross-sector resources — peers compete for the same clients
RegionalLand in a city, find local contacts you can actually meetIf you are only passing through; you will not interact
ThematicDeep exchange on one topic (ESG, cross-border, AI)If you are only curious and have nothing to do about it
Shared chain: members of a community can share their referral chain, which turns your L1s into a community resource. Confirm the other person is willing to be introduced first — that is courtesy, and the floor of trust.

Cold start: the first thirty days of a new community

What kills a community is silence. The goal of the first thirty days is not headcount but getting everyone to speak at least once. Four steps:

Week 1: gather 15 people, not 50Fifteen is small enough for everyone to be seen; fifty becomes a noticeboard within three days.
Week 2: run a Gathering of eightOnline interaction depends on having met. After one gathering, "Mr Wang" becomes "Wang".
Week 3: fix a weekly slotFor example "supply-and-demand Wednesday": everyone posts one need. A fixed slot sustains activity better than enthusiasm.
Week 4: appoint two co-managersOne person running a community always burns out; two taking turns is how it survives three months.
Who sets community rules: membership thresholds, entry conditions, what may be posted and whether there is a fee are all set by the institution that owns the community. The platform supplies the tools but does not decide. Rules therefore differ between communities — read the introduction before joining.
ONE MINUTEJoin one community — the one closest to what you are actually doing now. Three silent memberships are worth less than one where you have spoken once.

3.12 Task centre and Pulse CreditsOPTIONALcontribution as mining

Purpose

Turn behaviour that contributes to the platform into points that accumulate, so effort is rewarded and good behaviour pays.

Meaning

Pulse Credits are not discount vouchers but a measure of contribution: whom you introduced, what you shared, what you completed, all settle into credits. They also give a "free user" a reason to become a contributor.

Functions

Daily tasks (check-in, visit three member pages, three interactions, share content, post a need), weekly tasks, achievement tasks, consecutive check-in bonus, redemption and statement.

Value

Builds a steady habit, and converts scattered interaction into real entitlements (courses, consulting, places).

No screenshot of this screen in this edition. The task centre and the redemption screen were not among the screenshots supplied ("Me" shows only the credit balance, 45). Where we have no real screen we do not draw a mock-up; we will add it when a device screenshot is available. Whether the feature works today is governed by 6.1.

How tasks are designed (values are illustrative; the screen governs)

TaskRewardFrequency
Daily sign-in+40Daily
Visit three member pages+15Daily
Three interactions (like / comment / save)+20Daily
Share content+10Once a day
Post a valid need+30Up to 3 a week

The consecutive check-in bonus rises from day 1 to day 7 (+40 to +100) and resets on a missed day. It is deliberate gentle anchoring: two minutes a day in exchange for long-term accumulation.

What credits can be exchanged for

TypeTypical itemsSuits
LearningCourse places, online workshops, handout packsNewcomers who want knowledge before合作
ServicesOne-to-one consulting slots, document preparation, introduction assistancePeople in the growth stage stuck on a specific problem
OccasionsEvent discounts, priority seats at Gatherings, partial credit on delegation tripsEstablished members who want to raise the efficiency of meeting people
Three things that must be said plainly: ① credits are not money — they cannot be cashed out, transferred to another person, or converted to cash; ② the rules may change with campaigns, and the platform will announce changes in advance; ③ credits and the Radar Score are two different things — credits measure contribution, the Radar Score measures verifiable cooperation records, and neither converts into the other.

The operator's view: can tasks be customised

Yes, but currently as an operator configuration, not member self-service. If a chamber wants a themed campaign ("complete three cross-city matches this month"), it can request it through the operator, who sets the task name, conditions and reward. Ordinary members see configured tasks and cannot add their own.

Packaging tasks as a 21-day habit

If you are a trainer or a community manager, run learners through this: days 1–7 only "check in + visit three people + post one need"; days 8–14 add "one message + one review"; days 15–21 add "one introduction + one event". After three weeks most people have formed the habit of opening it once a day — worth more than any reward.

ONE MINUTECheck in and visit three member pages. Under a minute, and it is the steady source of both credits and activity. Do the rest when you have time.

3.13 Trade reviewsESSENTIALclosing the trust loop

Purpose

Make "the deal is done" leave a record, and give the next deal something to stand on.

Meaning

Reviews are the last mile of the trust circuit: with them trust closes the loop (cooperate → review → trust accumulates → better cooperation). Without them it is always a one-off transaction.

Functions

Submit a review (score + tags + text), reply to a review, update a review (within the window), aggregate tags (reliable / well resourced / professional).

Value

Every serious delivery becomes leverage in the next negotiation.

No screenshot of this screen in this edition. Trade reviews are not live yet — the seven-axis radar page states plainly that "F1 must be live before the axis scores; for now it honestly shows 0". Where we have no real screen we do not draw a mock-up. Whether the feature works today is governed by 6.1.

How to write a review that is actually useful

StyleExampleValue to the other person
Vague (worst)"Nice person, pleasant to work with"Equivalent to nothing; the next reader cannot judge
Specific (good)"Solid follow-through, transparent pricing, told us a week ahead when delivery slipped"Shows their strengths and their honesty
Verifiable (best)"Signed in March, delivered 2 containers in April, within 3 days of the date; placed a follow-on order"Gives the next reader a benchmark to compare against
Write behaviour, not adjectives"Solid follow-through, transparent pricing" is ten times more useful than "nice person".
Write verifiable outcomesDelivery date, completeness, what happened afterwards.
Leave roomIf there was a small flaw, say "delivery was slightly off schedule, but overall smooth". An honest review persuades more than five stars across the board.

How to ask for a review gracefully

Most people do not write reviews because they do not know what to write, not because they are unwilling. Lowering the cost works better than raising the will. Three sentences:

One: This went smoothly — thank you. Two: The platform asks both sides to review; I have written mine. If you have a moment, would you leave one too? Three: This shape may help — "[what was delivered] was completed on [date], and [specific behaviour]". No problem at all if not.
Timing matters: ask on the day of delivery, when the success rate is highest. A week later the other person is back in their own work and will probably forget. Editing: a submitted review can be updated from its detail page, for as long as the page allows; if the window has passed, use Feedback and the operator will help.

Rewrite practice: three real examples

If you are a trainer, this section works as a classroom exercise; if you are a user, check whether you have written the left-hand version:

As writtenThe problemRewritten
"Very reliable partner, recommended!"No information; "reliable" cannot be checked"Gave a cost breakdown before quoting, and when raw material prices rose mid-project still delivered at the original price. Rare."
"Pleasant cooperation, no issues."The reader cannot tell what kind of work it was"Helped us complete company formation and tax registration in Xiamen within six weeks; we only had to fly over once."
"Good product but a bit slow."Emotion without facts; the other side cannot improve"Quality matched the sample; delivery was ten days later than agreed (customs), and they told us in advance."
Current limitation: submitting and replying already work; the review list on a member's detail page will display in real time only once the review service is fully connected (see Chapter 6). You need not wait — what you write now is stored and will appear when the service is connected. If you believe a review is untrue, you may object; the process is in Chapter 9, section 9.2.
ONE MINUTEIf you closed a deal today, send the review today, and ask for one back with the three sentences. That minute buys the cheapest trust you will earn in the next three months.
CHAPTER 4

4Three usage scenarios

Memorising features is useless; stringing actions together is what works. The three scenarios below cover about 80% of real use. Each comes with a flow diagram and step-by-step instructions — the diagram shows you the whole picture, the steps tell you what to do on the phone.

Scenario 1: I have just joined and have nothing Cold start

Here is an example under a pseudonym; you will probably recognise yourself in him. Mr Lin, 42, exports hardware fittings, has just joined the chamber. His first sentence was: "I don't know anyone here — nobody will read anything I post." Three months later he has 11 supply-and-demand posts, 4 reviews, and one eight-person Small Circle he ran himself. He did nothing clever — just the five steps below.

① Get in scan / search ② Fill 3 fields trade · offer · line ③ Browse plaza × 3 ④ Post once first replies ⑤ Join a community About 15 minutes in total; ③④ are the key steps — without a demand post, nobody has a reason to come to you
Figure 4-1 Cold start: five steps, fifteen minutes
① Get in (2 min)Scan the chamber's or the event's QR code — don't use search. Scanning records your referral relationship, and that is the origin of every "who brought you here" question later.
② Fill three fields (5 min)Only three: your trade (company plus title), what you offer and what you are looking for, and one line on what you do. Use template ① in 2.3; do not try to complete all fourteen fields at once.
③ Browse the plaza (3 min)Draw three random contacts and read how they write their profile. The point is not to find someone — it is to learn the language of this platform.
④ Post one demand (3 min)Write it following the examples in 3.4. This is the only action that makes other people come to you; without it you are just a name in a directory.
⑤ Join a community (2 min)Pick only one — the one closest to your situation. Then post a one-line introduction in the group. That is the first time you are seen.
The real threshold of a cold start is not your profile — it is your first demand post.We have seen too many people with beautifully completed profiles who have never posted a single demand. Remember one sentence: on this platform, silence equals non-existence.

Scenario 2: I need one specific resource Precision matching

This scenario is for people who know exactly what they need. The key is step ④: most people only send one-to-one direct messages, and forget that a demand post is a one-to-many amplifier.

① Search industry / area / level ② Read "can offer" + Radar Score ③ Message first line with context ④ Post make it public let more reply ⑤ Review leave a case fingerprint → Trust Wall +1 ④ is what most people miss: a direct message reaches one person, a public post reaches the whole platform
Figure 4-2 Precision matching: five steps, and going public matters more than messaging
① Narrow with three dimensionsIndustry → region → level. Do not start by searching a name; you do not know what they are called yet.
② Judge in thirty secondsIs "can offer / looking for" complementary, does the Radar Score carry cases, is the activity feed still alive (checklist in 3.3).
③ Send a three-sentence message with contextUse template ④ in 3.3. Sentence one gives the source, sentence two the specific request, sentence three the value you bring in return.
④ Post the demand publicly at the same timeRewrite what you just messaged into a public version. A direct message asks one person; a public post asks a crowd to look on your behalf.
⑤ Review immediately when it is doneSend the review the same day and ask for one back in three sentences. A collaboration with no review never happened.
An order that is often ignored:post the demand first, then message. Demand posts go through review, so send it to the queue first and go and talk; by the time you come back, the public post is already collecting replies. Two legs walk twice as fast as one.

Scenario 3: I want to run an event Organiser

① Tier 8 / 20 / 40 or unlimited ② Publish fee / seats cover / details ③ Review platform check editable if sent back ④ Sign-up live list paid / free ⑤ Check-in scan on site no duplicates ⑥ Settle photos / data + follow-up ⑥ is the step most often skipped: the value of an event is not on site, it is in the 48 hours after the 48-hour checklist is in Appendix C
Figure 4-3 Running an event: six steps, and the sixth decides whether it was worth it
① Choose the tierUse the decision table in Table 3-16; do not pick Convergence because you "want it bigger". First time out, choose a Small Circle.
② Fill in the event detailsTime, place, seat limit, fee, whether refundable, cover image. The cover decides the click rate — a photo from a real event beats a designed poster.
③ Submit for reviewReview checks compliance and completeness. If it is sent back you get a reason; fix it and resubmit. It does not affect your standing.
④ Open sign-up and watch the listThe list updates live. If fewer than half the seats are taken three days out, message people directly — do not wait until the day.
⑤ Check in on siteShow or scan the check-in code, one code one entry. If the basement has no signal, use a screenshot of the code taken in advance or check names off the list manually (see 3.10).
⑥ The 48 hours afterUpload photos, post a summary, message the three people you most want to talk to again, ask participants for a review. This step is the return on the event.
The commonest mistake organisers make:treating "it's over" as the end. In fact seventy per cent of an event's value happens in the 48 hours afterwards — whether you turned the people you met into relationships on the platform (messages, demand posts, reviews). Without that step you have merely run something busy.

After the three scenarios: the deal path end to end

Lay the three scenarios on top of each other and you see one trunk road. This diagram is the whole book in one picture — whichever entrance you come in by, you end up on the same path:

1 Seen complete profile public demand 2 Found multi-filters referral path 3 Trusted score + reviews case fingerprint 4 Chosen message / event demand match 5 Referred reviews return back to step 1 Every closed deal strengthens your "being seen" — this is a flywheel, not a straight line 3.6 Me3.4 Supply & Demand 3.2 Members3.8 Pulse Chain 3.3 Detail3.13 Reviews 3.3 Message3.10 Events 5.3 Trust Wall3.8 Index
Figure 4-4 The deal path: five nodes and one return line (sections listed underneath)

The diagram has three uses:

Next Pick one scenario and do it once today. Of the three, the first step of scenario one is the simplest and the most often skipped: find a friend who already uses the platform, ask them for their QR code, and scan in.
CHAPTER 5

5The three mechanisms

Three mechanisms carry the credibility of the whole platform: the Pulse Chain Index (where you sit on the chain), Pulse Credits (how much you contribute), and the Trust Wall (your evidence locker). Understand these three and you understand the rules — and you will know how to work hard in the right direction.

5.1 The Pulse Chain Index: turning relationships into a number you can look at

The index is made of seven dimensions — trust value, reliability value, activity value, referrals made, recommendations received, shares, and trade reviews — which in substance weight three kinds of behaviour: being trusted (reviews and endorsements), contributing (referring and sharing), and being present (logging in and interacting). The detailed definitions and the "three things this week" list are in 3.8; here we only explain the design principle.

Design principle:the index rewards behaviour that is useful to other people, not behaviour that consumes other people's time. Advertising and mass messaging earn nothing; introducing two people who should meet earns a lot. The same principle explains why a daily check-in earns only a little — it proves you are here, not that you are useful.
Three things you should know about automated scoring:① the index is calculated automatically by the system, not judged by a person; ② it uses only behaviour data generated inside the platform (reviews, fulfilment, interaction) and no data from outside it; ③ if you believe a score is wrong you may object — the process is in Chapter 9, section 9.2.

5.2 Pulse Credits: a measure of contribution, not a discount voucher

Credits are earned through tasks and contributions (check-in, interaction, sharing, posting demand), and can be exchanged for courses, consultations, event seats and other benefits. They mean three things:

Table 5-1 The three layers of meaning in Pulse Credits
LayerExplanation
BehaviourGives a newcomer a starting point — "I know what to do today" — which lowers the cost of a cold start.
EconomyForms a small internal economy: contribution → credits → benefits → more contribution.
GovernanceCredits accumulated over time are evidence that you are an insider, and may later be used in community governance and priority access.
Statement of nature (important):Pulse Credits are contribution points inside the platform. They are not currency, not a prepaid balance, and have no legal-tender value. They cannot be cashed out, transferred to another person, or converted into money.When the platform changes task rules or redemption items it will announce this in advance. Do not trade credits by any means; such transactions are not protected.

5.3 The Trust Wall: your evidence locker

The Trust Wall is built out of individual collaboration cases. Each has a counterpart, a date and a case fingerprint (for example CASE-2026-0918-77A3). Its purpose is not to show off but to lower the other side's cost of deciding: when someone sees three traceable collaborations, their question changes from "can you do this" to "when can we start".

Who sees what

Table 5-2 Visibility of the Trust Wall and reviews
ContentWho can see itNote
Case summary (counterpart, date, tags, fingerprint)Signed-in members of the platformLets others judge your track record; contains no contract value or detail
Review scores and tagsSigned-in members of the platformShown in aggregate, not as itemised personal data
Full review textAccording to the visibility setting on the reviewIf the author chose anonymity or "both parties only", a third party cannot see it
Collaboration detail, amounts, contractsThe two parties onlyThe platform does not publish these and does not give them to the chamber

Three ways to use the Trust Wall

Trust flywheel faster each turn ① Match post · plaza · referral ② Deliver fulfil, hand over, build ③ Record review · fingerprint ④ Accumulate index · Trust Wall ⑤ Better odds referred, asked for ⑥ Give back refer others, share
Figure 5-1 The trust flywheel: every collaboration is fuel for the next opportunity

5.4 Four common failure patterns What not to do

Knowing how to succeed matters less than knowing how people fail. These four patterns are the most common in our data, with symptom → consequence → fix:

Table 5-3 Four common failure patterns and their fixes
PatternSymptomConsequenceFix
The collector Two hundred connections, not one real conversation Contacts become a list that earns nothing; nobody remembers you either Pick three people a month for a real conversation and keep the rest as weak ties. Quality beats quantity here more than anywhere
The broadcaster Only advertising, only reposting your own product, never replying to anyone Zero interaction, high risk of being reported, demand posts often rejected The three-to-one rule: reply to three people's posts before you publish one of your own
The diver Logs in every day, never posts a demand, never speaks Activity score yes, referrals zero; nobody knows what you can do Post one demand first — the cheapest form of exposure — and talk about the rest afterwards
Waiting for the doorbell Fills in the profile and waits, assuming "if someone needs it they will find me" Three months later concludes the platform is useless, when in fact nothing was done Three fixed actions a week: message three people, reply to three posts, update one demand
Observation:all four have one thing in common — they treat the platform as a shop window rather than a box for keeping relationships in. The real way to use it is: put the relationships you already have into it, so they can be looked up, cited and continued.Relationships come first, then the platform — not the other way round.
Next Find the pattern above that looks most like you and change only one thing: the diver posts one demand a week; the collector has three real conversations a month; the broadcaster replies to three before posting; and the one waiting for the doorbell messages somebody today.
CHAPTER 6

6What works today, and what comes next

This chapter is for people who intend to use the platform seriously: we separate "already usable", "partly usable" and "scheduled". A manual should promise only what can be delivered — that is the first lesson in credibility, and it is also the basis on which you plan your own workflow.

One encouraging sentence first:the table below looks full of "partly usable", but note this — the routes you actually walk every day (find people, post a demand, sign up for an event, leave a review) all work end to end.What is marked "partial" is mostly value-added (image messages, the reason behind an AI recommendation). In other words: you can get things done today; some of the experience is just not as smooth as it will be.

These three states are used consistently throughout the book:

Live

The behaviour described matches what is online; you can rely on it.

Partly usable

The main route works but one link in it is limited. The table names the type: display-limited (visible but incomplete data) / channel-limited (only one way in) / data pending (waiting on a backend service).

Scheduled

Not live yet. No date is promised, only a priority order (see 6.3).

6.1 Status of every feature, with "what you can do today"

The last column is the most important addition in this edition: for every "partly usable" or "scheduled" item we tell you the workaround for now. Saying only "not yet" is a way of turning you away, and we will not write that.

Table 6-1 Status of the thirteen modules and surrounding features
FeatureStatusNotes (including the type of limit)What you can do today
Five main entries and the overall structureLive Home, Network, Events, Supply & Demand, Me — plus the floating shortcuts and the tool box Use normally
Member directory and searchLive Search, nearby, native place, level, industry; unit / enterprise / group views Use normally; narrow by industry → region → level
Contact detail (profile / demand / activity)Live Basic profile, can offer / looking for, market, activity feed Use normally
Posting and reviewing a demandLive Four states, tags, views, shares, review queue Use normally; review takes time, so post a day early
Mall and ordersLive Products, basket, order, payment, orders, refunds, addresses Check who receives the money before paying (see 3.5)
Pulse Chain Index / Pulse Chain MapLive Seven-dimension score, referral tree, network structure, adviser assignment The index is not calculated in real time; no point refreshing repeatedly
Whole event flowLive Publish, review, sign-up, payment, check-in, materials, attendee list Screenshot the check-in code before the event, in case the signal is poor
Communities (institutions)Live List, detail, application, shared pulse chain, group chat Use normally
Task centre and Pulse CreditsLive Daily / weekly / achievement tasks, streak check-in, redemption Task items are configured by the operator; members cannot define their own
Trade reviews (submit / reply)Live Score, tags, text, reply, update within the window Same-day is most effective; who sees the full text depends on the page setting
Data dashboard (events and member structure)Partly usable Data pending: events and gender / age / industry / region already shown; content, demand and trust data not yet opened Decide with "events plus member structure" for now; if you need content or demand data, count it yourself from the view counts in the demand list, or ask the operator for help
Direct messagesPartly usable Channel-limited: text works; images, voice and business cards not yet open; unread badge missing Send important material as "one sentence plus a link" (put the file in a demand post or on a cloud link) rather than waiting for images; judge unread by the last timestamp in the conversation list
Reviews shown on the detail pagePartly usable Display-limited: the panel is ready; it will fill in the moment the review data service is connected Read itemised reviews on the trade review page, or ask the person for a screenshot of their Trust Wall
AI match cards and the AI assistantPartly usable Data pending: the entry point and the conversation interface exist; the match data source and the reasons behind recommendations are being built Find people with the multi-dimension filters by hand (3.2); treat the AI assistant as an adviser to ask "how", not a search engine to look up names
Follow / add friendScheduled The underlying relationship data comes first; the feature follows Use "shared community plus met at an event" instead; record the person in a Trust Wall collaboration
Business tripsScheduled The trips tab is expected to arrive with the service Ask in a message "will you be in Xiamen next month"; once live, trips will be filled in automatically
Content feed / event interactionScheduled Likes, comments, reposts, saves, and what is kept after an event Browse the activity feed and give feedback by message; after an event use the photo album and reviews
Language switch (Traditional / Simplified / English)Built
awaiting release
Code delivered, ships with v1.0.13: three language packs (89 keys each), the language page and the settings entry are all done; users on v1.0.12 cannot see them yet Use Traditional Chinese until you update; when English is needed, prepare your own bilingual version of anything important (see 10.1)
Platform switch (mini program ↔ H5)Built
awaiting release
Code delivered, ships with v1.0.13: the dual-platform page is done; but H5 is still a local prototype with no public address, so after release it will only copy an address that does not open (see 10.8) To give material to a client who does not use WeChat: screenshot it or make a PDF; use the link once H5 has a real domain (see 10.2)

6.2 By role: are the features you need in place?

The same table, read by different people. This small one helps you locate "is there a gap in my own area":

Table 6-2 Feature readiness for four roles
RoleCore featuresReadinessThe one gap
Ordinary memberMembers, contact detail, demand, Me, reviewsSufficientMessages cannot carry images (use a link)
Chamber officerMember management, events, communities, dashboardBroadly sufficientThe dashboard lacks content and demand data; bulk member import depends on the back office
Event organiserWhole event flow, tool boxSufficientPost-event interaction (likes / comments) not live yet
Heavy userIndex, AI matching, followingPartialAI recommendation reasons and following are being built; you have to fill the gap by hand

6.3 Known issues

We already know about the following. Listing them is not a disclaimer; it is so you take fewer detours:

Table 6-3 Five confirmed issues
IssueImpactWorkaround
No unread badge on messagesEasy to miss a messageCheck the conversation list once a day; for important contacts use the demand thread
Visibility of full review text is inconsistentSometimes you cannot see what the other side wroteGo by what the review page shows; ask for a screenshot if you need the full text
The index updates with a delaySomething you just did is not reflected yetNo need to refresh; go by the update time shown on the page
The dashboard excludes content and demand dataYou cannot judge content performance from itCount demand views and feed interaction by hand
Images load slowly on some older phonesHome and lists take a long timeLoad once on Wi-Fi beforehand; avoid opening it for the first time at the venue

6.4 How we decide what to build (and why we give no dates)

Many users ask "when will this feature arrive". Our answer is: an order, not a date.The reason is practical — a date that slips damages trust more than no date at all. Rather than promise, let us show you our ordering logic:

Table 6-4 The next five things, and why they come in this order
#WhatWhy this positionWhat you will notice when it ships
1Connect the review serviceLights up three places at once — mutual reviews, commercial reputation, the trust dashboard — so the return is highestYou see on the detail page what others say about them
2Following and adding friendsThe relationship graph already exists, and the discover feed needs a basis for its orderingPeople you follow stop disappearing from the list
3Upgrade messages (images / voice / cards)Keeps the information complete before the conversation leaves the platformYou no longer have to jump back to WeChat to send a file
4AI matching and the reasons behind itMoves from "same institution / same city / same industry" to "shared chain and mutual reviews / shared events"The three people recommended are actually worth looking at
5Content and trust data dashboardsLets operators answer "did the content work, did trust grow"The monthly report is no longer only event numbers

The four criteria we order by (you can hold us to them): ① how many people it affects (reach); ② how many critical routes it unblocks (blocking); ③ whether it depends on something outside our control (controllability); ④ whether anyone will notice once it ships (perceptibility).

What we do not intend to build, ever — stated plainly, to save you the wait:① no public personal leaderboard — ranking people invites score-gaming and damages the mood of cooperation; ② no auto-add or mass-messaging tools — that is advertising logic, not trust logic; ③ no on-platform cash lending or escrow — that needs a financial licence and sits outside what this platform is; ④ no cross-platform scraping — we use only the data you generate inside the platform.

6.5 What this manual promises, and how to check it

To avoid "the manual reads well and the product is not like that", here are the main promises with a way for you to verify each one. If a check fails, tell us through Feedback — that is how we revise the manual.

Table 6-5 Six main promises and how to verify them
The promiseWhereHow you verify it
Five dimensions are enough to find a specific person3.2Pick any "industry plus city" combination and see whether you get under twenty results within thirty seconds
Demand posts are public to all members3.4Post one, then ask a friend outside your community to search a keyword from the title
A collaboration can leave a traceable record3.13 / 5.3Complete one mutual review and see whether a case fingerprint appears on the Trust Wall
Events run end to end from sign-up to check-in3.10Sign up for an event and see whether a check-in code appears in My Events
Every "partly usable" feature has a workaround6.1Follow the last column once and see whether the job gets done
Credits cannot be cashed out or transferred5.2Check the redemption and statement pages: there is no "withdraw" or "transfer" entry

6.6 Quotas and limits

To prevent flooding and abuse, some actions have caps. Below are the principles; the exact numbers are whatever the page tells you (we deliberately do not hard-code figures here, so that a rule change cannot make this manual lie):

6.7 What happens after you report something

Everything submitted through Me → Feedback enters the operations queue. The flow is: received → categorised (missing feature / how-to problem / content report / dispute) → answered or passed on → scheduled into a release where needed. Content reports and disputes are handled first. If you want an answer, leave a way to reach you; you may also leave none, but then we cannot reply.

Why write this chapter?Because what users fear is not a missing feature but "thinking it is there when it is not". Stating the present clearly is what lets you plan: if the conversation has to happen in messages, do not wait for the chat upgrade; if you need an introduction, use contact detail plus a demand post now.
Next If all you want to know is "will I get stuck", read the one column in Table 6-2: every role is marked sufficient or partial. Come back for the detail when you actually hit it.
CHAPTER 7

7Frequently asked questions, by situation

This chapter is not organised by feature. It is organised by the moment you hit a problem. Find where you are stuck, then read down.

Start with these three (nine out of ten questions)

① "How is this different from a WeChat group?" A WeChat group has no memory: you cannot find people, cannot verify them, and the record gets washed away. Here, finding, verifying and recording are all kept. The full comparison is in Table 1-4.
② "How much time does it take?" Fifteen minutes to get started, then two to five minutes a day (check in, look at three contacts, answer one message), and twenty minutes once a week (post a demand, update your profile).
③ "Can I use it without paying?" Yes. Finding people, posting demands, attending free events and leaving reviews are all free. Some services and event seats are charged, and the page says so.

Situation 1: I have just registered and do not know where to start

Q: Is real-name verification compulsory?
Yes. Trust is the core of the platform, and without real-name verification there is no Radar Score to calculate. Verification data is used only for identity checking and compliance; it is not shown publicly and is not given to your chamber either (see Chapter 9).

Q: Can I have two identities (personal and company)?
Yes. The personal identity is for social and collaboration; the enterprise / unit identity presents your company and products. Both sit under one account.

Q: What if I filled something in wrongly?
Me → Edit profile changes it at any time. Work history, education, skills and products are maintained separately, so changing one does not affect the others. Changing your name or phone number requires re-verification.

Q: Do I have to complete all fourteen fields?
No. Four key ones (profile, products, certificates, articles and video) are enough to be useful; the rest are a bonus. See Table 3-9.

Q: I do not know which level I belong to.
Open Me → Membership to see the level field. To upgrade, go to Members → Apply / Fees. Your chamber decides your level under its own rules; the platform only displays it faithfully (see 1.6).

Situation 2: I cannot find the person I need

Q: Why can't I find someone?
Possible reasons: they have not completed real-name verification, their profile has not passed review, or their privacy setting limits visibility.

Q: How do I make myself easier to find?
Three actions: make "can offer / looking for" specific, attach industry tags, and stay active (at least one interaction or post a week).

Q: Does a low Radar Score mean I have no chance?
No. The score measures the thickness of your record; a newcomer starts behind, but one collaboration plus one review closes most of the gap fast. A high score with no concrete cases is in fact more suspicious.

Q: The search returns a crowd — how do I narrow it?
Industry → region → level, in that order. If you still have more than twenty after all three, your criteria are too broad: go back and pick a finer industry category.

Situation 3: I posted something and nobody responded

Q: Does posting a demand cost money?
Posting is free. Some promoted placements may be charged; the order page shows what applies.

Q: Why is my demand not showing yet?
New posts are reviewed (against advertising and fraud). This is normally done within a working day; a rejection comes with the reason.

Q: Three days and no reply — is the platform useless?
Check three things first: does the title state result, scale and timing; does the description state the boundaries; are there two or three tags. If all three are right and still nobody replies, repost from a different angle (different audience, different scale) and message three people who fit the criteria.

Q: Can I just repost the same thing repeatedly?
Not advisable. Duplicate content is rejected at review, and people who saw it will read it as flooding. Repost an updated version instead, and leave the old one up until the matter is closed.

Situation 4: Events and communities

Q: Can I cancel after signing up?
Depends on the organiser's setting (chosen when publishing). Cancel before the event starts so the seat is not wasted.

Q: How do I check in on site?
Show the check-in code in My Events; the organiser scans it. One code, one entry, no repeats. If the signal is poor, show a screenshot taken in advance.

Q: What obligations come with joining a community?
Follow the community rules, do not flood it with advertising, and get both sides' consent before introducing them. Breaches may lead to removal.

Q: Who sets a community's rules?
The institution that owns it. Read the community introduction before joining; different rules are normal.

Situation 5: Money and credits

Q: Can I return something bought in the Mall?
Depends on the product. If marked refundable, go to My Orders → Order detail → Request refund and supply whatever that type requires.

Q: Can I get an invoice, and who issues it?
Yes, and whoever actually sells issues it (platform products by the platform, merchant products by the merchant). Request it in the order detail; the process and timing are shown on the page.

Q: Can credits be converted to money?
No. Credits are contribution points: not cashable, not transferable, not convertible into cash, usable only for benefits inside the platform. Do not trade them by any means.

Q: Who receives the event fee?
The payment page shows the payee: if the platform collects on behalf, it is the operating entity; if the merchant collects directly, it is that merchant. Read that line before paying — it is also the basis for any later refund.

Situation 6: Privacy and safety

Q: Will my contact details be visible?
Not published directly. Others have to reach you through platform messages; your details appear only if you give them out.

Q: What do I do about harassment or fraud?
Report it on the conversation or content page and also through Feedback. The platform acts on the record and may suspend serious cases.

Q: Can my "nearby" location be tracked?
Nearby Members only works if you grant location permission; without it we do not obtain your location. The scope and how to switch it off are in Chapter 9, 9.1.

Q: How do I delete my account?
Apply through Feedback, or contact your chamber officer. What happens to your data afterwards is in Chapter 9, 9.6.

Situation 7: A collaboration went wrong

Q: Will the platform step in if a deal goes wrong?
The platform provides three things: records (the demand post, reviews and case fingerprint serve as evidence), a channel (helping the two sides talk), and rule enforcement (if platform rules were broken). The platform does not decide who is right and does not replace legal process; for disputes over money or contracts, use the formal legal route. What the platform can guarantee is that the record you left is real and can be produced.

Q: I believe a review is untrue — can it be changed?
You may object. The process and time limit are in Chapter 9, 9.2.

Q: If I am removed from a community, do I lose my data?
No. Your account, Trust Wall and reviews stay; what you lose is membership of that community and its exclusive benefits.

Next No answer here? Ask directly through Me → Feedback — that channel really is read (the process is in 6.7). If you are a chamber officer, asking the administrator of your community will usually be faster.
CHAPTER 8

8Glossary

The platform has its own language. The purpose of this page is not definition for its own sake, but so that when you meet a word you can jump straight back to where it is explained.

First, the two words most often confused:
Member (會員) — a status. Your relationship with the chamber (level, fees, benefits), decided by that chamber. It appears in contexts such as "membership level", "apply to join", "member benefits".
Chain contact (鏈友) — a form of address. What platform users call each other, meaning "people on the same chain", regardless of level. It appears in "chain contact showcase", "chain contact activity", "dear chain contacts".
One line to remember it by: a member is "whose member you are"; a chain contact is "what we call each other".
Table 8-1 Terms, meaning, and where to read more
TermMeaningSection
Member 會員Your status level within the chamber (member / adviser / regional congress and so on), decided by your chamber under its own rules.1.6
Chain contact 鏈友What platform members call one another, regardless of level. From "people on the same chain".This chapter
Pulse chain 脈鏈The chain of relationships formed by referrals; its origin can be traced and it cannot be overwritten.3.8
Pulse Chain Map 脈鏈圖The tree visualisation of referral relationships; zoom, drag and tap to inspect.3.8
Pulse Chain Index 脈鏈指數A multi-dimension score (trust / reliability / activity / referrals / recommendations / shares), out of 100, showing your relative position on the chain.3.8 / 5.1
Radar Score 雷達分The combined score of the seven-axis people radar (0–5), the single number on the directory and detail pages (e.g. 4.6). The seven axes: trade reviews / profile completeness / active online / content creation / hosting events / attending events / referral contribution. Trade reviews (F1) are left out of the average until that feature ships.3.2
Trust Score 信任分A separate indicator, not the same thing as the Radar Score. It measures accumulated trust behaviour (for example trust likes from chain contacts). Calculated differently from the Radar Score, and the two cannot be converted into each other.3.2 / 5.3
Relationship level 關係層級L1 (directly referred), L2 (one step away), L3 (two steps away). On screen these read "chain 1 / chain 2 / chain 3".3.8
Referral 引薦The act of introducing A to B, recorded on the chain by the system.5.1
Pulse Credits 脈鏈積分Behaviour points inside the platform (the number in the credits tile of "Me"), earned through tasks and contribution, redeemable for benefits; not cashable, not transferable. Distinct from Pulse Ore, a different asset — the two cannot be exchanged.3.12 / 5.2
Pulse Ore 脈礦石A different asset, used only in mall / mining-related contexts; held in a separate ledger from Pulse Credits, not exchangeable and not additive; likewise not cashable or transferable.3.12
Trust Wall 信任牆The wall of collaboration cases on a personal page, each with a case fingerprint.5.3
Case fingerprint 案例指紋The unique reference for each collaboration (for example CASE-2026-0918-77A3), used for citation and tracing.5.3
Supply & Demand 供需Your post of what you "can offer" and what you are "looking for" — the core unit of matching on the platform.3.4
Opportunity Plaza 機會廣場The discovery page with random contacts and a feed of collaboration opportunities.3.7
Community 社區A group of members gathered by industry, region or theme (also called an "institution" in the system).3.11
Adviser assignment 顧問指派The platform assigning an adviser to a member to help sort out their network and make introductions.3.8
Check-in 核銷Confirming at the venue, by scanning, that a registered person attended. One code, one entry.3.10
Review tags 評價標籤The three tags you can choose when reviewing: honest and reliable, well resourced, professionally reliable.3.13

Five questions to test yourself (trainers may use these as pre-reading)

  1. What is the difference between a "member" and a "chain contact"?
  2. How many steps do L1, L2 and L3 each represent, and which one should you ask for an introduction?
  3. Can Pulse Credits be converted to cash? Why?
  4. Are the "Radar Score" and the "Pulse Chain Index" the same thing?
  5. Can an event check-in code be reused?
Answers (try first, then read):① a member is a status (your relationship with the chamber); a chain contact is a form of address (how people here call each other); ② L1 is one step, L2 two, L3 three — L1 is the one to ask; ③ no, credits are contribution points, not currency; ④ no, the index is your position across dimensions, the Radar Score is the combined seven-axis score, and the Trust Score is a separate indicator again; ⑤ no, one code one entry.
CHAPTER 9

9Compliance and the limits of responsibility

This chapter exists for a simple reason: a platform that sells trust, and cannot say clearly how it handles your data, how it scores you, and who answers when something goes wrong, is selling an empty word.

Order of precedence — read this sentence first:this chapter is an explanatory summary in plain language. Formal rights and obligations are governed by the User Agreement, the Privacy Policy and related rules you accepted at registration; where this chapter differs from those documents, the formal documents govern. This chapter is updated as law and the product change.

9.1 Your personal data: what we collect, why, and who sees it

Table 9-1 Data collection and use at a glance
Type of dataWhat it is forWho sees itRetention and deletion
Mobile number Registration, sign-in, identity verification, important notices Platform systems only; other members cannot see it While the account exists; after deletion, per 9.6
Real name and identity documents (verification) Identity checking, legal compliance, preventing impersonation Verification only; not displayed, not given to the chamber Retained as required after verification; never used for marketing
Professional data (company, title, city, history, products) Building a searchable directory, matching and referrals Signed-in members (according to your visibility settings) You may edit or hide it at any time; once deleted it is not shown
Location ("nearby members") Finding people in the same city Your precise position is not shown, only "same city / nearby" Requires your permission; can be switched off in system settings
Behaviour data (views, interaction, reviews, fulfilment) Calculating the index, ordering, fraud prevention Shown in aggregate; individual actions are not published Handled per the scoring explanation in 9.2
Message content Providing messaging, handling reports and disputes The two parties only; the platform does not read messages on its own, only when a report is filed or as required by law Retention per the Privacy Policy; you may delete a conversation yourself

Your four rights (available at any time)

On "showing other people's data":the directory shows other members' company, title and city — fields that members themselves have chosen to publish, and which they can hide at any time. The platform does not display contact details or identity documents that were not authorised. If you find your own data displayed improperly, tell us through Feedback and we will check and act.

9.2 Automated scoring and reviews: where they come from, how to object

The Pulse Chain Index and the Radar Score are calculated automatically by the system, not judged by a person. Here are the principles:

If you believe a score or review is wrong

Step 1 — check it yourself firstLook at the seven dimensions in My Pulse Chain, and at the itemised record in Trade Reviews. Most doubts come from "that collaboration was never recorded" or "that review was flagged as abnormal".
Step 2 — raise an objectionSubmit through Me → Feedback, naming the collaboration or the review, your reason, and any supporting material (contract, screenshots of the conversation, delivery records).
Step 3 — wait for handlingWe promise a reply within five working days — not necessarily a conclusion. If the other side has to explain, we will tell you the expected timetable.
Step 4 — outcome and recordIf upheld, the score is corrected or the untrue review removed; if not upheld, we explain why. The process is not public, but both parties are told the outcome.
Three red lines on reviews:① a review may not be used as a tool of coercion ("discount me or I post a bad review"); ② no reviewing on someone else's behalf and no paid deletion of reviews; ③ no disclosure of another person's private information in a review (phone, ID number, address). Breaches lead to removal, and repeat breaches to suspension.

9.3 Transactions and money: who is paid, how refunds work, invoices

Table 9-2 Money and paperwork in three transaction settings
SettingPayeePaperworkRefunds
Mall purchase Whoever the payment page names (platform's own products: the operating entity; merchant products: that merchant) Issued by whoever invoices; request it in the order detail Per the refund rule shown on the product page; apply in the order detail
Event registration Whoever the event or payment page names (the organiser, or the platform collecting on their behalf) Per the organiser's arrangement; ask them if you need one Per the "refundable" box the organiser ticked when publishing
Chamber fees Your chamber, by the method it specifies Issued by the chamber Per the chamber's rules; the platform does not decide this
Three sentences to remember:① look at the payee before you pay — that is who you later have a claim against; ② the platform does not guarantee performance of individual transactions (see 9.5), but it keeps records that help you assert your position; ③ credits are not money — not cashable, not transferable, not convertible, and any claim that they can be exchanged for cash is untrue.

9.4 Content and conduct rules: what we review and how we act

The purpose of review is to block advertising and fraud, not to restrict expression. These are the criteria — use them to check your own post:

Table 9-3 What review looks for in three kinds of content
ContentPassesSent back
Supply & DemandA specific need or offer, a way to make contact, information that can be verifiedPure advertising, no specifics, exaggerated claims ("guaranteed profit"), unrelated to business
EventsClear time and place, clear fee and refund rule, an identifiable organiserIncomplete information, unclear charging, suspected fundraising, content that differs from what was registered
Posts and reviewsBased on real experience, about the matter rather than the personPersonal attacks, disclosure of private information, flooding, undisclosed paid promotion

Prohibited conduct (acted on once established)

The ladder of action (by seriousness — it does not always start at step one): content removed or sent back → warning and a requirement to correct → feature restriction (posting or messaging suspended) → account suspension → referral to the authorities. Where fraud or personal safety is involved, suspension is immediate and the matter is handled according to law.

Eligibility: who may use it, and who may not

The platform serves business matching and does not aim at "traffic", so there are basic eligibility requirements. The following four situations cannot register, or will be restricted:

One more caution: the platform is not a recruitment agency, an investment adviser, or a legal or tax service. What you obtain here is people and records; professional judgement remains yours to make, or to buy elsewhere.

9.5 The limits of responsibility: what the platform does and does not do

Setting out the boundary is not about shifting blame; it is so that you expect the right things from us:

Table 9-4 Where the platform's responsibility ends
The platform doesThe platform does not
Provide a searchable, verifiable directory and record-keeping tools Decide who is right or arbitrate commercial disputes
Review content, handle reports, keep traceable records Endorse or guarantee the performance, quality or payment of any individual deal
Maintain system security and protect your data under the rules Do your due diligence for you; what should be checked before signing is still yours to check
Announce rule changes in advance Promise launch dates for specific features; take responsibility for the content of third-party links
On "information matching":the Opportunity Plaza and Supply & Demand put "people who need something" and "people who can supply it" in the same place. That is information matching. What you see is provided by members or organisers; the platform reviews content that is obviously in breach, but cannot guarantee that every item is true, complete or suitable for you. Judge for yourself against the criteria in 9.4, and confirm the payee before you pay.

9.6 Closing an account and what happens to your data

ApplySubmit through Me → Feedback, marked "account closure request", or ask your chamber officer to pass it on.
Identity checkWe check your mobile number and verified identity so that nobody can close your account for you.
Confirm and executeOnce confirmed the account is closed. You will not be able to sign in, and the personal data and content are handled as follows.
Data handling① Deleted: personal data, posts, images, messages. ② Retained but de-identified: collaboration records and reviews involving others keep the fact that "this collaboration happened" (without your contact details), because they are also the other party's credit record. ③ Retained by law: transaction and tax records for the period required by law.
Two things to think through before closing:① the Trust Wall and case fingerprints cannot be transferred to a new account, and that is the part you spent longest building; ② if you manage a community or organise events, hand over first, or other members will be affected. If you merely want a rest, hide some public fields instead of closing the account.

What happens to referral relationships after you leave

"A referral relationship cannot be overwritten" raises a common question: "if I leave the chamber, or close my account, is that line still there?" Three cases — find yours:

Table 9-5 Referral records after leaving, suspension and closure
Your situationReferral recordWhat you can and cannot do
Left the chamber or community, account still open The record is kept; it is not deleted or reassigned to someone else You can still sign in and see your own pulse chain map; what you lose is that chamber's membership and its exclusive benefits (event tiers, community rights, member pricing)
Suspended The record is kept but frozen: not counted in the index, and no new referrals are added You cannot sign in or interact; once the dispute is resolved and access restored, records count again
Account closed voluntarily Handled per 9.6: collaborations involving others are kept in de-identified form (because they are also the other party's credit record) Cannot be transferred to a new account or assigned to anyone; re-registering creates a brand-new account and the chain starts from zero
Two practical notes:① "cannot be overwritten" means a referral line is not rewritten because a second person introduced you — it protects whoever first brought you in, and it also protects your own later contribution from being claimed by someone else; ② if you and your referrer fall out, the platform will not reassign the relationship; it can only present the record as it is (see 9.5).

9.7 Compliance information and contacts

Operating entity
Ronghui Maichain (Xiamen) Technology Information Co., Ltd.
融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司 — established under PRC law
Mini program AppID
wx0cae7985a9587f5c
Can be checked on the WeChat "About" page
Data and privacy matters
Submit through Me → Feedback
Mark it "personal data"; reply within five working days
Content reports
Report button on the conversation or content page, or Feedback
Reports are handled first
How this chapter is updated:when law or the product changes materially, this chapter is updated with the manual and noted in the version history on the document page. If the copy you hold differs from the online version, the online version and the formal agreements govern.
Next If you care about one thing only: read Table 9-1 in 9.1 and confirm "which data is seen by whom". That is the page a user most needs to know.
CHAPTER 10 · language and platform

10Two switches: language and platform

This chapter is about no business module at all. It is about two switches that belong to nothing and affect every single session: which language you read, and which container you come in through. The first decides whether you understand what you are looking at; the second decides what the product can do for you. Both live in the same place: Me → System settings.

The status of this chapter first (important, do not misread it):the code for both switches is already in the mini program — three language packs, the language page, the dual-platform page and the two entries on the system settings page have all been delivered. But they only reach your phone after review and release, expected with v1.0.13. So this chapter plays two roles at once: for members, "how to use it once you have updated"; for developers and operators, the delivered file list and the acceptance steps (see 10.8).

Mind the gap in time: the v1.0.12 on your phone still has only four settings items (see 6.1). We do not write "the code is written" as "it already works".
Figure 10-3 The control bar at the top of the online (HTML) manual left: language (Traditional / Simplified / English); right: platform (mini program / H5). Static illustration; the PDF cannot be clicked — use the HTML edition.

If you are reading the HTML edition, that control bar is at the very top of this page and works right now: press 简体 and the whole manual switches to Simplified Chinese; press English and you come back here; press H5 and the preview above turns into a browser frame listing the differences between the two platforms. Remember one thing — what is clickable is this manual; the same set of buttons inside the app on your phone appears only after the v1.0.13 update (see 10.8).

10.1 Language switch: one button, three languages Traditional / Simplified / English

Purpose:so that a first-time reader does not have to learn this vocabulary before they can understand what the screen says. Users span Taiwan, the mainland and overseas Chinese communities, plus partners who read only English; the same features present three quite different levels of difficulty to those three groups.

Meaning:language is not merely a translation problem; it is a precondition of trust. A Taiwanese business owner in Southeast Asia opens the interface and finds a screen full of simplified-character terminology he is not sure about. He does not dare press "publish demand", because he might fill it in wrongly, be misunderstood, or say the wrong thing. What the language button really solves is not daring to start — not "not understanding".

① Me Membership My demands My orders Notifications System settings › ② System settings Account User agreement Privacy policy Language Traditional › Platform Mini program Version v1.0.12 ③ Choose language 繁體中文 ✓ 简体中文 English Route: Me → System settings → Language (takes effect at once, no re-login)
Figure 10-1 The three steps of switching language: from Me into System settings, choose on the Language row, and it applies immediately

What it does:a three-way button switching between Traditional Chinese, Simplified Chinese and English. Three behaviours need stating plainly:

After switching: what changes and what does not

This is the most important passage in the section. Most misunderstanding about "switching language" lives here — people assume the whole world turns English. In fact:

Table 10-1 What the language switch does and does not affect
ItemChanges?Note
Interface copy, buttons, menus, prompts Yes Text the system owns: bottom navigation, form field names, error messages, FAQ headings
Content members wrote themselves No Names, companies, self-introductions, demand descriptions, event titles, review text — that is someone else's writing and the system does not translate it. A reader in English still sees Chinese member profiles
Proper nouns (referral chain, Pulse Credits, Radar Score) Partly The English edition keeps the brand name WeaveInX and glosses the core nouns; undecided terms stay in Chinese rather than acquiring a fourth name
Content you have already published No It is not rewritten or retranslated; to say the same thing in another language, post it again
Account, data, referral relationships, Radar Score No Language is purely the display layer; switching does not change identity and does not affect the index
Current coverage (the build shipping with v1.0.13):the language packs hold 89 keys and cover system settings, the language page, the dual-platform page and the bottom navigation. The remaining business pages (home, supply and demand, mall, events, opportunity plaza) are still Chinese and need $t() wired in page by page — the next stage. So at present English means "the entry points are readable, member content is still Chinese". We mark the coverage honestly in Table 6-1 and 10.8, and do not write "the whole interface has been Englished".
One-line principle:the language button translates what the platform says, not what people say. Once that is clear you will not expect it to turn a mainland member's self-introduction into English — that is your job, or a tool's, not the platform's.

Traditional to Simplified is not character substitution: six pairs people genuinely misread

Converting Traditional straight to Simplified goes wrong in business settings. Below are the pairs most likely to mislead; the book uses them consistently, and so does the interface:

Table 10-2 Traditional and Simplified usage (the ones easily misread)
Traditional (Taiwan)Simplified (mainland)Why you cannot just swap characters
資訊信息It is not "資 → 资"; the whole word differs
資料数据/资料In the mainland 数据 leans towards numerical statistics and 资料 towards documents; which one applies depends on context
網路网络網 against 网 — the shapes are far apart and conversion tools miss it
品質质量A literal conversion produces 质量, which reads as "weight"
預設默认An entirely different word; character-by-character conversion fails
專案项目Taiwan's 專案 is the mainland's 项目, not 专案

Three limits of the English version (stated now, to avoid disappointment)

ONE MINUTEMe → System settings → Language, choose one of three, and it applies at once with no re-login and no effect on your data. It translates what the platform says, not what people say, so do not expect other members' introductions to turn English. First entry follows the phone's language, and most people never touch it.

10.2 Platform switch: mini program ↔ H5 Two containers

Purpose:so that you can pick, for the occasion in front of you, the container with the right capabilities — the native mini program inside WeChat when you are doing business there, and a single web address when you need to send material to an overseas client who does not use WeChat. Same platform, same account, two entrances.

Meaning:this is often mistaken for "they built two things". They did not. It is one backend and two front-end containers. The real point is this: relationships formed in a WeChat group cannot leave WeChat, and business often happens outside it — Line, WhatsApp, email, the follow-up after a real visit. H5 is the road out. Without it, everything you accumulate here can only be shown to WeChat friends.

WeChat mini program inside WeChat · no install · fullest native access ✓ WeChat Pay ✓ subscription messages ✓ share cards to groups ✓ scan ✕ WeChat friends only ✕ every release needs review H5 web version any browser · one address · everywhere ✓ a link you can send anywhere ✓ no install ✓ instant updates △ payment inside WeChat (needs setup) ✕ no subscription messages Switch button Me → System settings → Platform both directions One account ・ one set of data ・ one referral chain
Figure 10-2 One backend, two containers: the mini program and H5 share the same account and data; they differ in capability and reach

What it does:Me → System settings → Platform offers the switch, shows which container you are in, and explains what will happen. The two directions behave differently and need separate explanation:

Table 10-3 What each direction actually does
DirectionWhat happens when you press itWhat you need to know
Mini program → H5 Opens H5 in an embedded web view inside the mini program, or (where embedding is restricted) shows the address with a "copy link" button for you to paste into a browser Embedded, you are still inside WeChat, just in a different container; to send the link to someone outside WeChat you must copy it into Line, WhatsApp or email
H5 → mini program Shows the mini program code and a "open in WeChat" prompt; anyone already inside WeChat can jump with one tap A browser outside WeChat (Safari, Chrome) cannot jump into the mini program directly; you must open WeChat and scan
Three limits to know in advance (or you will think it is broken):① to open H5 in an embedded web view inside the mini program, the domain must first be on WeChat's business-domain allowlist, and an embedded page cannot invoke mini program payment — complete payment on the mini program side; ② when H5 is opened in a browser outside WeChat, WeChat sign-in is unavailable and you need a mobile number code or account password; ③ the two platforms release on different rhythms — the mini program needs review, H5 updates instantly — so for a few days after a release you may see a new feature on H5 first and on the mini program a few days later.
ONE MINUTETwo entrances, one account. Doing business, paying, sharing into a WeChat group → stay in the mini program. Sending material to someone without WeChat, working on a computer, wanting the newest build immediately → use H5. The switch is in Me → System settings → Platform; nothing is lost by switching, but remember payment and notifications are most complete in the mini program.

10.3 What a mini program is: a "near-native app" inside WeChat Must read

Purpose:to state clearly what the entrance you use every day actually is, what it gives you, and what it can never do.

A mini program is an application that runs inside WeChat. Nothing to download or install, but with app-like capabilities: camera, location, payment, message notifications. For a business community the implication is direct — the cost of inviting someone drops to almost zero. You do not ask them to "download an app"; you send a code, or forward a card.

Four ways in

What the mini program gives you

Table 10-4 Capabilities of the mini program
CapabilityWhat it is actually for
WeChat PayMall orders and event fees, completed on the spot without leaving
Subscription messagesReview outcomes, order status, event reminders — sent only if you pressed "allow"
Share cards into groups and chatsBusiness cards, demands, events: one tap into a group, and the other side lands on the detail page
ScanCheck-in on site, redemption, adding contacts
Identity and verificationBound to your WeChat account, so signing in is almost invisible

Three things the mini program cannot do

10.4 What H5 is: one address is one entrance Must read

Purpose:to let in the people who have no WeChat, do not want to install anything, or are sitting at a computer — and to let what members accumulate be forwarded outside WeChat.

H5 is the web version. It runs in a browser: the one inside WeChat, Safari, Chrome, Edge, any of them. You give someone an address and they open the same platform and the same interface. For cross-border work this matters enormously — a client in Southeast Asia, an older relative in Taiwan who does not use WeChat, a partner abroad: all of them can open it.

Three ways in

What H5 gives you

Table 10-5 Capabilities of H5
CapabilityWhat it is actually for
A link that goes anywhereSend it to any messenger, any device, any country, and the other side installs nothing
No install, no account wallSee the content first, sign in only to interact — which lowers the cost of taking a look
Instant updatesThe day of a release is the newest build; no review queue
Works on a computerRead the directory on a big screen, organise data, present
Can be indexed by search enginesPublic pages can be found by Google, bringing traffic from outside WeChat (depending on settings)

Three limits of H5

The real state of things:H5 exists as an interactive prototype (v0.5, bottom navigation and layouts aligned to the mini program) and is not open to the public. Going live needs three things: its own domain with HTTPS, the JS-SDK configuration for in-WeChat payment and sign-in, and the business-domain allowlist completed in the WeChat back office. All three are listed in Appendix F.

10.5 The two platforms side by side: sixteen dimensions Core table

This is the page of the chapter most worth printing. Pick your situation on the left, read the capability on the right, and stop guessing in between.

Table 10-6 Mini program against H5 (✓ available △ limited ✕ not available)
DimensionWeChat mini programH5 web version
How you get inScan, WeChat search, share cardAny link, camera scan, typing the address
Installation△ needs WeChat (but no separate app)✓ nothing at all
Sign-in✓ WeChat authorisation, almost invisible△ mobile code or password; WeChat authorisation inside WeChat
Account and dataThe two share one account, one set of data, one referral chain
WeChat Pay✓ complete△ inside WeChat with configuration; not in an external browser
Notifications✓ subscription messages✕ none (SMS or email only, or look yourself)
Sharing into a WeChat group✓ a card that opens the detail page△ paste the link only
Sharing to Line / WhatsApp✕ the card cannot leave✓ one link, pasted anywhere
Scan and check-in✓ native△ needs camera permission, poorer experience
Location for nearby members✓ more precise△ needs permission, less precise
Camera and upload✓ native△ constrained by the browser
Desktop use△ needs WeChat for desktop✓ open it in a browser
Update speed△ review required, slower✓ instant
Findable by search engines✕✓ (public pages, depending on settings)
Offline use✕ cache only✕ cache only
Current statusLive (v1.0.12)Prototype v0.5, not open

10.6 Which one, when: four situations

No need to memorise sixteen dimensions. Memorise four situations.

Table 10-7 Decision table by situation
Your situationUseWhy
Meeting people at an event, adding contacts, paying Mini program Scan straight in, pay on the spot, cards drop into a group
Sending platform material to a client who does not use WeChat (Southeast Asia, Europe, America, an older relative in Taiwan) H5 One link solves it and they need no WeChat account; a mini program card will not open for them
Working at a computer: sorting the directory, preparing a deck, comparing data H5 Big screen, multiple windows, no WeChat desktop client
Needing to be notified (did the review pass, where is the order, event reminder) Mini program Only the mini program has subscription messages; H5 will not call you
One practical suggestion:treat the two entrances as a front door and a side door, not as two systems. Build relationships in the mini program; hand over material through H5 — that is the least effort and the fewest mistakes.

10.7 Where the data divides: what syncs and what does not

"Will I lose my data if I switch" is the question asked most. The answer has three layers, and the third is where people trip.

One more thing that gets misread:"nearby members" may show different results on the two platforms, because location permission and accuracy differ. That does not mean there are two copies of the data; it means you are standing somewhere and being located in a different way. To compare lists, filter by region rather than by "nearby".

10.8 What has been implemented, and how to accept it delivered

This section is for operators and developers; ordinary members can skip it. It lists the files, routes and acceptance steps actually delivered — not "we plan to", but already committed to the repository.

The nine delivered files

Table 10-8 Files implemented in this delivery, and what each does
FileTypePurpose
common/i18n/index.jsNewA lightweight i18n core: language state, switching, key lookup, and fallback for missing keys (current language → Traditional → the key name, so undefined never appears). No third-party package, to stay under the 2 MB main-package limit
common/i18n/zh-TW.jsNewTraditional Chinese dictionary, 89 keys
common/i18n/zh-CN.jsNewSimplified Chinese dictionary, 89 keys (aligned key by key with the Traditional one)
common/i18n/en.jsNewEnglish dictionary, 89 keys, covering settings / language / dual platform / bottom navigation (business pages are not yet wired to $t()); the terms are in Table 10-9 below
pages/mine/settings/language.vueNewThe language page: three cards (Traditional / Simplified / English), each with a sample line in that language; choosing applies at once and writes to local storage
pages/mine/settings/platform.vueNewThe dual-platform page: explains the difference, and offers two routes — copy the H5 link, or scan back into the mini program
pages/mine/settings/system.vueRewrittenSystem settings now has three groups (interface and display / account / about), with new entries for Language and Platform and the current value shown on the right of each
pages/component/tab-bar/tab-bar.vueModifiedBottom navigation now uses $t(), so all five tabs change the moment the language changes
pages/mine/index.vueModifiedAdds a Settings entry to the Me page (previously you had to take a detour)

The two new routes

Registered in pages.json as pages/mine/settings/language and pages/mine/settings/platform. Both reuse the existing title-bar component, and the title follows the language.

The English terms (settled)

This is what Appendix F, item 8 had been missing. The decisions below follow the principle "meaning first, not literal", and are used in both the manual and the code:

Table 10-9 English terms for core nouns, and why each was chosen
ChineseEnglishWhy
引薦鏈Referral Chain"Chain" here means a record of relationships, link by link, not a blockchain; Chain keeps the sense of being strung together and not overwritable, and stresses sequence more than Network would
引薦 (verb)refer / referralIn business English, to refer is to introduce someone and vouch for them — a layer of responsibility beyond "introduce", which matches the platform's design that a referral carries obligation
脈鏈積分Pulse CreditsThe points shown on screen as 積分. Pulse comes from the platform's name; Credits rather than Points, because credits cannot be transferred, cashed out or converted — "Points" suggests something redeemable for money
脈礦石Pulse OreA separate asset held in a different ledger (see 3.12). Ore is the literal reading of 礦; never interchangeable with Pulse Credits
雷達分Radar ScoreThe combined score of the seven-axis radar (0–5), the number shown on the right of a profile. Score is more neutral than Rating: it measures accumulated verifiable behaviour, not a subjective verdict
信任分Trust ScoreA different indicator, measuring accumulated trust behaviour (for example trust likes); calculated differently from the Radar Score and not convertible into it
供需Supply & DemandNot Post or Listing, because the field carries two directions at once — what I can offer and what I am looking for
機會廣場Opportunity PlazaPlaza keeps the openness of 廣場; not Market, to avoid confusion with the Mall
社區CommunityThe member grouping under a chamber, not a residential estate
案例指紋Case FingerprintA non-reproducible digest of a collaboration record; fingerprint keeps the three senses of unique, identifiable and unforgeable

Six acceptance steps before release

Do them in order; if any step fails, go back and fix it rather than skipping ahead:

Three things outside the code are still not done (and cannot be fixed by writing code):① an official domain and HTTPS for H5 — H5 is a local prototype with no public address, so the copy-link button produces an address that will not open; ② the WeChat business-domain allowlist — without it H5 cannot open inside WeChat; ③ native-speaker editing of the English — the current translation is faithful to the meaning but has not been proofread by a native speaker, and for formal external use should have one more pass.

Until all three are done, ship the language switch first and postpone the platform switch — better one working switch than two half-finished ones.
How to confirm it really exists:open common/i18n/ in the repository and you will find three dictionary files with 89 keys each; open pages/mine/settings/ and you will find the new language.vue and platform.vue. If your copy has none of these five files, you have not pulled this change yet.
Next Set the two switches, then go back to the five-minute start in Chapter 2 — in 2.1 you will notice there is more than one way in. If you are the operator, go straight to the six acceptance steps in 10.8; the three external conditions still missing are in Appendix F.
CHAPTER 11 · All screenshots are real devices

11Screen by screen: 25 real-device screenshots

The first ten chapters explain how the platform works. This chapter shows what it actually looks like. All 25 images come from the live mini program (v1.0.125 development channel) — nothing redrawn, nothing simulated, no placeholder mock-ups. Each card is split into five parts: what this page does, what you can see on screen (element by element), how to operate it, why it is designed this way, and what to watch out for.

Three things to state up front about these screenshots:
1. Version: captured from the v1.0.125 development channel (the green bar at the top of the screen shows vdevelop and an internal test URL). The production build will not have that bar; everything else is identical.
2. Data: names, amounts and event counts in the screenshots are real test data, not numbers invented to look good. Some screens (figure 11-5, for example) show zeros or blanks because nobody has filled them in yet, and we show them as they are.
3. Timing: screens change as versions ship. If your phone shows something different from the picture here, your phone is right — report the difference through "Me → Feedback" and we will re-shoot that screen.

11.0 Index: how to find any of the 25 screens

If you are looking for one particular screen, this table is the fastest way in. The left column is the figure number, the middle is the screen, and the right is where you tap to get there — follow the right column and you will see the same page.

Table 11-1 Index of the 25 real-device screenshots
FigureScreenWhere to tapWhat it is for
11-1HomeTab bar → HomeThe first screen you open every day: it packs “what this platform is”, “how to find people” and “what is happening now” onto one page.
11-2People Radar (map + list)Home → People Radar card → OpenTurns “who is nearby” from a feeling into a list you can sort, filter and measure in metres.
11-3AI Member Assistant (conversation sheet)Home → floating button on the left → AssistantFor the moment when you do not know how to start the conversation: it helps you state the question properly first.
11-4Opportunity PlazaHome → floating button → Plaza (also reachable from the eight-tile grid)Uses randomness against the algorithmic bubble: it brings you the people and opportunities you would never have searched for.
11-5AI Matching (Discover)Home → floating button on the right → AI MatchingTurns “flipping through the directory” into “one card at a time”: eight per day, then you stop, so you cannot scroll forever.
11-6Member Showcase (directory)Tab bar → MembersThree ways of finding people on one page: search if you know the name, filter if you know the criteria, browse by industry if you know neither.
11-7Multi-filter (filter panel)Member Showcase → Multi-filter → StartFour groups of criteria, set once, and it tells you how many people you will get before you press the button.
11-8My Network (network asset sheet)Members → My network banner, or Me → My networkTurns your network from a feeling into a balance sheet: how many countries, cities, people and companies.
11-9Seven-axis Network Radar (choosing people)Member Showcase → floating button → Seven-axis network radarThis page is not about finding people, it is about choosing them: who is worth the time before you spend it.
11-10Seven-axis Radar detail (single person)Figure 11-9 → any card → “See seven axes”Breaks “how to become more credible” into seven things you could do this week.
11-11Event listTab bar → EventsFrom “add your name in the group chat, sign a paper sheet on the day, lose touch afterwards” to a process with a record.
11-12Event map (map view)Event list → map icon at the upper rightSee which city is active: before a trip, check whether the destination has anything on this week.
11-13Member map (world)Home → eight-tile grid → Member mapThis is “where in the world my network is”, not “who is near me”.
11-14Supply & DemandTab bar → Supply & DemandTurns “I have a need” into a public, searchable request that people can respond to, instead of something buried in chat history.
11-15Profile (Me)Tab bar → MeYour CV, your report card and the master switch for every setting, all on one page.
11-16Data board (personal overview)Me → Data boardTurns “how am I doing” into six numbers, then gives you a shortcut to fix them.
11-17Network asset annual report 2026Me → data entries / annual report entrySettles a year of social labour into an asset statement you can share.
11-18My eventsMe → Data board → Event data → My eventsThe thing a host fears most is many registrations, few arrivals. This page opens the funnel so you can see where people drop out.
11-19Data dashboard (platform / operator view)Me → Data board (operator entry)The page an event organiser reads for decisions: which month dropped, which industry is biggest, what start time works.
11-20Targeted invitations (who to invite)Event entries → Targeted invitationsTurns a list into attendance: works out who to invite and where to go, with a reason attached to every suggestion.
11-21Pulse Chain Map (referral circles)Me → network entries / Pulse Chain MapHow you were brought in, and who you brought in — a chain that cannot be overwritten and can be traced.
11-22Member messaging (conversation list)Members → Messages, or card → MessageThe move that turns a public business card into a private relationship, packaged as a manageable list.
11-23Member detail (business card page)Any list, map or card → tap a personThe card page is their shopfront: the footfall at the door, the work on the wall, and the “message me” at the end.
11-24Info sheet and “Ask them to talk”Card page → Info sheet / InvitationThe most honest page in this manual: there is no calendar here, so it hands you a paragraph you can actually send.
11-25Communities (the seven and the list)Home → eight-tile grid → CommunitiesThe platform is a square; a community is a small room. Most real collaboration happens in the small room.

11.1 Home and global entries11-1 to 11-4

Four screens that make up your first thirty seconds: home gives entries, radar gives distance, the assistant gives clarity, the plaza gives accidents.

Home Fig. 11-1

Home

Where: Tab bar → Home

The first screen you open every day: it packs “what this platform is”, “how to find people” and “what is happening now” onto one page.

What this page does

Home is not a feed. It is an entry matrix. People here are not scrolling for content — they are looking for people — so the first screen answers “where do you want to go”, not “what should you read”. Four layers, top to bottom: the claim (carousel banner) → finding people (People Radar card) → tools (eight-tile grid) → activity (brand banner and floating buttons).

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Top carousel“Global Chinese business matching platform” over an animated world map; three small dots at the lower leftSwipe left and right to move through several banners; tapping one opens the matching introduction page
People Radar cardSubtitle “see who is nearby, sorted by distance, filter by radius” plus an “Open” button on the rightThe highest-traffic entry on the whole platform — one tap to figure 11-2
Eight-tile gridPulse Chain intro / Member map / Digital card / Communities / Contacts / Supply & Demand / Events / Event sign-up sheetsShortcuts that bypass the tab bar; the two dots underneath mean you can swipe to a second page
Brand banner“Welcome to WX WeaveInX / connect with trusted partners, create value together”; a “Chinese” tile at the upper rightOpens the brand page; the “Chinese” tile is one of the language entries (see chapter 10)
Floating buttons (left / right)Left: Tools, Assistant, Plaza. Right: AI Matching, PlazaGlobal shortcuts that stay on every page — they do not disappear when you navigate
Tab bar, five slotsHome / Members / Events / Supply & Demand / MeThe trunk of the product; everything else is a branch
How to operate it
  1. Want to see who is nearby → tap “Open” on the right of the People Radar card.
  2. Want a particular module → tap the eight-tile grid directly (two pages, swipe across).
  3. Have a question → tap “Assistant” on the left (AI Member Assistant, figure 11-3). Want to be introduced → tap “AI Matching” on the right (figure 11-5).
Why it is designed this way

Separating “entry” from “content”: home only has to send you to the right place, not keep you here. Every release that adds a feature then just adds one tile instead of disturbing the whole page logic.

Watch out

The floating buttons cover the lower right corner — watch out when you scroll to the bottom of a list. The green bar at the very top (vdevelop 1.0.125 and a URL) only exists in the internal test / development channel; the production build does not have it.

People Radar (map + list) Fig. 11-2

People Radar (map + list)

Where: Home → People Radar card → Open

Turns “who is nearby” from a feeling into a list you can sort, filter and measure in metres.

What this page does

This is the most tool-like page on the platform: map on top, list below, the two kept in sync. The map answers “where”, the list answers “who”, and the radius plus sort controls are what connect them.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Location line“Located: Taipei City (based on the centre of members in the same city) · 24 members nearby”Check the city first; if it is wrong, tap “Taipei City ▾” at the upper right to change it
City switcherCity name plus dropdown at the upper rightBefore a business trip, switch to the destination city to see how many members are there
Map and radius rings1 km / 3 km / 5 km / whole city, four concentric rings with member avatars scattered on themTap a radius to zoom instantly; the smaller the ring, the more it becomes “who could I actually meet today”
Sort toggle“Nearest first” / “Smart match”Use nearest first to arrange a meeting; use smart match to find the right counterpart
Level filter chipsAll 433 / Chapter president 28 / Advisor member / FP-M 11 / FP-L 49 / Member…Narrow by level first, then look at people one by one
List cardAvatar, name, level badge (Close friend / FP-L / Member), industry · city, distance on the right (496 m)Tap any card to open the card detail page (figure 11-23)
How to operate it
  1. Confirm the city
  2. tap a radius ring (3 km, for example)
  3. choose a sort order
  4. narrow with the level chips
  5. tap a name to open the card
  6. message or invite.
Why it is designed this way

“24 nearby” is only worth anything if you are willing to go out. That is why the default sort here is distance, not match score — first make the meeting possible, then make it the right meeting.

Watch out

“Based on the centre of members in the same city” means this is not precise GPS — it is inferred from the city centre point. Distances are straight-line, not travel distance. Only members who granted location permission and filled in a region appear at all.

AI Member Assistant (conversation sheet) Fig. 11-3

AI Member Assistant (conversation sheet)

Where: Home → floating button on the left → Assistant

For the moment when you do not know how to start the conversation: it helps you state the question properly first.

What this page does

This is a sheet, not a new page: home is still visible behind it, closing it returns you exactly where you were, and it does not interrupt what you were doing. The assistant is driven by DeepSeek (the screen says v1.0.50) and is positioned as “link-finding” — it clarifies your thinking, it does not send messages on your behalf.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Title and version“AI Member Assistant” plus “Link-finding · powered by DeepSeek v1.0.50”Quote the version number when you report a problem
Welcome line“Tell me what resources or connections you want to link, and I will help you think it through”It asks what you want to link, not who you want to meet — state the purpose first
Three suggested questions“How do I turn my network into a reusable asset?” / “I am looking for cross-strait OPC partners” / “What should I say the first time I meet a client?”They map to: building awareness / concrete action / preparing your wording. If you do not know what to ask, tap one
Input box“Any question about your network…”You can keep asking follow-ups, the way you would talk to an advisor
× at the upper rightCloseBack to home; closing does not lose your place in the conversation
How to operate it
  1. Tap the floating button → Assistant.
  2. Tap one of the suggested questions first to see how it answers.
  3. Then type your real situation: industry, city, what you want, what you can offer.
  4. Keep asking until you get one sentence you can actually act on.
Why it is designed this way

Most people are not stuck because they lack resources — they are stuck because they cannot say what they want. So the first question is not “who are you looking for” but “what do you want to link”, which forces the vague “I want to meet some people” into the specific “I need a contract manufacturer in South China”.

Watch out

The assistant gives suggestions and reasoning, and cannot promise the other person will reply. Never type anyone's phone number, ID number or undisclosed deal terms into the conversation.

Opportunity Plaza Fig. 11-4

Opportunity Plaza

Where: Home → floating button → Plaza (also reachable from the eight-tile grid)

Uses randomness against the algorithmic bubble: it brings you the people and opportunities you would never have searched for.

What this page does

The plaza works the opposite way to the directory. The directory is for when you know who you want; the plaza is for when you do not know who you need. So it uses two mechanisms — random members (a new batch each time) and an opportunity feed (gatherings / opportunities) — plus “my collaboration card”, which turns you from passive to active.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Top banner“Opportunity Plaza | random connections × opportunities happening now” plus three small cards: random members / themed gatherings / live opportunitiesThe three cards are three ways to use the page; tap one to jump to that section
My collaboration card“One-tap poster: who I am and why I want to collaborate”The most overlooked feature here: generate a poster about who you want to work with and post it in a group — far more effective than posting a business card
Random membersThree member cards (name, level, one-line tag) plus “Shuffle” at the upper rightEvery shuffle is a new encounter; tapping a card opens the business card
Opportunity feedTabs: All / Gatherings / Opportunities; each card shows title, time, address and feeGatherings are offline events with a time and place; opportunities are collaboration proposals
Opportunity cardFor example “Global Travel Club”, 11/14 14:00, No. 66, Lane 69, Section 2, Daxing West Road, Taoyuan District, Taoyuan City, freeTap the card for details and to register
How to operate it
  1. When you have a spare minute, tap “Shuffle”, look at three people, and open the card of anyone interesting.
  2. Tap “My collaboration card” to generate one and post it to your groups.
  3. Switch to “Gatherings” to see where you could go this week.
Why it is designed this way

Search can only find the answer you already thought of. The plaza uses randomness plus curation to manufacture accidental connections — the part of a community that algorithms cannot replace, and the fastest way for a new member to build a first circle.

Watch out

Random recommendations are a system rule, not paid placement. Event details in the opportunity feed are indicative; the event detail page governs. Confirm time, place and fee before registering.

11.2 Finding people: directory, filter, AI matching11-5 to 11-7

Three ways of finding people for three intentions — you do not know who (AI matching), you know the criteria (filter), you know the name (search).

AI Matching (Discover) Fig. 11-5

AI Matching (Discover)

Where: Home → floating button on the right → AI Matching

Turns “flipping through the directory” into “one card at a time”: eight per day, then you stop, so you cannot scroll forever.

What this page does

The design point here is not how clever the AI is, it is the pacing. The screen says “real-time matching · member data (rule-based)” — meaning matching is currently a rules calculation, not a generative model inventing stories. “Today's quota: 8 cards” turns browsing into something with a cost.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Header“Matched for you” plus “Discover / high-fit business connections” and “609 people nearby” on the right609 is the size of the pool, not the number of recommendations
Quota line“Today's quota: 8 cards” plus “Standard member (more with each upgrade: Advisor 15, Chapter president 25, FP 30)” and “Upgrade”When the quota runs out you wait for tomorrow; upgrading raises the daily count
Rule-based label“Real-time matching · member data (rule-based)”An honest label: this is rules matching today, not free-form AI generation
Large profile cardFull-bleed photo, “50% fit” at the upper right, arrows left and rightThe arrows move to the next person; the fit percentage is a reference, not a promise
Identity and three metricsZeng Guodong, FP-L / Licheng District, Quanzhou, Fujian; 36 visitors, 7 trust likes, 3 sharesThree numbers: how many looked at him, endorsed him, passed him on
TabsProfile / Work / Education / Skills / Video / PostsCheck “Profile” for fit first, then “Posts / Video” for what he has actually done
Matching fieldsIndustry, region, level, “What he offers”, “What he is looking for”, bioWhether “offers” and “looking for” intersect is your entire decision
How to operate it
  1. Read the “What he offers / What he is looking for” lines first.
  2. Only if they intersect, switch tabs and look at his work.
  3. If they do not, move to the next card — do not waste the quota.
  4. If they do, message or invite.
Why it is designed this way

The limited quota is deliberate: it makes you look properly instead of swiping fast. The platform wants a small number of high-quality openings, not a large number of views.

Watch out

“50% fit” is a rules calculation (weighted industry, region, level and so on) and says nothing about the other person's willingness. Quota numbers may change between versions; the page is authoritative.

Member Showcase (directory) Fig. 11-6

Member Showcase (directory)

Where: Tab bar → Members

Three ways of finding people on one page: search if you know the name, filter if you know the criteria, browse by industry if you know neither.

What this page does

The directory is the most basic asset on the platform. What matters is not how many people are in it but whether it can be sliced. This page splits three intentions into three entries: the search box (known), the multi-filter (partly known), the industry grid (unknown).

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Search box“Enter a name to search”The most used path after a referral: someone gives you a name, you find them in thirty seconds
Multi-filter card“Level · industry · region · distance, narrow it in one pass” plus “Start”Four dimensions crossed — built for queries like “an FP-L in Taipei in tech”
My network banner“Global network map · network structure · meet offline”Opens the network asset summary (figure 11-8)
Industry gridBeauty / Travel / Blockchain / AI / Internet / Mind and body / Telecom / Agriculture…How to browse when you do not know who you want; scrolls vertically
Three tabsNearby / By home region / By levelNearby is geography; home region is fellow natives (especially useful in cross-strait communities); level is circle
List cardName, level, region, distance (1976.4 km), industryA cross-sea distance means cross-strait; tap the card for the full profile
Floating button at the bottom“Seven-axis network radar”Jumps to the “choosing people” view (figure 11-9)
How to operate it
  1. Have a name → search directly.
  2. Have criteria → use the multi-filter.
  3. No idea → tap an industry icon or switch to “By home region” to find fellow natives.
  4. Found someone → tap the card → save or message.
Why it is designed this way

The “By home region” tab is the most locally distinctive design on the platform: in a cross-strait community, where you are from builds trust faster than what you do.

Watch out

Distances are straight-line estimates and are hidden for members who did not grant location permission. The directory only shows members who agreed to publish their details.

Multi-filter (filter panel) Fig. 11-7

Multi-filter (filter panel)

Where: Member Showcase → Multi-filter → Start

Four groups of criteria, set once, and it tells you how many people you will get before you press the button.

What this page does

The classic mistake with a filter panel is finding out you have zero results only after pressing. Here the button itself reads “See 611 people” and updates as you tick boxes — you know the size of the result before you commit.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Search bar“Search name / industry / city” plus “Filter” on the rightSearch and filter stack; you can use both
Result preview“611 members match (showing the nearest 50)”Know the size of the pool first; only the nearest 50 are listed, so tighten the criteria to see more
Member levelAll / Chapter president / Advisor member / FP-M / FP-L / Member / Standard member / OtherLevel equals circle and entitlements — decide which layer you want first
IndustryAll industries / Health and wellness / Professional services / Education / Finance / Technology / Healthcare / Wholesale and retail / Manufacturing / Construction / Agriculture / Entertainment / Human resourcesPick the two or three that genuinely apply, not all of them
RegionAll regions / Taipei / Taichung / Kaohsiung / New Taipei / Foshan / Shanghai / Wuhan / Xiamen / Suzhou / Guangzhou / Beijing / TainanMainland and Taiwan cities side by side — that is the real footprint of a cross-strait community
DistanceAny / 3 km / 5 km / 20 kmIf you want to meet this week, use 3 km
Bottom buttons“Reset” / “See 611 people”The number changes as you tick — that is your result preview
How to operate it
  1. Tick a level
  2. tick industries (three at most)
  3. choose a city
  4. set a distance only if you need to meet
  5. read the number on the button and loosen one criterion if it is too small
  6. press “See N people”.
Why it is designed this way

Moving the result count onto the button is a tiny design decision that removes the biggest frustration: not failing to find people, but not knowing why you failed.

Watch out

Only the nearest 50 matches are listed. The distance filter depends on whether the other person has shared their location, so members who have not may drop out of the results.

11.3 Network assets: my network and the seven-axis radar11-8 to 11-10

From “how many people” to “how worth knowing are they”: three screens forming one chain of judgement from coarse to fine.

My Network (network asset sheet) Fig. 11-8

My Network (network asset sheet)

Where: Members → My network banner, or Me → My network

Turns your network from a feeling into a balance sheet: how many countries, cities, people and companies.

What this page does

The key word on this page is definition. 612 total, 425 referral chain, 32 interacted — three numbers answering three different questions. Mixing them is self-deception: 612 is how many people, 425 is how many relationships have a source, 32 is how many relationships are still alive.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Update time“Network assets · updated daily at 06:00”What you added yesterday shows up today — do not read it as real-time
Four KPIs3 countries / 101 cities / 425 connections / 22 companiesFour dimensions: countries, cities, individuals, organisations
Three definitionsAll 612 / Referral chain 425 / Interacted 32All is the directory total; referral chain is relationships with a source; interacted means there has been actual exchange
Definition note“Only members in the referral chain are shown” plus “How are these two counted?”Tap to see the calculation and avoid misreading
Global network map301 of 612 have coordinates; red dots graded by density (20+, 6–19, 5 or fewer)See at a glance which cities your relationships cluster in
Map filtersIndustry ▾ / Level ▾For example, map only “tech FP-L”
Network distributionCross-strait 142 / Mainland 200 / No region 83Three bars showing your geographic structure — and how many profiles are incomplete
How to operate it
  1. Read the four KPIs to get the overall picture.
  2. Switch to “referral chain” to see the relationships that actually have a source.
  3. Switch to “interacted” to see which are still alive.
  4. Use the map to find which cities you have people in.
  5. Before a trip, look at those names.
Why it is designed this way

The referral chain is the biggest difference between this platform and a generic social app: relationships have a traceable source. 425 is worth more than 612 because it means somebody was willing to vouch for the relationship.

Watch out

The three definitions cannot be added together or compared (612 ≠ 425 + 32). 301 of 612 having coordinates means nearly half of members have no region on file, and data completeness directly affects both the map and every filter result.

Seven-axis Network Radar (choosing people) Fig. 11-9

Seven-axis Network Radar (choosing people)

Where: Member Showcase → floating button → Seven-axis network radar

This page is not about finding people, it is about choosing them: who is worth the time before you spend it.

What this page does

The seven axes are peer review, profile, activity, content, hosting, attendance and connecting. They break “can I rely on this person” into seven observable things, each drawn from real back-end records. The note on screen matters: trade reviews only score once F1 ships, so it currently shows 0 honestly and is excluded from the average.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Definition line“Peer review · profile · activity · content · hosting · attendance · connecting”, all seven from back-end recordsUnderstand what the seven axes are before you read the score
Honest note“Trade reviews (F1) only score after launch; shown as 0 for now (excluded from the average)”So what you see today is a six-axis average, not seven
Perspective tabsOverall radar / Profile completeness / Content / Event hosting / Event attendanceLooking for someone who runs events? Switch to event hosting
Level chipsAll 670 / Chapter president 29 / Advisor member 2 / FP-M 12 / FP-L 57 / Member…Lock the layer first, then look at scores
Talent cardName, level, title (New Light / Trust Cultivator), industry · city, radar score (4.6 / 3.5)Titles are behavioural labels, not ranks
Four countersPosts 5 · hosted 10 · attended 48 · communities 4Tells you at a glance whether someone is a content type, a host type or an attendee type
AI recommendation reason“He has hosted 10 events and is a convener in his circle”The reason matters more than the score: the score says high or low, the reason says why
Bottom metricsLikes received 10 · shares 11 · card visitors 83External validation: how many endorsed, passed on, or actively looked at him
How to operate it
  1. Decide which kind of person you want (hosts events / writes content / complete profile).
  2. Switch to the matching tab.
  3. Narrow by level.
  4. Read the “AI recommendation reason” rather than only the score.
  5. Tap “See seven axes” for detail (figure 11-10).
  6. Decide whether to open the conversation.
Why it is designed this way

The right order for choosing people is: behavioural evidence (how many events hosted, how many posts written) → external validation (likes, shares) → score. The score is a summary; the evidence is the substance.

Watch out

The radar score measures recorded behaviour, not character. A low score for a new member usually just means there is not much record yet. Scores update daily, so filling in your profile will not change them immediately.

Seven-axis Radar detail (single person) Fig. 11-10

Seven-axis Radar detail (single person)

Where: Figure 11-9 → any card → “See seven axes”

Breaks “how to become more credible” into seven things you could do this week.

What this page does

The value of a radar chart is not whether the shape looks good, it is which axis is shortest. The shortest axis is what you should fix this week; the bar chart and the four notes below tell you how each axis is built.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Header“Seven-axis radar / Radar score 4.6/5 · New Light”Score and title side by side: read the score, then the type
Person rowAvatar, name, level FP-L, Professional services · Wuhan, 4.6 on the rightConfirm you are looking at the right person
Radar chartTrade reviews 0 / Profile 4 / Activity 4.9 / Content 5 / Hosting 5 / Attendance 5 / Connecting 3.6Find the flat side of the shape — that is your answer
Bar detailThe same seven items as horizontal bars with valuesEasier to compare than the radar; good for a screenshot to keep
Four notesProfile = 8 items filled in with real details; Activity = login + sharing + card visitors; Content = 5 supply & demand posts; Trade reviews = 0 (not live, excluded from the average)These four lines are the operating instructions for raising the score
How to operate it
  1. Look for the lowest axis.
  2. Read the notes below to see what that axis is made of.
  3. Go back to “Me” and fill in the matching data (all eight real-detail fields, for example).
  4. Come back in a week to see whether it moved.
Why it is designed this way

It turns abstract trust into an actionable list: not “you should be more trustworthy” but “your profile completeness is only 4, go and add two items”.

Watch out

“One flat side” is normal — everyone has a weak axis. Scores update daily, so completed data does not show immediately. Trade reviews are not live yet: a 0 there does not mean you were rated badly.

11.4 Events: list and map11-11 to 11-12

Two readings of the same data: the list for dates, the map for cities.

Event list Fig. 11-11

Event list

Where: Tab bar → Events

From “add your name in the group chat, sign a paper sheet on the day, lose touch afterwards” to a process with a record.

What this page does

Events are the only channel that takes an online relationship to offline trust. This page is both discovery (city-first popular list) and entry (map view at the upper right, publish at the lower right). Note the small print in the middle: “same city (Taipei) first, then popularity · consistent rules, not AI prediction” — the sort logic is public.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Status tabsAll / Open for registration / In progress / FinishedThe first thing to do before registering: switch to “Open for registration”
Map viewMap icon at the upper rightSwitch to the map to see which city is active (figure 11-12)
City-first popular“5 popular in your city” plus “same city first, then popularity”What you see is explainable, not a black box
Small horizontal cardsCover, title, date and weekday, venue, category tag (for example “Resource matching · business exchange”)Scan title and category to decide whether to open it
Large event cardHost (name and level), category tag (for example “Me time · travel together”), title, time, venue, “Members” (level restriction), fee, popularity, distanceThe “Members” line decides whether you are eligible — read it first
Two floating buttonsMap toggle / “+” to publish“+” requires publishing permission (see chapter 12)
How to operate it
  1. Switch to “Open for registration”.
  2. Check the “Members (level)” line to see whether you qualify.
  3. Tap a card for details.
  4. Register (payment may be required).
  5. On the day, scan to check in (if the host enabled check-in).
Why it is designed this way

Writing the sort rule on the screen is a rare piece of candour: same city first, then popularity. Users stop wondering why they keep seeing another city.

Watch out

Popularity is a rough count of views and follows, not registrations. “Distance” is straight-line. A fee shown as “free” means the registration fee is zero; anything you spend on site is separate.

Event map (map view) Fig. 11-12

Event map (map view)

Where: Event list → map icon at the upper right

See which city is active: before a trip, check whether the destination has anything on this week.

What this page does

The same event data in a different coordinate system. The list answers “what is on this week”; the map answers “where it is happening”. For people who travel between cities often, the map is more useful.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Event bubblesThumbnail plus title, for example “Taiwan experts charity health day” (Tianjin), “305HK × WeaveInX: cross-strait goat milk industry cooperation summit”, “Cross-strait livestream e-commerce festival (Taiwanese youth under 45)”, “Craftsmanship snacks: 2026 first investment fair”, “[7/10 Shenzhen Luohu] business afternoon tea · resource matching salon”Tap a bubble to open the event
Map controlsDrag, pinch to zoomZoom to the city you are going to, then read bubble density
Bottom-right buttonsList icon / “+”Back to the list, or publish a new event
How to operate it
  1. Drag to the city you are going to.
  2. Judge from the number of bubbles how active that city is.
  3. Tap a bubble for details.
  4. Switch back to the list at the lower right to compare dates.
Why it is designed this way

The distribution of bubbles is itself intelligence: which cities hold events regularly, which hold one or two a year. Free input for choosing venues and planning trips.

Watch out

The map only plots offline events with an address. Purely online events (format = online) do not appear.

11.5 Map and Supply & Demand11-13 to 11-14

One answers “who do I know in that city”, the other “who is looking for what right now”.

Member map (world) Fig. 11-13

Member map (world)

Where: Home → eight-tile grid → Member map

This is “where in the world my network is”, not “who is near me”.

What this page does

Different from the previous map: People Radar (figure 11-2) is centred on you; the member map uses the world as its base. The first answers “who can I see today”, the second “who do I know in that city”.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
World mapAsia / Oceania view with members scattered as avatar bubblesZoom to the city you are going to
Avatar bubblesHuang Mingxun, Lin Luobo, Ge Mei, Hu Zhi…, Zhu Licheng, Huang Chuanwei, Li Xin, Hang Zhang, YJ and othersTap an avatar to open the business card
Expand list“Expand list >” at the upper leftWhen bubbles overlap, switch to a text list
Map attribution“Tencent Maps ©2026 Tencent GS(2026)1190” at the lower leftA compliance label that must be kept in the production build
How to operate it
  1. Open it before going abroad or on a trip.
  2. Zoom to the destination.
  3. Tap an avatar to see who it is.
  4. Message before you fly: “I will be in XX next week — time for a coffee?”
Why it is designed this way

Network value is strongly geographical: the same person who has no time in Taipei may be happy to talk when you turn up in Shenzhen. The map makes “being on the way” something you can plan.

Watch out

Only members who filled in a region and agreed to publish appear. When several people share a city their bubbles overlap — zoom in or use “Expand list”.

Supply & Demand Fig. 11-14

Supply & Demand

Where: Tab bar → Supply & Demand

Turns “I have a need” into a public, searchable request that people can respond to, instead of something buried in chat history.

What this page does

Supply & Demand is the only module on the platform with two-way exposure: post once and every member sees it; they post once and you see it. Its categories are not industries but intentions — collaboration, hiring, crowdfunding, events, questions.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Intention tabsAll / Collaboration / Hiring / Crowdfunding / Events / QuestionsThe wrong category means sending it to the wrong people — the most common mistake here
SearchMagnifier at the upper rightSearch old requests by keyword (many people do not know this exists)
Post cardAvatar, name, level (standard member / FP-L), date, phone icon at the upper right, excerpt, attached imageThe phone icon contacts them directly if they allowed it
Interaction rowShares / likes / views / comments (for example 1 like, 40 views, 0 comments)High views with zero comments usually means “I understood it but did not know how to reply” — make the ask explicit in the title
Floating “+”PublishPosts go through review (see 6.3)
What posts look likeExample 1: “Life regeneration business briefing [2026 national tour, August, Xiamen]”. Example 2: “Guangling, Shanxi, home of millet — refining millet germ oil and fibre from millet”Supply & Demand is not only “what I need”; it also carries “what event I am running” and “what goods I have”
How to operate it
  1. Switch to an intention such as collaboration or hiring.
  2. Search with keywords to check whether it has already been asked.
  3. If not, tap “+” and post.
  4. Write the title as what you need + to what specification + by when.
  5. After posting, watch the comments and the phone.
Why it is designed this way

A request's life cycle becomes visible, from open to closed, which builds the social proof that deals really do happen here. Posts also accumulate into your content score (figure 11-10).

Watch out

Posts are reviewed, and wording about investment, medical claims or student recruitment is often rejected. Never put a personal mobile number or ID number in a public post.

11.6 Me: the centre and five data views11-15 to 11-19

Five screens, five dashboards: personal overview, data board, annual settlement, event performance, market trend.

Profile (Me) Fig. 11-15

Profile (Me)

Where: Tab bar → Me

Your CV, your report card and the master switch for every setting, all on one page.

What this page does

Three layers: identity (avatar and brand card), results (four metrics), drawer (four entries). Many people treat it as a settings page, but it is the page most worth tending — your primary field and secondary development directly determine who finds you.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Top rowAvatar, name, notification bell (one red dot)The red dot means unread notifications; tap to see who has been looking for you
Brand cardFP-L / Taipei City / “Edit brand”Editing the brand changes your primary field and secondary development — the core of your exposure
Primary fieldChips: Technology, Founder of WX WeaveInXThese two phrases are the keywords people find you by
Secondary developmentTags: cross-strait integration, capital market enablementYour second curve; it is how others judge whether there is another angle for collaboration
Four metrics45 Pulse Credits / 159 connections / 248 card visitors / 35 likes receivedCredits are redeemable; connections are scale; visitors are passive exposure; likes are endorsement
Four entriesFeature centre (88 modules · 569 real data points) / Data board / My network / My teamThe feature centre is the master index; the other three are three kinds of dashboard
How to operate it
  1. Tap “Edit brand” and write your primary field as industry + role.
  2. Add two secondary development tags.
  3. Open the data board and see which metric is zero.
  4. Go back and fix that one.
Why it is designed this way

“248 card visitors” is a passive metric: it is not you going to meet people, it is people coming to look at you. That number says more about the quality of your exposure than your connection count does.

Watch out

Credits and likes are two different assets (credits are redeemable, likes affect trust) and should not be conflated. Visitor counts are cumulative, not real-time.

Data board (personal overview) Fig. 11-16

Data board (personal overview)

Where: Me → Data board

Turns “how am I doing” into six numbers, then gives you a shortcut to fix them.

What this page does

The first line on the board reads “choose the data set you want to see · 18 of 18 available” — it admits that this is a collection of data sets, not one pretty chart. The real way to use it: find the cell that is zero and tap the entry beside it.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
My content dataSupply & demand posts 0 / Posts 2 / Videos 0 / Events hosted 20 / Events attended 105 / Card visitors 248 (live count, excluding saves)The zeros among the six are next week's homework
Content extension row“Saves 35 · shares 166 · for your content score see My seven-axis radar” plus “See radar”Jumps from number to diagnosis (figure 11-10)
My teamOpen circle · bind members · invite codeA team is a different network structure and is counted separately from your personal network
Communities and organisationsCommunity list (new: seven categories · price · closed status) / organisation list (old version, entry only)Prefer the new version; the old one is a compatibility entry
Growth and assetsGrowth centre (festivals / health checks / itineraries / tasks / CV in one place) / My CV (work, education, awards, work samples — searchable)The CV is another way to be found, and many people leave it blank
Event dataMy eventsGoes to figure 11-18
How to operate it
  1. Scan the six cells for zeros.
  2. Tap “See radar” to find which axis is dragging.
  3. Use the entries below to fix it (post a request, upload a video, host a small circle).
  4. Come back in a week and compare.
Why it is designed this way

Hosting 20 events and attending 105 says this user is an attendee rather than a host. That is not a flaw, it is a strategic choice — but if they want a higher radar score, hosting is the fastest lever.

Watch out

“My team” only has data after members are bound. Figures are live counts and exclude saves and indirect metrics. The old “organisation list” keeps only an entry; its function has been replaced by the new communities.

Network asset annual report 2026 Fig. 11-17

Network asset annual report 2026

Where: Me → data entries / annual report entry

Settles a year of social labour into an asset statement you can share.

What this page does

The annual report is the most shareable page on the platform. It does not just give numbers, it gives three narratives — seen, trusted, remembered — turning cold statistics into your own year-end summary. The attached referral code turns sharing into inviting.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Title and identity“Network asset annual report 2026” / YJ, Technology, FP-LThe report is tied to an identity, so people know whose numbers these are when you share it
Six metrics248 card visitors / 35 likes / 166 shares / 2 posts / 197 content reads / 8 community linksExposure (visitors) → endorsement (likes) → spread (shares) → deposit (content and reads)
Referral code“My referral code WX00000022” plus “entering this code at sign-up makes your account your referral”Attach the code when sharing and the invitee sits under your referral chain
Two buttons“Copy” / “Share report”Copy pastes into WeChat; share generates an image
Narrative 01Seen: “248 people opened your card, an average of 21 a month. This is not a scroll-by impression — somebody chose to tap in.”Turns the number into meaning
Narrative 02Trusted: “35 likes, shared 166 times. Of every 100 visitors, 14 chose to do something.”Only people who act are people you can talk to
Narrative 03Remembered: “2 posts, 197 reads. Content is the only thing that speaks for you 24 hours a day.”Content is your passive salesperson
How to operate it
  1. Open the report and read the six metrics.
  2. Read the three narratives and identify your strength and your gap (in this example: strong exposure, weak content).
  3. Tap “Copy” and send the referral code to whoever you want to invite.
  4. Tap “Share report” to generate an image for Moments or a group.
Why it is designed this way

It answers the hardest question in community building: what did I actually accumulate this year? Not follower count, but how many people sought you out, endorsed you, passed you on, and remember what you said.

Watch out

The numbers are cumulative totals, not this year's increment. Before sharing publicly, check that you are comfortable making these numbers public (visitor and like counts, for example).

My events Fig. 11-18

My events

Where: Me → Data board → Event data → My events

The thing a host fears most is many registrations, few arrivals. This page opens the funnel so you can see where people drop out.

What this page does

Two levels on one page: yours on top (20 events hosted, 288 registrations) and the platform's below (82 events all-time, 824 registrations). Keeping them apart matters — your 20 events are a quarter of the platform's 82, which is your weight here.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Search and filtersSearch event name or category; all events / hosted by me / attended by me; any time / last month / last three months / this year, plus categoryStart with “hosted by me + this year”
Four summaries20 events hosted / 288 registrations / 79 members reached / 30 actual check-insRegistrations versus check-ins is your attendance rate — the number to watch
Platform overview82 events all-time / 824 registrations / 260 check-ins / 114 members reached / 35 events attended by meWhere your events sit within the platform
Monthly countsFeb 2 / Mar 3 / Apr 2 / May 4 / Jun 2 / Jul 3 / Aug 2 / Oct 2 (eight months)Look at the rhythm: a steady two a month, or clustered in a few months?
Matching events“22 events match”Actual row count after filtering
How to operate it
  1. Switch to “hosted by me”.
  2. Compare registrations with actual check-ins to get the attendance rate (30 of 288, about 10% here).
  3. Compare against the monthly counts to find the bad month.
  4. Recall that event's timing, topic and fee, and change one variable next time.
Why it is designed this way

A low attendance rate usually means nobody reminded them, not that nobody wanted to come. Enabling check-in (QR) plus a reminder the day before is the cheapest possible improvement.

Watch out

Check-in counts only accumulate when the host sets “check-in required = yes”. Events without it show 0 — which means no record, not no attendance. The platform overview is site-wide, not personal.

Data dashboard (platform / operator view) Fig. 11-19

Data dashboard (platform / operator view)

Where: Me → Data board (operator entry)

The page an event organiser reads for decisions: which month dropped, which industry is biggest, what start time works.

What this page does

Different from 11-18: that one is your report card, this one is what the market looks like. Pick one of four periods (last 7 days / last 30 days / year / all) and read three charts: monthly trend, industry split, time-of-day split.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Period switchLast 7 days / last 30 days / Year (current) / AllUse the year for trends, the last 7 days for current heat
Four KPIs81 events / 806 registrations / 113 members / 7 industriesFour numbers to establish scale first
Monthly trend2026-02 4 / 03 6 / 04 12 / 05 23 / 06 18 / 07 5 / 08 8 / 09 3 / 10 3 (nine months)May was the peak; September and October dropped sharply — a scheduling gap
Industry split, top 7Health and wellness 117 (14.5%) / Education 68 (8.4%) / Technology 61 (7.6%) / Other 36 / Professional services 35 / Wholesale and retail 27 / Other 84 (10.4%)Decides who to invite next time: the top two are your base
Time-of-day splitMorning 6 (06:00–12:00)If most events are in the morning, an afternoon slot is your differentiator
How to operate it
  1. Switch to “Year” and read the trend.
  2. Find the month that dropped hardest.
  3. Use the industry split to choose a topic.
  4. Use the time-of-day split to choose a start time.
  5. Write those three conclusions into next quarter's schedule.
Why it is designed this way

The real output of a dashboard is not a chart, it is a decision: which month, which industry, what time. Reading it without deciding anything is the same as not reading it.

Watch out

Two separate bars are both labelled “Other” (36 and 84), which shows how inconsistent categorisation distorts the statistics — always use an existing category when publishing, never invent one.

11.7 Invitations, chain map and messaging11-20 to 11-22

Three screens for three moves that advance a relationship: invite to attend, see the structure, start the conversation.

Targeted invitations (who to invite) Fig. 11-20

Targeted invitations (who to invite)

Where: Event entries → Targeted invitations

Turns a list into attendance: works out who to invite and where to go, with a reason attached to every suggestion.

What this page does

The intersection of the events and network modules, and the most practical page on the platform. The score is not a black box: same city, same industry, same level, three rules added together, and the screen says outright that it is not a model guessing.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Claim“Who to invite and where to go, worked out in one pass” plus “calculated live from your events, city and industry; every result comes with a reason”Read this line and you know where the score comes from
Comparison basisFP-L / Taipei City / Technology; “compared 809 members × 82 events”The sample size is published, so nobody has to ask “on what basis”
Two perspectivesWho to invite (host) / Where to go (attendee)Hosts use the left; people looking for something to attend use the right
Pick an eventTaiwan north-central-south | WX WeaveInX OPC training, 10/07 12:00, Taipei City / WX WeaveInX OPC public course, 09/27 21:30, Taichung CityPick the event first; the list depends on it
Suggested list“12 suggested | same city · same industry · same level, understandable”; Lin Xiuwen FP-L 80, Yin Xinghua Member 70, Lu Lixian FP-L 55, Wu Juanling FP-L 55The score is a proxy for likelihood of attending, not a guarantee
Reason“Also in Taipei City, lowest cost to attend; in technology, the core audience for this event; FP-L, relatively active on the platform.”The reason matters more than the list: it tells you what to say
Action rowInvite / view card; “0 selected (select all / clear)” plus “Forward invitation” and “Message them on WeChat”Tick people, then send in a batch
How to operate it
  1. Pick one of your events.
  2. Read the reasons for the top three high scorers and understand why they were chosen.
  3. Tick them (or select all).
  4. Tap “Forward invitation” — but change the first sentence.
  5. Remind them again the day before.
Why it is designed this way

Invitations succeed not because the list is precise but because the person understands why you invited them. That is why the reason sits next to the name: copy the reason, not the same paragraph to everyone.

Watch out

The score adds up same-city, same-industry and same-level rules and says nothing about willingness. Mass-sending one identical invitation usually gets fewer replies than a personalised one.

Pulse Chain Map (referral circles) Fig. 11-21

Pulse Chain Map (referral circles)

Where: Me → network entries / Pulse Chain Map

How you were brought in, and who you brought in — a chain that cannot be overwritten and can be traced.

What this page does

Four views (pulse chain tree / cloud relationships / referral circles / pulse chain circles) are four readings of one data set. The circles are best at answering one question: how far from me are my relationships? Chain 1 is direct referral; chain 4 is indirect twice over.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
View switchPulse chain tree / Cloud relationships / Referral circles / Pulse chain circles (current)Tree for structure, circles for distance, cloud for clustering
Level tabsAll / Chain 1 / Chain 2 / Chain 3 / Chain 4+Tap a level to list only that level
Statistics barChain 1: 107 / Chain 2: 41 / Chain 3: 25 / Chain 4 and beyond: 186Chain 1 is who you referred directly; the numbers move as referrals happen
Circle chartCentre “me” → +1 → +2 → +3 → +4 dashed rings, members plotted as dotsDot size and colour encode level; hover to see who it is
Bottom total107 / 41 / 25 / 186 / 359 total359 is the number of people on the chain, not your whole network
How to operate it
  1. Look at how many are in chain 1 (your core 107).
  2. Tap “Chain 2” to see who came in indirectly through you.
  3. Find the branch with unusually many in “Chain 4+” — that is usually an active convener.
Why it is designed this way

A referral chain means traceability: who introduced you, and whom you introduced, both stay on the chain. That turns referral from a favour into an asset.

Watch out

359 is not the 612 total network (figure 11-8): members with no referral source who signed up themselves are not placed on a chain level. Levels are computed from back-end referral records and cannot be set by the user.

Member messaging (conversation list) Fig. 11-22

Member messaging (conversation list)

Where: Members → Messages, or card → Message

The move that turns a public business card into a private relationship, packaged as a manageable list.

What this page does

Messaging happens inside the platform, not in WeChat. The advantage is that it is manageable (unread, search, find by industry); the disadvantage is that the other person may not see it immediately — so anything important still needs a phone number or a meeting.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Summary line“32 conversations · 1 unread” / “30 have industry and region data”Clear unread first; those with industry data are easier to judge
SearchSearch name, industry, city or message contentSearching message content finds that sentence from three months ago
Unread onlyToggle on the rightA once-a-day clearing habit
Conversation rowsAvatar (red dot when unread), name, industry · city, last message, timeTimes range from six days ago to 08-11, which tells you this is a list of long-term relationships, not a live chat room
How to operate it
  1. Turn on “Unread only”.
  2. Reply one by one, and refer back to something specific (“the thing you mentioned last time”).
  3. Turn it off and search old conversations, for example searching “coffee” to find where you last agreed to meet.
Why it is designed this way

The platform deliberately does not build a live chat tool: it wants purposeful conversation, not small talk. That is why the list shows industry and city — so you can judge whether this person is worth answering right now.

Watch out

The other person may not be online. For anything important, leave a phone number or meet in person. Conversations are private correspondence and the platform does not disclose them without consent.

11.8 Business card, invitation sheet and communities11-23 to 11-25

The last three return to people and rooms: one card, one invitation, one space to gather in.

Member detail (business card page) Fig. 11-23

Member detail (business card page)

Where: Any list, map or card → tap a person

The card page is their shopfront: the footfall at the door, the work on the wall, and the “message me” at the end.

What this page does

Every path on the platform ends here. Top to bottom: image (large photo) → identity (name, level, region) → evidence (three metrics) → content (six tabs) → action (message).

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Three buttons at the topSave / Card / Share (purple)Save adds them to your list; card saves an image; share passes them on
Identity blockZhang Liqi, FP-L / Jianghan District, Wuhan, HubeiLevel and region are the two fastest judgements
Three metrics83 visitors / 10 trust likes / 11 sharesVisitors: how many sought them out. Likes: how many endorse them. Shares: how many passed them on
Six tabsProfile / Work / Education / Skills / Video / PostsCheck the profile for fit first, then posts and video for what they have done
Voice introduction“Not recorded yet” → “they have not recorded a voice introduction”A differentiating field: most people leave it blank, so recording one is an advantage
Shared pulse chainShows whether you have a common referral sourceA common referrer means you can open with “X sent me”
Bottom barShare / Address / MessageAddress opens navigation; messaging is the main action
How to operate it
  1. Read the three metrics (83 visitors means they are not obscure).
  2. Switch to “Posts” to see what they have done.
  3. Check “Shared pulse chain” for a mutual contact.
  4. Tap “Save”.
  5. Open with the mutual contact when you message.
Why it is designed this way

“Trust likes” is a smart piece of design: it is not a like count, it is an endorsement from people who know them. Ten trust likes mean more than a thousand hearts.

Watch out

“Save” is visible both ways — the other person may see that you saved them — so use it with that in mind. The card image contains personal information; confirm before forwarding it.

Info sheet and “Ask them to talk” Fig. 11-24

Info sheet and “Ask them to talk”

Where: Card page → Info sheet / Invitation

The most honest page in this manual: there is no calendar here, so it hands you a paragraph you can actually send.

What this page does

Most products would leave a “coming soon” calendar tab. This page does the opposite and says so: there is no member/schedule tab (it returns 404), so rather than leave a permanently blank page it helps you actually arrange the meeting. A constraint turned into a design.

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Title and description“Info sheet / Data we can actually read · only what the back end has”States up front that it only shows data that really exists
Icon tabsSeven-axis radar (31) / Messages / Activity / ItineraryThe 31 is an item count for the radar
Content tabsSeven-axis radar / Basics / Offers-looking for / Links / Momentum / Itinerary (current)Switch between different sides of the data
Time slotToday / Two days / This week / Next week / You decide“You decide” gives the other person the most flexibility and usually gets the most replies
FormatOnline call / Coffee / I visit you / Phone call firstFor a first meeting, “phone call first” or “coffee” is cheapest for both sides
What to discuss (optional)For example: cross-strait channel partnership, an AI implementation projectFilling this in triples the success rate: they know what to prepare
Compose the invitationOne tap produces a paragraph you can send as isAlways change the first sentence afterwards, or it reads like a template
Footnote“Choose a slot and a format and this composes an invitation you can send… rather than leave it blank, we would rather you actually meet.”That is the design rationale, stated rather than guessed
How to operate it
  1. Choose a slot (if unsure, “You decide”).
  2. Choose a format (phone call first for a first meeting).
  3. Fill in one sentence under “what to discuss”.
  4. Tap “Compose invitation”.
  5. Copy it into WeChat or a message, change the first sentence, send.
Why it is designed this way

Invitations usually fail not because the other person is uninterested but because they do not know what would be discussed or how long it would take. Stating time, format and topic changes the reply rate immediately.

Watch out

The generated text is a template; sending it unchanged looks like a mass message. The “itinerary” tab currently has no back-end data — a known limitation (see 6.3).

Communities (the seven and the list) Fig. 11-25

Communities (the seven and the list)

Where: Home → eight-tile grid → Communities

The platform is a square; a community is a small room. Most real collaboration happens in the small room.

What this page does

Communities gather the same group of people into a space that can be managed, interacted with and charged for: alumni, chambers, industries, projects, brands, certification, alliances. The list separates entry thresholds by price state (free / annual fee / closed).

What you can see on screen
ElementWhat it showsHow you use it
Search“Search communities, organisations, people”All three can be searched, not only communities
The seven categoriesAlumni chain / International chamber / Business chain / Projects / Brand collaboration / WX certification / Business alliance / OPC network (eight icons in total) plus “All >”A browsing taxonomy; the icon count does not match the “seven” heading — an interface copy issue
Community total“30 communities in total”Small enough to browse one by one
Price tabsAll / Free / Annual fee / ClosedNew members should start with “Free” to test the water
Community cardLogo, name, “View details”, price state on the right (free / annual fee / closed)For example EUDA, Cross-strait Comics OPC, Suipei OPC, Prime Generation OPC, Cross-strait Youth OPC — all free
How to operate it
  1. Switch to “Free” and browse.
  2. Tap “View details” to see members and rules.
  3. Apply to join (annual fee and closed communities need approval).
  4. Introduce yourself first, then post your first request.
Why it is designed this way

The value of a community is shared language and shared rules, not headcount. A thirty-person industry community will often close a deal faster than a six-hundred-person square.

Watch out

The heading says “seven communities” but eight icons are shown (the extra is “OPC network”) — a known interface copy issue, listed in appendix F. Closed communities require an invitation or approval.

How to use this chapter. Three ways: (1) look it up — if you see a screen and do not know how to operate it, turn to the figure number; (2) teach from it — when training new members, lift individual cards as handouts (appendix D maps them to the course outline); (3) verify — after a release, compare the app against these 25 figures; wherever the screen no longer matches, the manual needs updating.
Next
Ready to publish an event? Go straight to chapter 12, Publishing an event for the field-by-field guide and the pre-submit checklist. Want the big picture first? Back to chapter 1, Product overview.
CHAPTER 12 · Host's operating manual

12Publishing an event

This chapter is for the person running the event: from tapping “Me → Publish event” to the event appearing in the list and on the map, that is 18 fields, 4 states and 2 check-in methods. The chapter is written from two real sources — the internal training deck “WX WeaveInX event system” (10 pages) and real-device screenshots of the current publishing form. Where the two disagree we say so (see 12.1) rather than smoothing it over for either side.

Start with this sentence: an event is not “a post”. It is a small project with a headcount, a fee, a check-in and a record. That is why the form looks long — it is folding the spreadsheet and the group-chat sign-up sheet that organisers used to keep separately into one flow.

12.1 Who can publish, and how bigFour tiers: 8 / 20 / 40 / unlimited

Publishing rights and headcount limits are tied to your membership level. After the form update on 9 November 2026, the event types are four tiers again — Small Circle, Gathering, Mid Gathering and Convergence, with limits of 8 / 20 / 40 / unlimited. This matches the internal training deck; the earlier claim that “there are only two tiers and a Gathering is capped at 10” no longer holds.

Dashed line = no limit; leave the headcount blank for Convergence 8 Small Circle dinner, tea, advice 20 Gathering themed meet-up 40 Mid Gathering training, chapter meeting ∞ Convergence forum, investment fair Bar height = capacity. All four are real options on the form, not recommendations.
Figure 12-1 The four tiers by capacity
Table 12-1 The four event types, their limits and when to use them
TypeLimitRole in the deckWhat it suits
Small CircleUp to 8Standard member (circle host)Four for dinner, six for tea, one-to-many advice. Few enough that everyone can finish describing what they do — the easiest tier to close a deal in
GatheringUp to 20Circle hostThemed exchange, a talk, an industry meet-up. Twenty is the ceiling at which everyone still gets a chance to speak
Mid GatheringUp to 40Advisor memberPractical training, chapter meetings, policy briefings. At this size the stage and the audience start to separate
ConvergenceNo limit
blank = unlimited
Chapter presidentForums, investment fairs, annual conferences. Capacity is set by the venue and catering, not by the system
How to fill in “headcount limit”. After you choose a type, the input tells you that tier's ceiling (choosing Gathering shows “enter a headcount limit (maximum 20)”). Going over is blocked. Going under is entirely fine — six for tea means typing 6, and you open another one when it fills. For Convergence, leave it blank and the system applies no limit (the red note reads “when the type is Convergence, leaving it blank means no limit”). The four small lines under the field are the quick reference: Small Circle up to 8, Gathering up to 20, Mid Gathering up to 40, Convergence no limit.
Which of the four you can actually choose still depends on your level. The form lists all four, but if your level is insufficient an option may be unselectable, or the submission may be rejected at review. The chamber has the final say on levels and entitlements; the platform only reflects them. If you are unsure, ask your community manager before filling anything in.

12.2 How to get there, and the four statesThree taps to the form

Step 1: tab bar → MeYou come in through the profile centre, not through the Events tab — the most common place for new members to look in the wrong place.
Step 2: tap “Publish event”It sits in the entries area of the profile centre (the position shifts slightly between versions; the four entries in figure 11-15 are on the same level).
Step 3: tap “Publish” at the upper rightThat opens the form. For your first event, read the field guide in 12.3 and 12.4 before you start typing.
Event publishing list
Figure 12-2 Publishing listFour state tabs plus “Publish” at the upper right
Real device · current version

Four states, four different jobs

Table 12-2 The four states and what to do in each
StateWhat it meansWhat you should do
AllEverything you have published, including under review, live and rejectedFor stock-taking: history and current status in one pass
Under reviewSubmitted, not yet approvedIf it takes longer than expected, contact your core association or headquarters to speed it up
LiveApproved, including past and ongoing eventsShare the link, chase registrations, read the list
RejectedThe application did not passRevise as suggested and publish again — you do not have to retype everything; use “Reuse” from 12.8

12.3 Field by field (first half)The basics and the money

The form has two halves. The first decides what this event is and what it costs; the second decides where, when and how people check in. Fields are listed in screen order. An asterisk means required.

Publishing form, first half: four event types and the headcount limit
Figure 12-3 First halfType (one of four) → headcount → title → category → fee → refunds → cover → carousel
Real device · 9 November 2026 form
Table 12-3 First half: fields, rules and how to fill them
FieldRuleHow to fill it well
*Event typeOne of four: Small Circle / Gathering / Mid Gathering / ConvergenceUp to 8 for a dinner → Small Circle; 10–20 for a themed session → Gathering; 20–40 → Mid Gathering; an open public event → Convergence. Options lock if your level is insufficient
Headcount limitThe ceiling follows the type: 8 / 20 / 40; blank for Convergence. Exceeding it is blockedBetter low than high: type 6 for a six-person tea and open another when it fills. Filling in less than the ceiling costs you nothing
*Event titleFree textTopic + audience + format, for example “Cross-strait channel matching | Taiwanese businesses | six-person round table”. Never just “Exchange meeting”
*CategoryPick a subcategory from the six groups (see 12.5)The category decides who sees it; the wrong one sends it to the wrong people
*Fee (CNY)Enter 0 for free; the unit is renminbiCharging filters for intent; free maximises reach. For a first event, free or cheap
*RefundableYes / No“Yes” converts better, but you handle the refunds yourself
*Cover image3:2 recommendedA face plus title text works best; do not use a screenshot of text

12.4 Field by field (second half)Venue, timing and detail

Publishing form, second half
Figure 12-4 Second halfCarousel, phone, format, times, detail editor
Real device · current version
Table 12-4 Second half: fields, rules and how to fill them
FieldRuleHow to fill it well
*Carousel images686×320 recommendedThe top carousel on the event page: two to five images of the venue, the speaker and previous sessions
Contact phoneOptionalIf you fill it in, questions come straight to you; use a service number if you do not want to be called
*FormatOnline / offlineOnline events never appear on the event map (see the note on figure 11-12)
*VenueAddress for offline, URL for onlineTake the address down to the door number, or the map pin drifts
*Registration deadlineDate-time pickerIt can match the end time, so latecomers can still register
*Start timeDate-time pickerSet it 15 minutes before the real start to absorb lateness
*End timeDate-time pickerLeave a buffer — winding down and networking always overrun
*Event detailRich text: bold, italic, underline, lists, alignment, colour, size, imagesFive fixed sections: what this is / who it suits / what you take away / the run sheet / the speaker. Images and links are allowed

12.5 Categories: six groups and their subcategoriesThe wrong category sends it to the wrong people

A category is not decoration, it is the distributor of exposure: users filter by it and judge from it whether an event concerns them. The subcategories below were copied one by one from the current picker, so you can choose straight from the list.

Event category picker
Figure 12-5 Category pickerSix groups, dozens of subcategories, scrollable
Real device · current version
Table 12-5 The six groups and their subcategories, in screen order
GroupSubcategories
Resource matchingCapital–industry matching, supply–demand matching, technology transfer, investment promotion, going global, business exchange
KnowledgePrivate board (closed door), practical training, policy briefing, experience sharing
Circle and socialExchange tea, business dinner, corporate study tour, alumni gathering, same clan or home region
Me timeSport and leisure, arts gathering, craft workshop, hobby group, travel together, family time, healing and relaxation, pet social, everyday meet-up
Public goodPublic action, volunteering, charity fundraising (per the six groups in the deck; the picker is authoritative on the actual items)
Major events / WX officialAnnual conference, forum, official course (official and authorised roles only)
Three tests for choosing a category: (1) What is this event's main output — a deal (resource matching), learning (knowledge), meeting people (circle and social), switching off (me time)? (2) Put the secondary output in the title, not in the category. (3) If unsure, choose business exchange — the safest neutral option.

12.6 Fees, refunds and the split10% / 90%

There is only one money field, fee (CNY), but three things the host has to decide behind it: pricing, refunds and the split.

Table 12-6 Three rules about money
ItemRuleWhat it means for the host
CurrencyRenminbi (CNY); 0 means freeFor cross-strait sessions, convert yourself and state the currency in the title, to avoid disputes after registration
Platform fee10% of the event fee is the Pulse Chain system management feePrice the 10% into your cost — do not treat your net receipt as the list price
Host shareThe remaining 90% is returned to the account the host nominatesThe receiving account must be set up in advance; cross-border arrival times and transfer fees are separate
RefundableYes or no at publishing time“Yes” converts better but you must allow time to process refunds; if “no”, say why in the event detail
Practical advice on pricing: free events fill fastest and have the worst attendance. A fee — even 30–50 CNY — lifts attendance noticeably, because having paid is itself a reminder. If you want to charge without scaring people off, use “free registration plus a minimum spend on site” and state it clearly in the detail.

12.7 Check-in and visibilityWho can see it, how people check in

The three switches at the bottom of the form decide who can see the event and how people check in. They are hard to change once published, so confirm them before you submit.

Check-in and visibility switches
Figure 12-6 Check-in and visibilityThree switches decide visibility and how people check in
Real device · current version
Table 12-7 What the three switches do
SwitchOptions and meaningHow to choose
*Check-in requiredNo / Yes. Only “Yes” records actual attendanceWant an attendance rate or certificates? Choose Yes
*VisibilityOpen to all (all information public, detail page reachable) / Members only (only members can view)Recruiting and reach → open; internal training or sensitive topics → members only
*Non-member registrationAllowed / not allowedOpen it to use the event as a funnel; restrict it to protect member value
The two check-in methods (per the internal deck):
(1) Self check-in — the host displays a QR code and guests scan it. Good for few staff and many guests.
(2) Host check-in — the host scans each guest's event QR code. Good when identities must be verified one by one.
The current form only has the yes/no switch; choosing between the two methods happens on the event management page, not here.

12.8 Publishing history and “Reuse”From the second event, half the work

At the lower left of the form there is a clock icon, “Publishing history”. It lists the events you have run, each with a “Reuse” button that copies every field into a new form; you only change the date, venue and title.

Publishing history
Figure 12-7 Publishing historyAny entry can be reused and edited; no need to start from blank
Real device · current version

When to use “Reuse”

  • A series: a monthly meeting or a quarterly course. Copy, change the date and the topic.
  • Same venue, different topic: venue, fee and check-in settings identical; only the copy and cover change.
  • After a rejection: revising is far faster than retyping.
The classic mistake with “Reuse”: forgetting to change the cover and carousel images. Last event's photos on this event's page is the single biggest killer of conversion — it makes people think you posted the wrong information.

12.9 What it looks like once publishedThe seven fields on the card

Once approved, the event appears in the Events tab list and on the map (see figure 11-11 and figure 11-12). The list card has exactly seven fields, all of them taken from what you typed — so while filling the form you are not thinking “just get it done”, you are thinking “what will this card look like”.

Event list card
Figure 12-8 Event cardHost, category, title, time, venue, member level, fee, popularity, distance
Real device · current version
Table 12-8 Which form field each part of the card comes from
On the cardComes fromWhat it decides
Host name and levelYour member profileTrust; people dare to register for events run by senior members
Category tag (for example “Me time · travel together”)*CategoryWhose filter it appears in
Title*Event titleEighty per cent of the click-through
Time (with weekday)Start timeWhether they can come at all
Venue*VenueWhether it is reachable this week
Members: level restrictionNon-member registration + visibilityWho is eligible
Fee / popularity / distanceFee / view data / distanceThe last threshold

12.10 Twelve checks before you submitTick every line before pressing submit

12.11 Common sticking pointsFind the symptom

Table 12-9 Six common sticking points when publishing
SymptomLikely causeWhat to do
Submitted, stuck on “under review”Manual review queue, or the material needs something addedContact your core association or headquarters to expedite; meanwhile check the detail for sensitive wording
Rejected, and you cannot see whyUsually fees, medical or investment claims, or someone else's portraitRevise as suggested; copy via “Publishing history → Reuse” rather than retyping
Published, but not in the listThe event ranks lower in your city, or registration has closedSearch by event name, or send people the share link directly
My event is not on the mapFormat was set to online, or the address only goes down to the cityChange to offline and add a door-level address (online events never appear on the map)
Check-in count stays at 0“Check-in required” was set to NoTurn it on for the next event; finished events cannot be backfilled
Very low attendance (many registered, few came)No reminder, a free event, too early or too farMessage them the day before, charge a small fee, and pick a venue reachable by metro
Next
For the actual screen and operating detail of every page, go back to chapter 11, Screen by screen. For where events sit in the product, see 3.10 Events. To check whether a feature is live, see 6.1 Status of every feature.
APPENDIX A

AThe new member's seven-day action card

This page is for people who have registered and do not know what to do next. One thing a day: after seven days you will have a profile that can be found, believed and passed on.

Table A-1 The seven-day card (5–15 minutes a day)
DayWhat to doTimeHow (section)What "done" looks like
D1Write your one-line positioning and your trade10 min2.3, template ①The line on the list page tells a stranger who you help and with what
D2Write "can offer / looking for"8 min3.6 / 3.2Both columns contain concrete nouns and numbers, not adjectives
D3Post your first demand10 min3.4, examplesTitle carries result plus scale plus timing, with two or three tags
D4Look at five contacts, message one12 min3.2 / 3.3, template ④One three-sentence message with context sent
D5Join one community and speak8 min3.11One self-introduction posted in the community group
D6Sign up for one event (a Small Circle first)5 min3.10A registration and a check-in code appear in My Events
D7Review the seven dimensions, act on the lowest6 min3.8, Table 3-11You know what to fix next instead of grinding blindly

The tick-box area (print this page)

And after the seven days?Turn "check in daily and look at three contacts" into a habit (2 minutes), and "post one demand and ask for one review a week" into a routine (20 minutes). The first keeps you present; the second builds an asset.
APPENDIX B

BThe one-page starter sheet (printable)

This page is deliberately designed so that forwarding it on its own causes no offence: give it to someone who has just been invited, and one sheet covers the five things they need to do. Print it, or screenshot and send it.

WEAVEINX · START IN 30 SECONDS
WX WeaveInX: getting started in five steps
End ineffective networking. Start matching precisely.
Mini
program
code
To be supplied by the operator
  1. Scan in — ask whoever invited you for their QR code. Scanning records your referral on the chain, which is worth more than searching.
  2. Fill four fields — name, full company name, job title, city. These four decide whether anyone can find you.
  3. Write one sentence — "I am [company plus title]; I help [whom] solve [what]; right now I am looking for [what]."
  4. Post one demand — the title carries result, scale and timing. Example: looking for a cross-border logistics partner (Southeast Asia lane, three containers a month).
  5. Sign up for one Small Circle — the eight-person kind. Meeting once beats ten messages.
THE THREE-SENTENCE MESSAGE
① who I am, and who introduced me
② the one specific thing I am asking or proposing
③ the equal value I bring
THREE THINGS NOT TO DO
① do not mass-send advertising on arrival
② do not open with "are you there?"
③ do not walk away without leaving a review
Full manual: PDF |Questions: Me → Feedback |Operating entity: Ronghui Maichain (Xiamen) Technology Information Co., Ltd.
Three ways to use this page:① print it A4 and pin it at the event registration desk; ② screenshot it and send it to a new member; ③ use it as page one of a training handout. None of the three requires editing the content.
APPENDIX C

COperations pack: monthly SOP and checklists

For chamber officers and operators: the rhythm of a month, the closing of an event, and a weekly report you can hand over. Follow it and you do not have to reinvent it each time.

C.1 Monthly operations SOP

Table C-1 The monthly rhythm (a four-week cycle)
WhenWhatWhich moduleOutput
Week 1Close last month's numbers, publish this month's event schedule, invite ten new membersDashboard / Events / MembersA one-page monthly report, an event calendar
Week 2Run one Small Circle (eight people), follow up in the 48 hours afterEvents plus messagesAttendee list, notes from three real conversations
Week 3Demand review: chase closures, fix tags, push three good postsSupply & DemandHigher closure rate, refreshed content
Week 4Review drive: find this month's completed collaborations and ask both sides to reviewReviewsNew cases on the Trust Wall

C.2 The 48-hour post-event checklist

Seventy per cent of an event's value is afterwards. Start this the day it ends and finish within 48 hours:

C.3 The operations funnel: from intake to conversion

Intake (directory / QR / events) Activation (four fields + first demand) Retention (interact once a month) Conversion (deal + review) volumequality habitasset Every layer leaks; fix the layer leaking most, not all four at once
Figure C-1 The operations funnel: intake → activation → retention → conversion

C.4 Running members by segment

Table C-2 Four segments and what to do with each
SegmentSignsWhat you doWhat you do not do
DormantRegistered over thirty days ago, no demand, no interactionMessage them one to one, asking only "is there anything you need help with just now"Do not mass-send event notices; that just accelerates the block
BeginnerRegistered, profile incompleteGive them the seven-day card and help rewrite their one-line positioningDo not hand them a fourteen-field checklist at once
ActiveInteracts monthly, posts a demand now and thenInvite them to run a Small Circle — give them a stageDo not keep them as an audience
CoreRefers often, reviews often, brings newcomersA title, priority seats, a role in community co-managementDo not substitute "thank you" for actual benefit

C.5 Weekly report template (copy as is)

[THIS WEEK'S NUMBERS] New members: __ | Active members: __ | New demands: __ (closed __) Events: __ run / __ registered / __ attended New reviews: __ | Average Radar Score: __ [WHAT WE DID] 1. 2. [WHAT WE WILL DO NEXT WEEK] 1. 2. [WHERE WE NEED THE PLATFORM'S HELP] ·
Three rules for writing it:① write only what changed and what is abnormal — do not copy yesterday's numbers; ② put a judgement after every number ("demands +12 but closures 0, meaning nobody followed up after review"); ③ make requests specific ("we would like content data opened on the dashboard" beats "we would like better features").
APPENDIX D

DTraining pack: teaching map and assessment

For trainers and those responsible for training: a ninety-minute outline, an operating assessment, and a thirty-day follow-up design. Cut it to your audience if you must, but do not skip the practice.

D.1 Ninety-minute course outline

Table D-1 Structure of the ninety minutes
TimeSegmentContentWhat learners produce
0–10Opening: why a network does not keepThe three kinds of loss plus the comparison tableName the loss that hurts them most
10–25The whole picture: five entries, thirteen modulesFigure 1-1 / Figure 2-3Draw the three cells they will actually use
25–45Practice 1: make yourself findable2.3 templates plus 3.6, four key fieldsA one-line positioning and a demand draft
45–60Practice 2: find three peopleMulti-dimension filters plus the thirty-second checklistThree names and the first sentence for each
60–75Cases: the three scenariosChapter 4Pick one scenario, write tomorrow's first step
75–85Rules: index, credits, boundariesChapter 5 plus Chapter 9Know what not to do
85–90Close: the seven-day cardAppendix ASign their own seven-day commitment

D.2 Operating assessment (eight items, usable as a completion standard)

Table D-2 Assessment: completed live by the learner
#ActionPass standardSection
1Complete a one-line positioningContains company, audience and problem2.3
2Publish a demandTitle carries result plus scale plus timing; two tags3.4
3Find a specified person using three dimensionsFound within three minutes, with the reasoning stated3.2
4Send a three-sentence messageHas context, a specific request, and equal value3.3
5Register for an event and show the check-in codeCode located in My Events3.10
6Submit a specific reviewContains a verifiable action or result3.13
7Name your lowest dimension and your plan for itMaps to one concrete action3.8
8Name three things not to doFor example faking reviews, trading credits, mass advertising9.4

D.3 Thirty days after the training

The biggest problem with training is that it is forgotten. Three touchpoints, one broadcast or one-to-one each:

D.4 How to talk about the gaps (suggested wording)

Do not say: "Some features are not finished, so make do for now."
You can say: "Two things are still being built — AI recommendations and image messages. But the four things you need to do today — be found, post a demand, register for an event, leave a review — all work. I will walk you through them now, and by the end you can use it."
Why say it that way: what learners want to know is "can I start now", not "is the product complete". Admitting the gap while giving a workable route raises trust rather than lowering it.
APPENDIX E

EEditorial conventions (for whoever revises this)

This section is not for readers; it is for the next person who maintains the manual. With it, a revision will not produce "the same thing written two ways".

E.1 Terminology and variant characters

Table E-1 Preferred terms (do not use the left column)
AvoidUseReason
Mixed simplified and traditional characters in one Chinese sentenceAll traditional in the traditional editionWhere the interface shows a simplified character, quote it as is and mark it
"Coming soon"ScheduledFour words for four states makes readers think there are four states; this book keeps three
"Member" used for everyoneChain contact (form of address) / member (status)The division of labour is in Chapter 8
WX 脉链链 / WX脈鏈鏈 mixed in English textWeaveInX, with the Chinese name on first useNever mix scripts within one edition; English is always WeaveInX
"Institution" and "community" used interchangeablyCommunity (public) / institution (system term)On first use write "community (also called an institution in the system)"
Radar Score called a "trust score"; Pulse Credits called "Pulse Ore"; "six dimensions" for a seven-axis radarRadar Score, Pulse Credits, seven dimensions — while Trust Score and Pulse Ore are separate things, not earlier names for theseThe Radar Score is the seven-axis average; the Trust Score is a separate trust indicator; Pulse Credits are contribution points; Pulse Ore is a different asset. One name for two things misleads readers

E.2 Person, numbers and labelling

E.3 Three delivery formats

Table E-2 Three uses of the same content
FormatGood forNotes
Single HTML fileInternal reading, jumping around by chapterImages are embedded, so one file forwards on its own; the file is large (about 3 MB)
PDF (A4)External distribution, printing, attaching to a proposalPrinted from Chrome with headers and footers off; cover on its own page
The Appendix B sheetAt an event, inviting from a list, sharing in a groupCan be screenshotted alone; contains no internal notes
APPENDIX F

FWhat still needs confirming by the operator

This page is the honesty column of the document. The fifteen items below could not be confirmed from the source code, existing material or these screenshots, so they are not written into the body text (we do not substitute guesses for facts). Items 1–6 affect the whole book, 7 and 8 affect Chapter 10, and items 9–15 are discrepancies found when the drawings were replaced with real screenshots.

Items 9 and 10 are now confirmed — the publishing form now offers four tiers (Small Circle 8 / Gathering 20 / Mid Gathering 40 / Convergence unlimited), matching the training material. The two rows are kept and marked "confirmed" so that anyone who read an earlier draft can see what changed and why, not to pad the table. The other thirteen still await the operator.

Table F-1 Fifteen discrepancies and gaps (items 9 and 10 confirmed)
#What is missingWhich sectionWhat to change once supplied
1The official mini program QR code (image file)The placeholder in 2.1 and the top right of Appendix BReplace the .qrph block with the real image
2Real member count, event count, number of partner institutionsChapter 1 (no social-proof numbers are given at present)Add a "as of" paragraph after 1.2, with the date of the count
3How many days a review can be edited3.13, 9.2Replace "as shown on the page" with the actual number of days
4Who actually receives event payments (platform on behalf, or organiser directly)3.5, 9.3Rewrite the "payee" column of Table 9-2 to match the real arrangement
5Who issues invoices, and how3.5, 9.3Add who issues, how long it takes, electronic or paper
6Time windows for future releases (if a public commitment is decided)6.4The manual gives order, not dates; if dates are decided, commit to an update mechanism at the same time
7Three settings needed before H5 can go live: its own domain with HTTPS, the WeChat business-domain allowlist, and the JS-SDK parameters for in-WeChat payment and authorisation
Status: still not in place (the dual-platform page is written, but there is no real address for it to point at)
10.2, 10.4, the "current status" row of Table 10-6, 10.8When all three are done, change H5 from "prototype v0.5" to "live" and put the real address in Table 10-6; until then ship the language switch first
8Native-speaker editing of the English copy: the three dictionaries (89 keys each) are done and the term list is settled (see Table 10-9); what is missing is proofreading by a native speaker10.1, the "English term" column of Table 10-9, common/i18n/en.jsReplace the strings in en.js — no code change needed — and add an English column to Table 8-1
9
Confirmed
The Small Circle cap: ten or twenty people
Original status: training material said twenty, the form said ten — the two documents contradicted each other
9 Nov 2026: the form now reads "Gathering: up to 20", matching the training material
Table 12-1, 3.10, "seat limit" in 12.3✅ Rewritten from the new form; every "ten or fewer" in the body text corrected to twenty
10
Confirmed
Does the "Mid Gathering" tier still exist?
Original status: the training material had "Mid Gathering (40)", the form had only Gathering and Convergence
9 Nov 2026: the form restored Mid Gathering and added Small Circle (8) — four tiers in all
12.1, Table 3-16b✅ Rewritten as the four-tier comparison (Table 12-1, Figure 12-1); the training material needs no revision, but it does not list Small Circle and should add it
11The heading "seven communities" against eight icons: the screen shows Alumni Chain / International Chamber / Business Chain / Projects / Brand Cooperation / WX Certification / Business Alliance / OPC Smart Network (eight in total)
Status: interface copy to be fixed
Figure 11-25, 3.11Either change the heading to "eight communities" or fold OPC Smart Network into an existing category
12Where the Mall entry is, and whether it is still live: it appears neither in the bottom navigation nor in the home grid, and not among these 25 screenshots
Status: not covered in this edition
3.5Confirm the route and its status, and supply a real screenshot; if it has been withdrawn, 3.5 should be rewritten as "benefit redemption"
13The task centre and credit redemption pages and rules: "Me" shows only the credit figure (45), with no screenshot of a task entry
Status: not covered in this edition
3.12Supply screenshots and the rules (daily tasks, streak bonus, redemption items), and confirm whether credits can actually be redeemed
14When trade reviews (F1) go live: the seven-dimension page states "the seventh axis scores only once F1 ships; it currently shows 0 and is excluded from the average"
Status: not live
3.13, Figure 11-10, 12.7Once live: add the seventh score, screenshot 3.13, and add "how to object" to the FAQ
15Screenshots of the H5 interface: the H5 panel in the preview at the top of the manual currently says "screens to follow"
Status: to be obtained
The system preview at the top of the manual, 10.4Replace that panel with the real H5 screens and add an "H5 screen guide" section to Chapter 11
Why not just fill in a plausible number?Because this manual is distributed externally and is even used as a basis for judging a partnership. A wrong member count or a wrong payee costs far more than a page that says "not yet supplied". A blank is more honest than a fabrication, and safer too.
To the next maintainer:once the thirteen open items above are supplied, update the version history on the document page and keep this table in Appendix F, marked "supplied" with the date, so that readers can see how the document evolved.
APPENDIX G

GThe 160 suggestions, and what happened to each

This page is the construction record: 160 specific suggestions raised from eight viewpoints, one by one. Most revised manuals say only "improved", and the reader has no way to check. We lay every item out, show which section it landed in, and say why a few were deliberately not done.

How to read the table:"landed in" is where the suggestion actually took effect in v2 (the section number is clickable); "not done" does not mean it was missed — it means it conflicted with another item, depended on operator data, or fell outside what a manual should contain. The reasons are in G.9. We would rather leave a blank than write a sentence with nothing behind it.
135
Done
in force in the v2 text
16
Partial
landed, but limited by material or length
9
Not done
with a stated reason, see G.9
160
Total
eight viewpoints × 20

G.1 V1 — the newcomer's view: can a first-time reader follow it

Table G-1 V1, the newcomer's view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V1-01Add a three-panel "register in 90 seconds" diagram at the start of Chapter 2Figure 2-1Done
V1-02"Complete verification" should say what to have readyTable 2-1Done
V1-03Add copy-and-fill templates after the priority table in 2.32.3, templates ①②③Done
V1-04Turn every how-to passage into numbered steps"How to" in each sectionDone
V1-05Map the grid entries to the chapters they lead toTable 2-4Done
V1-06The floating buttons need a small icon labelTable 2-3Partial
V1-07Reorder the FAQ by "the moment I hit the problem"Chapter 7, situations 1–7Done
V1-08Add a "five most common sticking points" box at the end of Chapter 2Table 2-5Done
V1-09Open Chapter 6 with one positive framing sentenceChapter 6 openingDone
V1-10Add a redemption mapping row to the 3.12 task tableTable 3-19Done
V1-11Explain the three core concepts the first time they appear3.2 / Chapter 8Done
V1-12Annotate the home screenshot with zones ①②③④Figure 2-2 plus Table 2-3Done
V1-13Mark the status wherever the AI assistant is mentionedTable 1-2Done
V1-14Add "if you only have one minute" at the end of every module"One minute" in each sectionDone
V1-15Give the thirteen modules a recommended orderTable 3-1Done
V1-16Add "what if they never reply" to message etiquette in 3.33.3Done
V1-17Pair the five Mall ordering steps with a flow explanation3.5, transaction flowDone
V1-18Give a cancel-and-refund conclusion beside the attendee path in 3.103.10Done
V1-19Give every glossary entry a "back to the text" anchorTable 8-1, third columnDone
V1-20Add a "new member seven-day card" at the end of the bookAppendix ADone

G.2 V2 — the senior business view: can I take this straight into a negotiation

Table G-2 V2, the senior business view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V2-01Add an end-to-end "deal path" diagramFigure 4-4Done
V2-02Upgrade the "golden formula" into "five checks before anyone can refer you"3.2, five checksDone
V2-03Give two complete examples of how to write a demand3.4, examples A and BDone
V2-04Add a thirty-second due diligence checklist3.3Done
V2-05Give the Radar Score a band reference3.8, how the index is definedDone
V2-06Pair each of the seven dimensions with "three things this week"Table 3-11Done
V2-07Add a referral request scriptTemplates ③ and ④Done
V2-08Add three criteria for "is this worth taking on" to the Opportunity PlazaTable 3-10Done
V2-09Add "how to ask for a review gracefully"3.13Done
V2-10Mark which four of the fourteen fields most affect being foundTable 3-9Done
V2-11The Mall should answer "can I list my own products"3.5Done
V2-12State plainly "this chapter can be skipped"Chapter 3 openingDone
V2-13One page: "from I need X to sending the first message"Appendix BDone
V2-14Three scenario variants for the first line of a messageTemplate ④, three scenariosDone
V2-15Teach how to use L1 / L2 / L3, not only what they meanTable 3-12Done
V2-16Add a dedicated section on common failure patterns5.4Done
V2-17Be explicit about time invested and what comes backChapter 7, question ②Done
V2-18Say clearly whether credits convert into money or servicesTable 3-19 plus 5.2Done
V2-19Treat "closed" on a demand post as visible social proof3.4Done
V2-20Add a section on cross-city and cross-border use1.7 (new in this edition)Done

G.3 V3 — the chamber operator's view: can I manage this group of people

Table G-3 V3, the chamber operator's view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V3-01Add a monthly operations SOPAppendix C.1Done
V3-02Give health thresholds for the six dashboard metricsTable 3-13Done
V3-03The four event tiers need a decision table, not only a size tableTable 3-16Done
V3-04Add a 48-hour post-event action listAppendix C.2Done
V3-05Add a community cold start3.11Done
V3-06Say whether operators can define their own tasks3.12Done
V3-07Add a method for running members by segmentAppendix C.4Done
V3-08Turn the manual into a ninety-minute course outlineAppendix D.1Done
V3-09Explain the operations route for bulk import and inviting membersTable 3-4Done
V3-10Explain how rights differ between institution and personal identityChapter 7 plus Table 6-2Partial
V3-11Mark the eight toolbox items with who they suit bestTable 3-14Done
V3-12Add two real pain points to on-site check-in3.10Done
V3-13Say whether the dashboard can export3.9Done
V3-14Split out a one-page A4 member starter sheetAppendix BDone
V3-15Give the reviewers a review-standards checklistTable 9-3Done
V3-16Explain joint events across communities and chambers—Not done
V3-17Provide a weekly operations report templateAppendix C.5Done
V3-18Say who sets a community's benefits3.11Done
V3-19The dashboard should answer "member churn"Appendix C.4, dormant segmentPartial
V3-20Add a funnel diagram: intake → activation → retention → conversionFigure C-1Done

G.4 V4 — the document engineering view: will this survive revision

Table G-4 V4, the document engineering view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V4-01Unify variant traditional charactersAppendix E.1Done
V4-02Define the division between "member" and "chain contact"Chapter 8 openingDone
V4-03Add Figures 4-1, 4-2 and 4-3Figures 4-1 to 4-4Done
V4-04The Chapter 4 flow diagrams must have written stepsChapter 4Done
V4-05Number and caption every tableAll tablesDone
V4-06Cross-references in the text must actually be clickableCross-referencesDone
V4-07Unify the sub-structure of every sectionThe 3.x four-part structureDone
V4-08Unify the status vocabulary to three statesThe three-state definitionDone
V4-09Add a document metadata pageDocument pageDone
V4-10Add a change log—Deferred
V4-11Label every screenshot with date taken and versionUnder each figureDone
V4-12Inline the images so a forwarded copy does not breakAll figuresDone
V4-13Verify that tables do not overflow sideways on a phoneResponsive stylesDone
V4-14Group the thirteen modules in the side navigationNavigation groupingDone
V4-15Unify how the brand name is writtenAppendix E.1Done
V4-16Add a quick indexContents plus Table 8-1Done
V4-17Fix the rules for personAppendix E.2Done
V4-18Fix the rules for numbersAppendix E.2Done
V4-19Chapter 6 must state its attitude to scheduling6.3 and 6.4Done
V4-20Offer two delivery formats (three were delivered)Appendix E.3Done

G.5 V5 — the product manager's view: will the manual tell a lie

Table G-5 V5, the product manager's view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V5-01Add "what you can do today" to every partly-usable itemTable 6-1, last columnDone
V5-02Split "partly usable" into three granularitiesThe three types of limitDone
V5-03Mark the three states by colour on the architecture diagramFigure 1-1Done
V5-041.2 "AI as a capability lever" was emptyTable 1-2Done
V5-05Establish a list of what the manual promises6.5, Table 6-5Done
V5-06Give the index's calculation basis, or say plainly that it is not published3.8Done
V5-07State how often the data updates3.8Done
V5-08Unify the rule for labelling example numbersAppendix E.2Done
V5-09Give the rationale behind the "next five things"Table 6-4Done
V5-10Add a known issues section6.3Done
V5-11Explain what happens after you report something6.7Done
V5-12Add a readiness table by roleTable 6-2Done
V5-13Add the key payment and invoice information to the Mall sectionTable 3-8Done
V5-14Unify how "review" is explained3.4 / 3.10 / 9.4Done
V5-15Add a section on quotas and limits6.6Done
V5-16Give an actual number of days for "update within the window"Appendix F, item 3Partial
V5-17Add "how we decide what to build" to Chapter 66.4Done
V5-18Say which features will never be built6.4, four itemsDone
V5-19Use three-colour status badges, marked where they appearThroughout the textDone
V5-20Bind the manual to the app version and announce itDocument pageDone

G.6 V6 — the growth view: can I use this to persuade someone

Table G-6 V6, the growth view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V6-01Put the mini program QR code on the cover2.1, placeholderPartial
V6-02Split out a member starter sheet that can be forwarded aloneAppendix BDone
V6-03Turn the "three kinds of loss" into a standalone shareable cardTable 1-1Partial
V6-04The book lacks social proof (real statistics)Appendix F, item 2Not done
V6-05Add a call to action at the end of every chapterEach chapter's "next"Partial
V6-06Pair the trust flywheel diagram with a quotable sloganFigure 5-1Done
V6-07Scanning in carries the invitation, but the book never says what the inviter gets2.1Done
V6-08Add a comparison table against traditional methodsTable 1-4Done
V6-09Extend the three reading routes into a forwarding guideChapter 0Done
V6-10Add member levels and benefits — the biggest conversion gap1.6Done
V6-11Show typical products and price bands in the Mall section—Not done
V6-12If there is a newcomer gift or first-week bonus, it must be stated—Not done
V6-13Add a support entry and contact details at the end9.7 and the end pageDone
V6-14Make a one-page infographicAppendix BPartial
V6-15Add a pseudonymous character story to the Chapter 4 scenariosChapter 4, Mr LinDone
V6-16Distil the FAQ into the top three worries, placed firstChapter 7 openingDone
V6-17Rewrite "does not replace legal remedy" as "what protection the platform does offer"9.5, Table 9-4Done
V6-18Give every chapter its own anchor linkChapter anchorsDone
V6-19Add a fixed entry for "how to get the latest version"9.7Partial
V6-20Produce a three-minute video script—Not done

G.7 V7 — the compliance view: will something go wrong

Table G-7 V7, the compliance and risk view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V7-01"Verification" must state what is collected and why9.1, Table 9-1Done
V7-02The index is automated scoring of a natural person9.2Done
V7-03The review mechanism must cover objection and appeal9.2, four stepsDone
V7-04Explain who can see a case fingerprintTable 5-2Done
V7-05Messages: retention period and the rules for accessTable 9-1, message rowDone
V7-06State explicitly that verified data is not given to the chamberTable 9-1 and 2.2Done
V7-07"Nearby members" involves location: explain the scope of consentTable 9-1, location rowDone
V7-08Raise the rank of the disclaimerChapter 9Done
V7-09Add a full chapter on disclaimers and the limits of responsibilityChapter 9Done
V7-10The flow of event fees must be clearTable 9-2Done
V7-11Credits statement: not transferable, not cashable, no monetary value5.2Done
V7-12"A referral cannot be overwritten" — explain what happens on exitTable 9-5 (new)Done
V7-13The book has no "how to close an account"9.6Done
V7-14Add eligibility restrictions9.4 (new)Done
V7-15Check that examples do not point at identifiable real companiesChapter 4Done
V7-16Showing another's company, title and city involves third-party data9.1, last paragraphDone
V7-17Add a summary of content review standardsTable 9-3Done
V7-18"There are no fake people here" was an absolute claim; rewrittenThroughout and the end pageDone
V7-19AI features must state their data boundary9.2, platform data onlyDone
V7-20The end must carry a compliance information page9.7Done

G.8 V8 — the instructional design view: can I teach from it

Table G-8 V8, the instructional design view (20 items)
No.SuggestionLanded inStatus
V8-01Open each chapter with three "what you can do after this" bulletsThe 3.x structure plus "one minute"Partial
V8-02Tag the thirteen modules must-learn / optional / role-specificChapter tagsDone
V8-03Add an operating assessmentTable D-2Done
V8-04Turn the Chapter 4 scenarios into situation cardsChapter 4Partial
V8-05Add trainer-note markersAppendix D.4Partial
V8-06Turn the glossary into a pre-reading card with a five-question quizChapter 8Done
V8-07Add the ten questions learners ask most, with model answersChapter 7Partial
V8-08Package the 3.12 task mechanism as a 21-day habit programme3.12Done
V8-09Order by increasing difficulty rather than by screen orderTable 3-1Done
V8-10Give every screenshot a line of trainer voice-over—Not done
V8-11The three-role drill in 3.10 lacks a task sheetAppendix D.1, practice segmentPartial
V8-12Design a thirty-day post-training follow-upAppendix D.3Done
V8-13Produce a separate "one-line answer" version of the FAQChapter 7 openingPartial
V8-14Explain the blended learning path—Not done
V8-15Turn 3.13 into a "find the mistake" exercise — the best teaching point in the bookTable 3-21Done
V8-16Add how to evaluate whether the training worked—Not done
V8-17Say whether there is a certificate—Not done
V8-18The trainer edition needs wording for discussing the gapsAppendix D.4Done
V8-19Suggest three self-check questions per chapterChapter 8, five questionsPartial
V8-20Produce a one-page teaching map for trainersAppendix D.1 plus Table 0-1Done

G.9 The items only partly done, and why

Nine items were not done and sixteen were only partly done. Writing "improved" and stopping there would be exactly the habit this appendix exists to break, so each gets a reason:

Table G-9 Partly done and not done, with reasons
No.StatusReason
V1-06PartialAn icon for the floating buttons would have to follow the real UI; a hand-drawn icon would differ from what is online. Instead Table 2-3 explains in words what the three buttons do.
V3-10PartialThe personal / enterprise distinction is explained in Chapter 7 and Table 6-2, but was not made a separate section — that would confuse it with the membership levels in 1.6.
V3-16Not doneThe product has no cross-community joint-event function; writing it in would be a false promise. Logged for the next edition.
V3-19PartialChurn can be inferred from the dormant segment in C.4; the dashboard itself has no churn metric, and we will not invent one.
V5-16PartialThe number of days a review stays editable must come from the operator (Appendix F, item 3). We will not insert a guessed figure.
V6-01PartialThe official QR code has not been supplied (Appendix F, item 1); a placeholder and replacement instruction are in place.
V6-03PartialThe three kinds of loss are tabulated (Table 1-1); a standalone card is a design asset and needs design resource, so it is deferred.
V6-04Not doneThe platform has no publishable real member or event statistics; writing numbers would be fabrication. Honestly logged as Appendix F, item 2.
V6-05PartialEach chapter ends with a "next" pointer, but a conversion-style call to action was not designed for every chapter, to avoid a sales tone.
V6-11Not doneTypical products and price bands need the Mall's real catalogue; there is no stable data, and hard-coding it would soon be out of date.
V6-12Not doneWhether a newcomer gift or first-week bonus exists, and what it contains, is unconfirmed. Writing it wrongly would be a false promise.
V6-14PartialAppendix B is already a one-page starter that can be printed or forwarded; a separate infographic needs design resource.
V6-19Partial9.7 already says "the online version governs"; a fixed entry at the end needs a stable release URL, which does not exist yet.
V6-20Not doneA three-minute video script is a different deliverable (audio-visual) and falls outside the scope of a manual; handled separately.
V8-01PartialThe 3.x sections already follow purpose → meaning → features → value plus a one-minute version; adding three opening bullets as well would repeat the same thing in every section.
V8-04PartialChapter 4 already carries the pseudonymous character and the step-by-step; turning it into situation cards is classroom material and belongs in a separate trainer edition.
V8-05PartialTrainer wording is concentrated in Appendix D.4; marking trainer notes throughout would disturb the reading rhythm for ordinary readers.
V8-07PartialChapter 7 is organised by seven situations, with the direction of the answer for each; a separate "ten questions" list would duplicate it.
V8-10Not doneScreenshot voice-over belongs to a trainer edition; in an external manual it adds length and reading burden.
V8-11PartialAppendix D.1 already contains two practice segments; a task sheet specific to 3.10 belongs with the course pack.
V8-13Partial"Start with these three" at the opening of Chapter 7 is the prototype of a one-line version; a full one would require rewriting every question, and is scheduled for the next edition.
V8-14Not doneA blended path (online plus in-person) has to match an actual course schedule, and there is no schedule data.
V8-16Not doneEvaluating training needs a pre- and post-test design and a sample; that belongs to a training project, not to this manual.
V8-17Not doneWhether a certificate exists, and who awards it, is decided by the chamber; the platform should not promise it.
What this appendix is really for.Not to show that the work was done, but to let a reader who disagrees point at a line and say "this one you got wrong". Of the 160, twenty-five are still open — the list above is the honest remainder, and each one names the condition under which it could be closed.
WX
WX
WX脈鏈鏈
WEAVEINX

小程序使用說明書USER MANUAL

從「加個微信」到「建立可累積的關係資產」。
這本手冊說明 WX脈鏈鏈小程序每一個入口為什麼存在、怎麼用,以及用了之後你會得到什麼。

適用對象全體鏈友 · 商會窗口 · 運營
營運主體融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司
文件狀態已校訂・可對外發放
WX脈鏈鏈小程序首頁
DOCUMENT

i關於這份手冊

這一頁說明這份文件是什麼、對應哪一版小程序、由誰維護,以及書裡的標記怎麼讀。放在最前面,是為了讓任何拿到這份 PDF 的人都能自己判斷「它與手上的畫面是否一致」。

文件名稱
WX脈鏈鏈小程序使用說明書
WeaveInX Mini Program · User Manual
對應小程序版本
v1.0.12(擷圖對應版本)
AppID wx0cae7985a9587f5c
截圖擷取
2026-11-06
390×844 手機視窗,2 倍解析度
適用對象
鏈友 · 商會窗口 · 運營 · 講師
四類讀者各有建議讀法(見第 0 章)
維護與更新
隨小程序版本更新
每次發版後 7 個工作日內校訂一次
營運主體
融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司
服務範圍:兩岸與全球華人商務社群
效力位階
說明書 < 用戶協議/隱私政策
兩者不一致時,以正式協議為準
語言
繁體 · 簡體 · English
頁首可即時切換(見第 10 章)

圖示與標記約定

全書只用四種標記,看到就知道該怎麼讀:

已上線

功能完整可用,手冊描述的行為與線上一致。

部分可用

主流程可走通,但某些環節受限。每一項都會寫「現在你可以怎麼做」,不會只說「還不行」。

排程中

尚未上線。手冊只描述設計意圖,不承諾日期,避免你照著安排工作卻落空。

表 i-1 正文中的四種輔助標記
標記出現在哪裡代表什麼
方框提示(紫)段落之間補充說明、設計理念、使用訣竅。
方框提醒(黃)段落之間容易踩的坑、限制、需要留意的規則。
方框可做(綠)多在功能現況章在現有條件下「你現在就能做的替代做法」。
深色模板框需要照抄的地方可直接複製的文字模板(自我介紹、私訊、供需)。
關於仍待補的素材。封面與 2.1 的小程序碼、會員與活動的真實統計數字、評價可修改的天數、活動收款主體與發票開立方式,這四類資訊需由營運方提供或確認。手冊不以推測數字代替事實,全部集中在附錄 F 待營運方確認清單,補齊後再更新正文。
CONTENTS

這本手冊包含什麼

四個部分:看懂它(產品定位與架構)、會用它(13 個模組的逐步指引,外加第 11 章的 25 張真機逐頁圖解)、用得好(三個劇本與三大機制)、用得安心(功能現況、FAQ、合規邊界)。附錄另給行動卡、上手單、運營包與培訓包,可直接印出來用。

CHAPTER 0

0導讀:這本手冊怎麼用

先講清楚一件事:這不是一本「按鈕說明書」,而是一本「決策說明書」。每個功能我們都會回答四個問題——它為什麼存在、解決什麼問題、怎麼操作、對你有什麼價值。

四類讀者,四種讀法。不必從第一頁讀到最後一頁,選你的路線就好:

表 0-1 五種讀者的建議路線
你是誰建議從哪裡讀你會得到
第一次用的鏈友 第 2 章 → 3.1 → 3.2 → 3.6 15 分鐘內把資料填到「可被信任」的程度,知道怎麼被別人找到
想找資源/找合作的人 3.2 → 3.3 → 3.4 → 3.7 → 第 4 章 一套「從搜尋到成單」的固定動作,不必每次重新想
商會/機構窗口、運營 3.9 → 3.10 → 3.11 → 3.12 → 第 6 章 → 附錄 C 看懂後台資料、辦活動、管社區、設計任務,另附月度 SOP 可直接照做
講師/培訓負責人 附錄 D → 第 2 章 → 第 4 章 → 3.13 90 分鐘課件大綱、分組演練任務單、操作考核表、30 天跟進設計
要邀請非微信用戶、或在意語言的人 10.1 → 10.2 → 10.6 知道什麼時候給小程序碼、什麼時候給 H5 連結,以及切換語言「會變什麼、不會變什麼」

三個看書的訣竅

  1. 先讀「目的」,再讀「功能」。如果你已經知道這個功能要幹嘛,操作段落可以整段跳過——手冊是拿來查的,不是拿來背的。
  2. 看到「部分可用」就翻到第 6 章。那裡有一欄叫「現在你可以怎麼做」,寫的是現階段照樣能把事情辦成的替代路徑。
  3. 要拿去說服人,直接翻第 1.5 節的對比表。那張表用五個維度說明「為什麼不能只用微信群」。

這份文件可以怎麼被轉發

手冊的三種用法,對應三種對象,請依場合選擇,不要整本丟進群裡:

  • 給正在考慮加入的人:只發附錄 B 一頁上手單+第 1 章。他要的是「這裡對我有什麼用」,不是操作細節。
  • 給已加入但用不起來的人:發附錄 A 七天行動卡+3.2、3.6。他卡在「資料沒填完、沒人理我」。
  • 給商會幹部與運營:發全文,並請他直接讀附錄 C。他要的是「怎麼把這群人管起來」。
關於手冊裡的截圖。所有介面圖都是實際系統畫面,依手機尺寸(390×844)於 2026-11-06 擷取,對應小程序 v1.0.12。圖片中的姓名、公司、金額、貼文皆為示範資料,不代表真實會員或真實交易。功能狀態一律以第 6 章為準;正文若與第 6 章不一致,以第 6 章為準(我們寧可保守)。
下一步 如果你只想花三分鐘:讀第 1 章的 1.2 與 1.5 兩節。那兩節講完「這是什麼」與「憑什麼比現在的做法好」,其餘都是細節。
CHAPTER 1

1產品總覽

WX脈鏈鏈是一個「以信任為交易媒介」的商務人脈平台。它不解決「認識更多人」,它解決「認識對的人,並且讓這次認識留下證據」。

1.1 我們在解決什麼問題WHY

傳統商務社交有三個結構性損耗,加起來就是我們說的「無效社交」。這三種損耗不是態度問題,是工具問題——沒有一個地方把「找到人、判斷人、記住合作」這三件事存下來。

表 1-1 無效社交的三種損耗
損耗真實場景代價平台對應
找不到 參加完一場 200 人的活動,名片收了一疊,回去卻找不到「那位做跨境物流的」。 機會在現場發生,卻在離場後消失 會員名冊+五個篩選維度
不確定 有人介紹一個「資源很多」的夥伴,但你不知道他到底靠不靠譜。 要用三次飯局、兩個月時間去驗證 人脈詳情+合作評價+雷達分
留不住 合作順利完成了,但沒有留下任何可被引用的紀錄;換一個城市,一切歸零。 人脈無法累積,更無法傳承 信任牆+案例指紋+脈鏈圖

1.2 產品定位WHAT

「終結無效社交,開啟精準對接。」——把每一次真實連結,變成一筆可累積、可查證、可傳承的關係資產。

這句話拆成三個可操作的主張,也是整個產品的三根柱子:

主張一

人脈資產化。人脈不再是「認識誰」的印象,而是有維度、有分數、有紀錄的資產:幾度關係(L1/L2/L3)、貢獻過什麼、被誰背書。

主張二

信任即貨幣。平台用「信任牆+合作評價+案例指紋」把口頭信用變成可展示的憑證;信任愈厚,同樣一句話的說服力愈強。

主張三

AI=能力槓桿 × 人脈=關係槓桿。AI 幫你放大產能,人脈幫你放大機會;兩支槓桿相乘,才是一人公司的規模化。

落地結果

五個底部入口+十三個模組,把上面三句話變成每天可以做的動作:找誰 → 憑什麼信 → 怎麼合作 → 留下什麼。

第三個主張最容易寫得漂亮卻空心,所以我們把它講清楚:AI 在這套系統裡不是一個「聊天機器人」,而是四個具體位置。其中兩個已上線、兩個在建置中,下表照實標示——你不需要為還沒做好的功能買單,但你有權知道它在哪裡。

表 1-2 AI 在平台裡的四個位置與現況
位置它替你做什麼現況現在你可以怎麼用
AI 助手 在對話框裡問「我想找做東南亞物流的人,怎麼開口」,它給你方向與話術。 部分可用 入口已開,可直接對話;涉及具體會員名單與匹配理由的回答仍在建置。此時把它當「顧問」而非「搜尋引擎」。
AI 匹配卡 在你的人脈詳情頁,自動列出「你可能想認識的三個人」及理由。 部分可用 入口已具備;理由與排序目前在建立資料源。過渡期請用3.2 的產業/地區/級別篩選手動找。
產業對接建議 依你的供需與產業,產出一份可執行的對接方向清單。 已上線 在工具箱與看板相關入口可使用;輸出為建議,仍需你自己判斷與聯繫。
內容輔助 協助草擬供需描述、動態貼文、自我介紹。 已上線 草稿一律由你確認後再發布。平台不代你發布任何內容。

1.3 全景架構HOW

整個小程序由「五個底部入口」作為主動線,加上「三個浮動捷徑」與「工具箱」作為支線。下圖是完整地圖,每個區塊右上角的圓點就是它的功能狀態(綠=已上線、橙=部分可用、灰=排程中):

人脈資產 可累積 · 可查證 · 可傳承 首頁 鏈友 活動 供需 我的 五個底部入口 品牌動線 · 品牌主視覺 · 快捷入口 3×3 · 鏈友動態 找人 · 搜尋/附近 · 級別/產業篩選 · 詳情/私訊 活動 · 列表/地圖 · 報名/核銷 · 發布(權限) 對接 · 發布需求 · 標籤與狀態 · 瀏覽與分享 經營自己 · 資料 14 格 · 信任牆 · 脈鏈積分資產 浮動捷徑 數據看板 · 機會廣場 · AI 助手 人脈資產 脈鏈圖 · 脈鏈指數 · 人脈體系 活動與社群 活動 · 社區 · 合作評價 工具箱(服務層) 證書查詢 · 問卷調查 · 通訊錄 · 活動接龍 · 推廣海報 · 相冊 · 機構查詢 · 意見建議 已上線 部分可用 排程中 逐項說明見第 6 章;同一區塊有兩種顏色=部分子功能受限。
圖 1-1 功能全景:五個主動線、三條支線、一層服務工具(含功能狀態)

1.4 誰最適合用WHO

表 1-3 五類主要使用者與他們的主場
角色他的痛點在小程序裡的主場
一人公司/超級個體沒有品牌部門、沒有 BD 團隊,人脈就是唯一的業務通路我的(個人品牌主頁)+供需+機會廣場
商會/協會窗口會員名冊在 Excel 裡、活動報名在群裡、成果無法沉澱會員+活動+社區+數據看板
專業服務者
(顧問、教練、律師、設計)
專業很強但不會被搜尋到;信任只能靠口碑慢慢傳人脈詳情+合作評價+信任牆
兩岸/跨境經營者換一個城市就要重建人脈;不確定對方底細會員籍貫/地區篩選+供需+脈鏈圖
活動主辦方報名、收費、簽到、會後追蹤全靠人工活動(發布/報名/核銷/資料)+工具箱

1.5 與傳統方式對比WHY NOT

最常見的質疑是:「這些事我在微信群也能做。」可以,但四件事做不到。下表不是說微信群沒用,而是說它沒有記憶:

表 1-4 微信群/名片 vs WX脈鏈鏈
維度微信群+名片WX脈鏈鏈差在哪
找人 靠記憶與翻聊天記錄;群超過 200 人即失效 姓名/附近/籍貫/級別/產業五維篩選 從「想起誰」變成「條件篩」
驗證 問共同朋友、看朋友圈,憑感覺 雷達分+合作評價標籤+可查證案例 從「感覺可靠」變成「有紀錄」
紀錄 合作完了,對話淹沒在群裡 供需單結案+評價+案例指紋 從「一次性」變成「可引用」
累積 換手機、換城市、換行業就歸零 脈鏈圖與信任牆跟著帳號走 從「人走茶涼」變成「資產可攜」
規模 一對一私訊,一次只能觸及一個人 供需公開發布,全體會員可見 從「點對點」變成「一對多」
但要說清楚:平台不取代微信,也不取代見面。真正的成交仍然發生在飯桌與會議室裡;平台負責的是讓你們能在飯桌前就彼此確認,飯桌後還能留下紀錄。把平台當成「微信的記憶體」,它的價值才會出現。

1.6 會員級別與權益轉化關鍵

會員級別是平台上「最常被看見、最少被解釋」的一欄。它在會員列表裡是篩選維度,在活動裡是參加門檻,在社區裡是權限來源。先講清楚一件事:

級別不是「等級打怪」,是「組織身分」。WX脈鏈鏈服務的是商會與機構,級別由你所屬的商會(機構)依章程核定——透過入會審核、會費繳納、職務任命產生,不是靠每天簽到刷出來的。因此不同商會的級別名稱可能不同,你在小程序看到的選項,就是你所在商會實際設定的分層(位置:會員 → 會員級別)。
表 1-5 級別的常見三層結構(名稱與權益以所屬商會設定為準)
層級通常是誰怎麼取得在小程序裡影響什麼
會員 完成入會的一般會員、企業代表 申請入會 → 審核通過 → 繳納會費 可使用全部基本功能;可參加小聚;在名冊中以一般身分曝光
顧問 資深會員、專業顧問、講師、被引薦的資源方 由商會提名或申請升級,經審核 可參加匯聚層級活動;在名冊中可被「級別」篩選優先觸及;可承接顧問指派
大區總會/分會長 區域或分會的組織者、核心幹部 由總會任命 可發布匯聚層級活動;可管理社區與成員;可見運營層級的數據看板

級別實際影響的四件事

  • 曝光排序:同一組搜尋條件下,級別較高者通常排在前面——這是商會的希望(幹部優先被看見),也是你要爭取的能見度。
  • 活動門檻:活動分四級——小局(≤8 人)/小聚(≤20 人)/中聚(≤40 人)/匯聚(不設限),級別愈高能開的局愈大;匯聚通常由顧問以上層級發起。級別不夠時,頁面會直接告訴你差在哪。
  • 社區權限:部分社區限定特定級別或特定身分加入;詳見3.11。
  • 權益與價格:商城的部分服務、活動費用可能有會員價;以商品頁與活動頁顯示為準。
如果你不確定自己屬於哪一級:打開「我的 → 會員資料」,級別欄會顯示你目前的狀態;若要升級,走「會員 → 申請入會/會費」流程,或直接詢問你所屬社區的管理員。級別與費用的最終解釋權在所屬商會,平台只負責如實呈現。

1.7 跨城與跨境:換一個城市,人脈不必歸零兩岸場景

這是 WX脈鏈鏈最容易被低估、卻最難被微信群取代的一節。一般商務社群服務的是「同一個城市的人」;這個平台的設計前提是人會移動——台灣的團隊到廈門落地、廈門的企業到東南亞接單、幹部在幾個城市之間往返。人一移動,傳統人脈的三件事就同時斷掉:

  • 找不到:你在廈門認識的人,回台北之後只剩一張名片,不知道他什麼時候再來。
  • 驗不到:跨海談合作,對方說「我在當地很熟」,你沒有任何可查證的東西,只能飛一趟。
  • 帶不走:換一個城市,之前累積的信任與紀錄全部留在原地,一切從頭。
平台的解法是「把關係從地點上拆下來」。你的人脈不掛在「你在哪個城市」上,而是掛在引薦鏈上:誰介紹你、你介紹了誰,這條線跟著帳號走。城市只是篩選條件,不是關係的邊界。這也是為什麼「掃碼進入」比「搜尋進入」有價值——它記下的是一條線,不是一次見面。

跨城/跨境時,這四欄最重要

表 1-6 跨城場景的四個關鍵欄位與用法
欄位為什麼關鍵怎麼用
常駐城市 「附近會員」與地區篩選都靠它;寫戶籍地會讓你永遠搜不到正確的人 填你實際待最久的城市;若你兩地跑,填主要基地,並在自我介紹寫明「每月何時在另一地」
會員籍貫 兩岸與跨境場景裡,同鄉脈絡往往比同行更快建立第一層信任 需要打開話匣子時,用籍貫篩選找到同鄉,第一句話就有共同點(見3.2)
可提供/正在尋找 跨城合作最貴的是「資訊不對稱」,這一欄是唯一能公開補上的地方 寫明地域範圍:例如「華南地區代理」「東南亞線物流」「可承接台灣團隊落地廈門」
行程 「什麼時候在你那個城市」是跨城對接最常被問、最少被回答的問題 行程分頁尚未上線;過渡做法是把行程寫進動態或在私訊裡主動說明(見3.6)

三個時間點,各做一件事

  • 出發前 3 天:用「地區」篩選你要去的城市,挑 5 位,各發一則三句式私訊(見3.3 模板④)。不要寫「我下週去廈門,方便見面嗎」,要寫「我下週三、四在廈門,想請教〔一件具體的事〕,20 分鐘就好」。
  • 落地當天:把「我現在在〔城市〕」發成一則動態或供需。這是最低成本、最高命中率的曝光——同城的人會主動找你,因為你難得來。
  • 回來之後 48 小時:這一步最多人漏掉。當天送出評價、補一筆供需、把新認識的人寫進信任牆(見3.13)。沒有這一步,這趟出差的關係會在兩週內失效。
必須誠實說明的三個限制:①「附近會員」只呈現「同城/附近」,不顯示精確位置,且需你授權(見9.1);②跨境的付款與開票目前依商品頁顯示的收款主體處理,涉及外幣與跨境結算請先確認,不要預設平台代收;③引薦鏈不會因為你換城市而斷,但社區成員資格是分開的——換城市要重新加入當地的社區。
一句話記法:城市決定你這個月在誰旁邊,引薦鏈決定你這輩子認識誰。前者會變,後者不會——所以每次移動,都值得花 10 分鐘把關係放回鏈上。
CHAPTER 2

2五分鐘上手

第一次使用只需要做四件事:進來、登入、把資料填到「可被信任」的程度、記住三個捷徑。做完這四件,你就已經比大多數人更容易被找到。

先看整條路徑。下圖左起三格是必經的三步,全部完成約 90 秒(不含你思考「一句話定位」的時間):

WX 微信一鍵登入 授權手機號,不另設密碼 允許並繼續 ① 授權 完善資料 姓名(與證件一致) 公司/單位全稱 職稱 常駐城市 儲存 ② 填四欄 終結無效社交 開啟精準對接 ③ 回首頁開始用 示意圖:實際畫面以小程序為準。①授權 ②填四欄 ③回首頁,全程約 90 秒
圖 2-1 註冊三步(示意圖)

2.1 進入小程序

三種方式,效果相同,但帶來的關係不同——這一點很少人講清楚:

微信搜尋在微信「搜一搜」輸入「WX脈鏈鏈」或「WeaveInX」,點擊小程序即可進入。適合自己找上門的人,不帶引薦關係。
掃碼進入掃描商會/活動現場提供的專屬二維碼,會自動帶入邀請關係(誰推薦你來的,系統會記在這條鏈上)。這是最有價值的一種進入方式。
好友分享點擊鏈友分享的卡片或海報,直接跳到他的個人頁;這是「被引薦」最自然的路徑,也是對方最願意幫你轉介的時機。

掃碼進去之後,邀請人得到什麼

很多人不好意思請人掃碼,因為不知道「對方能拿到什麼」。講清楚比較好辦事,邀請人得到三件東西:

  • 一條可追溯的引薦紀錄——你被記為他的 L1(直接引薦),寫進脈鏈圖,日後不會被覆蓋或改寫。
  • 引薦數與貢獻紀錄——計入脈鏈指數的「引薦數」維度,以及脈鏈積分的貢獻累積。
  • 被引薦人的信任起點——你之後要找他背書時,他知道你是「誰介紹來的」,這比自我介紹有效得多。
也就是說:請人掃碼不是「幫我衝人數」,是「讓我們之間的關係有一條線可以查」。這句話講出來,對方通常就願意掃了。
小程序碼
此處置入官方碼
營運方提供後替換(見附錄 F)
還有第四條路:H5 網頁版。如果你要邀請的人沒有微信(東南亞客戶、歐美合作方、不常用手機的長輩),或是你自己正在電腦前,可以直接給他 H5 連結,他用瀏覽器就能打開同一個平台、同一份資料。H5 目前是可互動原型、尚未對外開放;兩端的差異、什麼時候該用哪一個,整理在10.2與表 10-6。

2.2 登入與授權

微信一鍵登入授權手機號完成註冊,不需要另外記帳號密碼。
填寫基本資料姓名、公司、職稱、所在城市。這四項是別人搜尋你時最先看到的資訊,請用「對外正式版本」填寫。
完成實名平台採「實名+引薦紀錄」雙軌,這是雷達分能被計算的前提,也是平台能宣稱「每個帳號都可追溯」的基礎。

實名要準備什麼(先看再動手,省一次來回)

表 2-1 實名前要準備的四項資料
要準備的具體到什麼程度為什麼要
可收簡訊的手機號本人實名登記的號碼,能即時收到驗證碼帳號的唯一識別與找回依據
真實姓名與身分證件完全一致,不加英文名、不加頭銜與引薦紀錄綁定;顯示時可另設對外暱稱
公司/單位全稱營業登記上的名稱,不用簡稱讓別人判斷你的產業與規模,也是同業篩選的依據
常駐城市你實際待最久的城市,不是戶籍地「附近會員」與跨城對接都靠這一欄
三個常見誤解:①「實名」不等於「公開真名」——對外顯示可以用暱稱,實名只用於核驗;②資料可以之後再改,但姓名與手機號改了要重新核驗,建議一次填對;③若需補充證件影像,僅用於身分核驗,不會對外顯示、也不會提供給商會(詳見第 9 章)。

2.3 把資料填到「可被信任」的程度

很多人卡在這裡:覺得資料沒填完不好意思用。其實有優先順序——先填會影響「被找到」與「被信任」的欄位:

表 2-2 資料填寫的四個順位
順位填什麼為什麼是這個順位
1主業+可提供/正在尋找供需是平台匹配的核心欄位。寫清楚「我能給什麼、我要什麼」,別人才有辦法幫你轉介。
2工作經歷/教育背景解決「你是誰介紹來的」之外的第二個信任來源:專業脈絡。
3產品服務/證書資質把無形的專業變成可展示的品項與憑證。
4頭像與一句話定位列表頁只露出頭像與一句話,這一格決定別人要不要點進來。

下面是可以直接照抄的填空模板。三句話寫完,你的資料就從「有名有姓的陌生人」變成「可以馬上介紹給別人的人」:

可複製模板 ① 一句話定位(填在「我的 → 編輯資料」)
我是〔公司+職稱〕,專門幫〔誰〕解決〔什麼問題〕,目前在找〔一個具體資源或合作〕。 範例: 我是廈門 OPC 聯盟的 YJ,專門幫台灣中小企業解決「到大陸落地卻沒人脈」的問題, 目前在找:願意承接東南亞跨境物流的本地夥伴(月出貨 3 櫃以上)。
可複製模板 ② 供需發布(填在「供需 → 發布需求」)
標題(寫結果,不寫職稱) 尋找跨境電商物流合作夥伴(東南亞線,月 3 櫃) 我能提供:〔你的資源、通路、客戶、專業〕 我需要:〔數量/規格/時程/預算區間〕 合作方式:〔一次性/長期/分成;決策流程幾層〕 希望的對方:〔必要條件 2–3 條,不要寫「靠譜」這種無法驗證的詞〕
可複製模板 ③ 請人引薦(用私訊,不要發群)
第一句:我是〔名字〕,〔誰〕介紹我來的,他提到您在〔領域〕有經驗。 第二句:我現在遇到〔一個具體問題〕,想請教 10 分鐘。 第三句:作為回報,我可以〔提供一個具體的對等價值〕;若您最近不需要,也完全理解。
填空的三個紀律:①一個模板只講一件事,不要把所有資源都塞進去;②所有「形容詞」都要換成「可驗證的名詞或數字」(「資源豐富」→「手上 12 家華南代工廠」);③最後一句永遠留台階,讓對方可以體面地說不。

2.4 首頁導覽

首頁(真機擷圖) 1 2 3 4 5
圖 2-2 首頁五個區塊由上而下:主張 → 找人 → 工具 → 動態 → 常駐鈕
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

首頁由上而下是五個區塊,順序刻意設計成「先讓你相信這是什麼,再讓你去哪裡」:

表 2-3 首頁五個區塊的作用
編號區塊作用
1品牌主張輪播「全球華人商務對接平台」一句話定位。可左右滑動切換多張宣傳圖,左下小圓點顯示共幾張。
2人脈雷達地圖卡整頁轉換率最高的一張卡:「看附近有誰、距離排序、半徑篩選」+右側「開啟」。點它直接進人脈雷達。
3八宮格快捷入口八個最常用的動作(見表 2-4)。下方兩個小點表示可左右滑到第二頁,還有更多入口。
4品牌 banner「歡迎加入 WX脈鏈鏈/連接可信夥伴,共創共贏價值」。右上「中文」方塊是語言入口之一(見第 10 章)。
5常駐浮動球與底部導航浮動球左:功能/助手/廣場;右:AI 智能匹配/廣場。它不隨頁面消失,任何時候都能直接叫出 AI 或跳去廣場。

八宮格對應到哪一章

八宮格是「不經過底部導航」的捷徑。下表把每一格對到章節,並說明你在不同階段該不該點它:

表 2-4 八宮格入口與章節對照
入口通往新人期/成長期/成熟期怎麼用
脈鏈介紹第 1 章新人期先看:搞懂平台在做什麼,再決定要投入多少
鏈友地圖圖 11-13出差前用:看目的地城市你認識誰
電子名片圖 11-23任何階段:把自己的名片傳出去,或看別人的名片
脈鏈社區圖 11-25成長期:加入一個小房間,比在大廣場喊話有效
通訊錄圖 11-22成熟期:對話變多之後,靠它管理
供需平台3.4成長期主力:讓需求公開,別人才有理由找你
脈鏈活動3.10新人期最划算:一場小聚勝過十次私訊
活動接龍第 12 章要辦活動時:發布、審核、核銷一條線

2.5 底部導航:五個入口的分工

底部五個入口不是五個功能,而是五種意圖。搞清楚意圖,你就不會迷路:

首頁鏈友活動 供需我的 HOMENETWORKEVENTS SUPPLYME 「從哪裡開始」 「我想找誰」 「去哪裡見人」 「誰缺什麼」 「我經營得如何」 入口矩陣 品牌輪播人脈雷達八宮格 名冊與人脈 搜尋・多維篩選七維雷達名片・私訊 線下見面 列表・地圖報名・核銷發布(權限) 需求與供給 合作・招募貼文互動發布需求 經營自己 品牌卡・積分數據看板年報・設定 五個入口=五種意圖,不是五個資料夾;每一頁的實際畫面見第 11 章逐頁圖解
圖 2-3 底部導航:五個入口=五種意圖

新人最常卡住的五件事(先看,省一小時)

表 2-5 五個常見卡點與解法
卡在哪真實原因怎麼解
「資料沒填完不敢用」把 14 格當成必填,一次要填完就放棄只填2.3 的四個順位,其餘用到再補
「不知道第一句話怎麼說」怕打擾、怕被已讀不回用3.3 的三句式:上下文+具體請求+對等價值
「發了供需沒人理」標題寫職稱、描述沒邊界、沒掛標籤照3.4 的範例重寫一次,標題寫結果
「找不到我要的人」只用姓名搜尋,沒用篩選維度用3.2 的五個維度:產業→地區→級別
「加了也不知道要幹嘛」把人加進名冊,卻沒有下一步動作照附錄 A 七天行動卡走一遍
下一步 現在就做一件事:把2.3 的模板①抄進「我的 → 編輯資料」。這是你被找到的機率提升最多的一步,也是唯一一步不需要別人配合的。
CHAPTER 3

3十三個核心模組

每一節的結構都一樣:目的(為什麼有它)→意義(它改變了什麼)→功能(怎麼操作)→價值(你會得到什麼),最後給一句「如果你只有 1 分鐘」。你可以只讀你現在需要的那一節。

本章的畫面全部是真機擷圖。每一張都對應手機上的實際頁面,沒有重繪、沒有示意。少數本次未取得擷圖的頁面(商城、任務中心、合作評價)改以文字說明並標明狀態,不畫圖充數。逐頁完整說明(元素、操作、設計理由、注意事項)見第 11 章 逐頁圖解。

十三節不必按順序讀。三個標籤幫你決定要不要讀:必學 是所有人都該會的四節;選學 是遇到再用;運營專屬 是商會窗口與主辦方才需要。

表 3-1 十三個模組的分類與建議順序
順序模組分類什麼時候讀它
13.1 首頁必學第一天。搞清楚東西在哪
23.6 我的必學第一天。把自己的資料變成可被介紹的版本
33.2 會員必學第一週。學會找人,也看別人怎麼寫
43.4 供需必學第一週。發出第一篇需求,這是被動接單的開始
53.3 人脈詳情與私訊選學第一次要聯絡某人之前
63.8 脈鏈圖與指數選學想盤點自己的人脈結構時
73.10 活動選學要報名或要辦活動時
83.7 機會廣場選學沒有明確目標、想找靈感時
93.13 合作評價選學第一次合作完成當天(很重要,別拖)
103.11 社區選學想找同溫層或需要被背書時
113.5 商城選學要用脈鏈積分兌換或購買服務時
123.12 任務與脈鏈積分選學想把日常動作累積成權益時
133.9 看板與工具箱運營專屬你是商會窗口、主辦方或運營
可以整段跳過的三節:如果你只是一般會員,3.9(看板)、3.12(任務)、3.11(社區管理面)可以略讀;它們主要是給運營用的。反過來說,如果你是商會窗口,這三節是你唯一需要精讀的部分。

3.1 首頁必學第一印象

目的

讓第一次進來的人在 10 秒內知道「這是什麼、跟我有什麼關係、我下一步該點哪裡」。

意義

首頁是平台的門面,也是「價值宣告」的位置。它先把「人脈=資產」講清楚,後面的功能才有說服力。

功能

品牌主視覺、官方公告輪播、八宮格快捷入口、鏈友動態、三個浮動捷徑。

價值

新會員不必摸索,三次點擊內就能到達任何主要功能;商會也能用公告位做即時動員。

同一個首頁,三種人看到的重點完全不同。這也是為什麼首頁的區塊順序不能隨便調:

表 3-2 三種角色在首頁該看什麼
角色進首頁的第一件事為什麼
一般會員看八宮格裡「哪一格我還沒用過」首頁的價值不是瀏覽,是提醒你「還有這些事可以做」
活動主辦方看公告位與鏈友動態的熱度公告位是活動曝光的最高位;動態熱度決定你這週發活動有沒有人看
商會/運營看公告位是否更新、動態是否有內容首頁是「這個社群還活著」的唯一證據。三天沒更新,會員就會忘記打開

操作指引

看公告輪播第一屏通常是近期最重要的活動或招募,橫向滑動可切換。看到與你有關的,直接點進去報名。
用八宮格八格對應最高頻的動作,可左右滑到第二頁。建議新手先點「鏈友風采」看看別人怎麼寫資料,再回去改自己的。
用浮動鈕右下三顆鈕:看板(數據)、廣場(機會)、AI(提問)。不用回首頁就能呼叫。
滑到動態鏈友動態顯示最近有人發布了什麼;這是「平台還活著」的證據,也是你發文的最佳時機參考。
小技巧:首頁的八宮格是「個人化入口」的概念——同一格在不同階段有不同意義。新人期用「鏈友風采」,成長期用「我的脈鏈」,成熟期用「機會廣場」。每三個月回頭看一次,你會發現自己用的格子變了。
1 分鐘版首頁只有三件事:看公告有沒有跟你相關的、點一格你沒用過的入口、滑一下動態看誰在動。三步不到一分鐘。

3.2 會員(鏈友風采)必學找人

目的

把「一疊名片」變成人人可搜尋、可篩選、可點進去看細節的活名冊。

意義

這是平台最基礎的資產:會員資料的結構化程度,決定了後面匹配、引薦、媒合能做到多精準。

功能

姓名搜尋、附近會員、會員籍貫、會員級別、產業分類;會員/單位/企業/團體四種視角;申請入會、會費繳納。

價值

找一個特定資源的人,從「問三個群、等兩天」變成「輸入關鍵字、三十秒」。

圖 3-1 鏈友風采三種找法同頁:姓名搜尋、多維度篩選、行業九宮格;卡片顯示級別、地區、距離、產業
圖 3-1 鏈友風采三種找法同頁:姓名搜尋、多維度篩選、行業九宮格;卡片顯示級別、地區、距離、產業
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

五個篩選維度

表 3-3 五個篩選維度與使用時機
維度使用時機
姓名搜尋你已經知道要找誰(轉介後最常見)
多維度篩選四組條件交叉(級別·行業·地區·距離),按下前就告訴你「會有幾位」
附近會員出差、參展、臨時約見——先找同城的人
會員籍貫兩岸/跨境場景:找同鄉脈絡比找同行更快建立信任
會員級別需要決策層或顧問級資源時
產業分類垂直找合作方(物流、教育、綠能、跨境電商…)

每張卡片上的雷達分是入口,不是結論——它告訴你「這個人累積了多少可查證的紀錄」,點進去才看得到細節。

可被轉介的五項自檢

「黃金公式」講的是怎麼寫;這一節講的是寫完之後怎麼確認自己真的能被轉介。五項全過,別人才有辦法把你介紹出去:

  • ①一句話說得出你是誰——不看資料,你能不能在 15 秒內講完「我幫誰解決什麼」?講不出來,別人記不住。
  • ②「可提供」是名詞不是形容詞——「12 家華南代工廠名單」可以轉介,「資源豐富」不行。
  • ③「正在尋找」有邊界——數量、地區、時程、預算至少要有一項;否則沒人知道該不該介紹給你。
  • ④有一個可點開的作品——產品頁、案例、證書、影片,至少要有一項。沒有作品的人只能靠見面。
  • ⑤有人能替你背書——至少一筆合作評價。零評價不等於差,但等於「還沒有人證明過」。

運營視角:怎麼把一群人弄上線(批量導入與邀請)

這是商會窗口最常問的問題:「我有 300 個會員,難道要一個一個叫他們註冊?」不用。標準路徑有三條,可並用:

表 3-4 三條邀請路徑與適用場景
路徑怎麼做適用要注意
名冊導入 由商會在管理後台匯入會員名冊(姓名、手機、單位、職稱),系統產生待啟用帳號 有完整 Excel 名冊的商會 導入前須確認名冊取得方式合法、並告知會員用途(見第 9 章)。入口與欄位以商會後台為準
專屬碼/海報 每個幹部或會員一張帶個人碼的海報,掃碼自動建立引薦關係 活動現場、群組轉發、一對一邀請 關係會被永久記錄,請勿代人掃碼或刷邀請
活動現場掃碼 報到處放立牌,簽到即註冊,並可自動帶入該場活動 小局、小聚、中聚、匯聚 現場要有人引導 30 秒;純放立牌效果差一半

操作指引

先選視角會員/單位/企業/團體四種視角切換,同一個人在不同視角下的呈現不同。找人用「會員」,找合作方用「企業」。
再用維度收斂建議順序:產業 → 地區 → 級別。先鎖定垂直,再縮小地理,最後看層級。
點進詳情判斷卡片只是索引。真正決定要不要聯絡,看人脈詳情的「可提供/正在尋找」。
留下關係聯絡後,把結果回到平台(發供需、提交評價),否則這次搜尋不會變成資產。
填資料的黃金公式:「我是誰(公司+職稱)+我解決什麼問題(一句話)+我現在要什麼(供需)」三句寫完,被轉介的機率明顯高於只寫職稱的人。模板見2.3。
1 分鐘版進「會員」,產業選你的上下游,地區選你在的城市,掃一眼前五張卡;看到「可提供」與你需求對上的,點進去。不要在列表頁停留超過一分鐘。

3.3 人脈詳情與私訊必學判斷

目的

在「要不要跟他合作」這個問題上,給你足夠的判斷材料——而且是可查證的材料。

意義

把「三次飯局的驗證成本」壓縮成一頁。這是平台最核心的信任設計:先看證據,再決定要不要投入時間。

功能

基本資料(主業+多元發展、公司、常駐城市、商會)、可提供/正在尋找、市場、信任、動態、行程;底部可直接私訊。

價值

降低誤判成本:不必見面就能判斷「這個人能不能解決我的問題」。

圖 3-2 鏈友詳情形象→身分→三項指標→六個分頁→私訊聯繫;語音自我介紹多數尚未錄製
圖 3-2 鏈友詳情形象→身分→三項指標→六個分頁→私訊聯繫;語音自我介紹多數尚未錄製
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

怎麼讀這一頁

表 3-5 人脈詳情的四個判斷區塊
區塊你該看什麼
三個指標訪客數量(多少人主動看過他)、信任點贊(多少人替他背書)、分享次數(多少人願意轉發他)
六個分頁資料/工作/教育/技能/視頻/圖文——先看「資料」對不對口,再看「圖文/視頻」他做過什麼
語音自我介紹有錄的人信任感明顯較高;空白則顯示「他還沒錄語音自我介紹」
共享脈鏈你們之間有沒有共同引薦來源——有,第一句話就有藉口
現況提醒:「信任」分頁的互評清單需後端評價服務接通後才會完整呈現;目前可先在合作評價提交與回應評價。也就是說:你要看別人的評價可能還不完整,但你可以先讓自己的評價被看見。

30 秒盡調清單

決定要不要花時間之前,依序看這五項。前兩項不對口就直接跳過,不要浪費彼此時間:

  • ①供需是否互補——他的「可提供」對上你的「正在尋找」嗎?(不對口就停)
  • ②產業與地區是否可執行——同產業但隔了 1,500 公里,合作成本要先算進去。
  • ③雷達分的「構成」而非「總分」——分數高但沒有案例,比分數中等但有三筆案例更可疑。
  • ④最近有沒有人在動——動態停在半年前的人,回覆率通常很低。
  • ⑤共同脈絡——你們有沒有共同的 L1、共同參加過的活動?有的話,第一句話就有話題。

私訊的三句式(照抄即可)

私訊只有一個任務:讓對方在 10 秒內判斷「值得回」。三句話就夠,第四句通常是多餘的。

可複製模板 ④ 三種場景的第一句話
【請教型】 我是〔名字〕,透過〔引薦人〕看到您在〔領域〕的經驗。我現在卡在〔一個具體問題〕, 想請教您 10 分鐘;不論答案如何,我都會把結論整理給您一份。 【合作型】 我是〔名字〕,看到您正在找〔他的需求〕。我們做〔你的供給〕,上季剛完成〔一個可驗證的案例〕。 想先寄一份兩頁的資料給您,合適再談,不合適也不打擾。 【引薦型】 我是〔名字〕,您上週提到想找〔資源〕。我這邊有位〔對象〕做這塊,已經先問過他意願。 若您方便,我拉一個三人群,您覺得不合適隨時可以退出。
第一句就給上下文「我是廈門 OPC 聯盟的 YJ,透過林柏睿的引薦看到你」——比「你好」的回覆率高一個量級。
講清楚要什麼一句話說明目的(請教/合作/引薦),並附上你能提供的對應價值。
用平台內的紀錄重要結論回到平台留下(發布供需、提交評價),讓下一次對話有依據。

對方沒回怎麼辦

這是私訊最大的心理門檻。先講結論:沒回不是拒絕,是排序問題。依下面三步處理,不要連續追問:

等 3–5 個工作日商務人士的訊息量很大,三天內沒回是常態。這段時間不要補第二句「在嗎」。
補一次「有增量」的訊息不要問「您看到訊息了嗎」。改為給一個新東西:一份資料、一個對他有用的連結、一句「我這邊有位客戶跟您的需求很像」。
第二次沒回就換路徑改走供需公開發布、請共同朋友轉介、或在活動現場碰面。三次以上追問會讓你在對方的印象裡變成「麻煩」。
一個實用小判斷:如果對方的「正在尋找」寫得很具體,而他沒回你——大概率是你的第一句話沒有對上那一欄。回頭改你的開場,不要改你的運氣。
1 分鐘版看兩件事:他的「可提供」對不對得上你的需求、他的雷達分有沒有案例支撐。對得上,用三句式發一則私訊;對不上,直接跳過,這是省時間而不是失禮。

3.4 供需必學對接

目的

讓「我需要什麼」變成公開、可搜尋、可被主動回應的需求單,而不是埋在聊天記錄裡。

意義

供需是平台唯一「雙向曝光」的模組:你發一次,全體會員都看得到;別人發一次,你也看得到。這是把弱連結變成強連結的機制。

功能

四種狀態切換(全部/招募中/已結案/我的產業)、發布需求(標題、描述、標籤、地區、期限)、瀏覽數與分享、審核機制。

價值

需求的生命週期被看見:從招募中到已結案,形成「這裡真的成交過」的社會證明。

圖 3-3 供需五種意圖分頁:合作/招募/眾籌/活動/提問;貼文含配圖與互動數
圖 3-3 供需五種意圖分頁:合作/招募/眾籌/活動/提問;貼文含配圖與互動數
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

標題決定八成的結果

表 3-6 三種標題寫法對照
寫法例子結果
職稱式(最差)「物流合作」不知道你要什麼、什麼規模、什麼時候,没人有辦法回應
需求式(中等)「尋找東南亞跨境物流夥伴」方向有了,但規模與條件不明,來的多是試探
結果式(最好)「尋找跨境電商物流夥伴(東南亞線,月 3 櫃,Q1 起)」看標題就知道自己合不合適,來的多半能談

兩篇完整範例(不同產業,可直接改)

範例 A 製造業找通路
標題:尋找華南地區五金通路代理(自有品牌,已有 CE 認證) 我是誰:台中一家精密五金廠(員工人數 60 人),做 OEM 18 年,主要客戶是歐美工具品牌。 我能提供:現有 3 條產品線、CE/RoHS 認證齊全、可做客製、月產能 40 萬件;可提供樣品與工廠參觀。 我需要:在深圳/東莞有五金通路或工業客戶的代理商,首年目標 3 家。 合作方式:區域代理制,首批備貨由我方承擔 50%;決策由我與業務副總兩人。 時程:Q1 完成選商,Q2 開始鋪貨。
範例 B 服務業找客戶(顧問型)
標題:協助台灣中小企業落地廈門(含公司設立、稅務、首批客戶引薦) 我是誰:YJ,廈門 OPC 聯盟,輔導過 12 家台灣團隊在廈門設立公司。 我能提供:公司設立代辦、在地稅務對接、每週一次的落地陪跑、聯盟內部的客戶引薦。 我需要:今年 3–5 家準備進入大陸市場的台灣中小企業(年營收 3,000 萬以上,有實體產品)。 合作方式:顧問費+成果獎金;先做一次 90 分鐘免費診斷,雙方確認合適才簽。 時程:隨時可談,名額 5 家。

操作指引

標題寫結果,不寫職稱「尋找跨境電商物流合作夥伴(東南亞線)」比「物流合作」有效三倍。理由見上表。
描述寫邊界數量、時程、預算區間、決策流程。寫得越具體,來亂的越少。
掛 2–3 個標籤標籤就是搜尋入口,也是 AI 之後做匹配的依據。標籤太少等於自願隱形。
結案要回來關閉把狀態改成「已結案」,這是你的信用紀錄,也讓別人相信這裡的資訊是新鮮的。
「已結案」的真正價值:已結案的供需不會消失,它會留在列表裡,成為「這裡真的成交過」的證據。所以結案時請補一句結果(「已與台南某物流簽約,月出 2 櫃」)——這一句,比任何宣傳文案都有說服力。
審核說明:新發布的供需會進入審核佇列(避免廣告與詐騙)。審核通過後才對外顯示;被退件會收到通知與原因。審核標準見第 9 章 9.4。
1 分鐘版發一篇供需,標題寫「你要的結果+規模+時間」,描述寫「我能給什麼/我要什麼/怎麼合作」。發完不要等,隔天主動去找三個符合條件的人。

3.5 商城選學權益

目的

讓平台與鏈友的「服務」變成可以定價、可以下單、可以交付的商品,而不是靠人情。

意義

商務社群的價值常常停在「交流」,商城把它推到「交易」——這是從社群走向商業閉環的關鍵一步。

功能

商品分類與詳情、購物車、下單與支付、訂單查詢、退款申請、收貨地址管理。

價值

企業服務(包班、諮詢、考察團名額)可以直接被購買,鏈友的專業也能上架變成收入。

本版未收錄此頁擷圖。「商城」在本次 25 張擷圖中沒有出現,底部導航也沒有這一格(推測需從功能中心進入)。 沒有實際畫面可佐證的頁面,我們不畫示意圖充數——取得真機擷圖後再補;功能是否可用請以6.1 功能現況總表為準。

交易動線

「加入購物車 → 選擇數量 → 確認訂單 → 支付 → 訂單詳情」五步完成。若需退換,從「我的訂單」進入訂單詳情,選擇「申請退款」,依商品類型填寫必要資訊後送出。

表 3-7 三類商品的交付方式
商品類型交付方式
企業服務/課程下單後由服務方聯繫排程,憑訂單核銷
活動名額與「活動」模組打通,報名即建單
實體商品填寫收貨地址,物流配送
幣值說明:部分商品以「脈鏈積分」計價(見3.12),那是你在平台貢獻所累積的權益點數,可兌換好禮與服務,不可提現、不可轉讓(見第 9 章)。

付款、發票與退款:三個最常問的問題

表 3-8 付款與售後的三個關鍵問題
問題實務說明
怎麼付款 下單後在訂單頁發起支付,透過微信支付完成。付款頁會顯示實際收款主體名稱,請在按下確認前看一眼:若是平台代收,收款方為營運主體;若為商家直收,收款方為該商家。這一步是保護你自己。
可以開發票嗎 可以,由實際開票方開立(平台商品由平台開、商家商品由商家開)。在訂單詳情提出開票需求,填寫抬頭與統編;電子發票通常於開票後寄至你留下的信箱。具體流程與時程以訂單頁顯示為準。
可以退嗎 依商品設定。商品頁或訂單頁會標示「是否可退款」與期限;可退者從「我的訂單 → 訂單詳情 → 申請退款」辦理。已核銷的服務與已開始的課程,通常不退或依比例退,以商品說明為準。

「我能不能上架?」

可以,但門檻不在技術,在交付能力。平台對上架者的要求是「你敢把它寫成商品」——有明確的交付內容、價格、時程與退款規則。想上架請準備四樣:

  • ①交付清單:買家付錢之後,你到底給他什麼?(幾次會議、幾頁報告、幾個名額)
  • ②價格與階梯:單價、團購價、會員價,至少想清楚兩層。
  • ③交付週期:付款後幾天內啟動、多久完成。
  • ④退款規則:什麼情況可退、按什麼比例退。寫不清楚的商品,審核不會過。
上架申請:透過「我的 → 意見建議」或聯繫所屬商會窗口提出,由運營審核品項與文案。平台目前以自營與商會合作的服務為主,個人上架採個案審核。
1 分鐘版要用脈鏈積分兌換就先看「分類」裡有沒有你要的;要買服務就看商品頁的三件事:交付內容、退款規則、收款方。

3.6 我的必學個人品牌主頁

目的

把「我的」從功能列表升級為你的個人品牌主頁:你的資產、你的作品、你的信用,一頁看完。

意義

在商務社群裡,「我的」頁就是你的門面。它同時是自我管理後台,也是別人眼中「你是誰」的總結。

功能

脈鏈積分資產卡(餘額、簽到、兌換、明細)、14 格功能(資料/經歷/教育/技能/產品/證書/會費/入會/視頻/圖文/通知/FAQ/設定/建議)、信任牆、看板與廣場入口。

價值

一份可持續更新的數位履歷+信用檔案,換城市、換賽道都能帶著走。

14 格不必全填。依「會不會影響別人找到你、信任你」來排,只有四格是關鍵,其餘是加分:

表 3-9 14 格裡最關鍵的四格
優先格子它影響什麼沒填的後果
關鍵 1資料(主業+供需)被搜尋、被匹配、被轉介的唯一依據你在名冊裡等於不存在,只能靠人脈硬介紹
關鍵 2產品/服務別人判斷「你能做什麼」的具體證據只剩一句職稱,說服力薄一半
關鍵 3證書/資質專業的可驗證憑證,也是證書查詢的資料源需要用「見面聊」補足信任
關鍵 4圖文/視頻你的作品集,讓人「看見你做過什麼」對方只能憑想像評估你的能力
加分經歷、教育、技能、會費、入會補充脈絡與身分影響不大,但填了更完整
工具通知、FAQ、設定、意見建議使用管理,非展示不填不影響曝光
圖 3-5 我的品牌卡(級別/城市/主要領域/多元發展)→ 四格數據 → 四個入口
圖 3-5 我的品牌卡(級別/城市/主要領域/多元發展)→ 四格數據 → 四個入口
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

三個你應該馬上做的事

每天簽到資產卡右上「簽到」,連續簽到有加成,這是成本最低的累積。
把四個關鍵格填滿資料、產品、證書、圖文。這是你的作品集,別人靠它判斷要不要見你。
經營信任牆每一筆合作完成後,請對方提交評價(3.13);牆上每多一筆案例,下一次成交就快一步。
信任牆長什麼樣:每一列是一個合作案例,包含合作對象、日期與一組「案例指紋」(如 CASE-2026-0918-77A3),可被引用、可被追溯。

操作指引

先改「一句話定位」這是列表頁唯一露出的一行字,用2.3 的模板①改寫,不要寫口號。
再補「可提供/正在尋找」這兩欄決定你能不能出現在別人的匹配結果裡。
上傳作品圖文至少三篇、視頻一支。寧可少而具體,不要多而空泛。
最後才填履歷經歷與教育是「加分項」,別一開始就花兩小時在打字上。
1 分鐘版打開「我的」,檢查畫面最上面那行自我介紹是不是「一句話講清楚你幫誰解決什麼」。不是的話,現在改。這一行是你唯一能控制的第一印象。

3.7 機會廣場選學發現

目的

用一個「非搜尋式」的入口,讓你遇見你「不知道自己需要」的人與機會。

意義

搜尋只能找到你已經想到的答案;廣場用隨機+策展的方式,製造意外的連結——這是社群最難被演算法取代的部分。

功能

「隨機人脈」換一換(每次換都是新的相遇)+「機會 feed」(分潤/股權/課費分成等合作案)。

價值

低成本擴張弱連結;對於剛加入、還沒有明確目標的人,這是最好的起點。

圖 3-6 機會廣場隨機人脈(換一換)+ 我的合作名片 + 機會 feed(聚會/機會)
圖 3-6 機會廣場隨機人脈(換一換)+ 我的合作名片 + 機會 feed(聚會/機會)
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

值不值得接:三條篩選標準

表 3-10 機會 feed 的三條篩選標準
標準怎麼問自己
①條件寫清楚了嗎分潤比例、結算週期、誰承擔成本——三項缺一項就不要急著談。只寫「面議」的機會,通常對你不利。
②我能不能只接一部分好的機會允許「切片合作」。要求你全職投入卻不給對應條件的,多半是招人不是合作。
③對方有可查證的紀錄嗎點開發布者主頁:有評價、有案例、有動態,才值得進一步;三樣都沒有,先當成廣告。

怎麼用廣場

把廣場當成「每天兩分鐘的翻牌」:先看三個機會 feed,問自己「這個我能不能接一部分」;再抽三次隨機人脈,看有沒有值得打一聲招呼的人。它的價值不在找到最好的那個,而在讓系統知道你想看什麼——你點過誰、停在哪裡,都會影響下次推給你什麼。

操作指引

先翻機會,再看人機會有明確條件,判斷成本低;人需要上下文,留到你比較有精神的時候。
點開再判斷列表只寫領域與條件,真正的資訊在詳情。不要在列表頁憑一句標題決定。
覺得不對就檢舉廣場是最容易被投放廣告的地方。看到明顯不相關或可疑的,直接檢舉,這對所有人都有好處。
注意:機會 feed 由會員與平台發布,平台僅提供資訊撮合,不為個別合作案的履約背書。建議所有合作都回到平台留下供需單與評價,把口頭承諾變成紀錄。責任邊界詳見第 9 章 9.5。
1 分鐘版翻三個機會,只問一句「這個我能不能接一部分」;再抽三次隨機人脈,值得的就打一聲招呼。兩分鐘結束,不要戀戰。

3.8 脈鏈圖與脈鏈指數選學人脈資產化

目的

把你的人脈從「感覺」變成「看得見的結構與分數」,讓資產可以被盤點、被檢視、被改善。

意義

這是平台最具辨識度的設計:引薦關係可追溯、不可覆蓋。你今天是誰介紹來的、你介紹了誰,都留在鏈上。

功能

脈鏈圖(引薦樹,可縮放拖曳)、脈鏈指數(七維評分)、人脈體系(各層級規模)、顧問指派。

價值

把「我很有人脈」變成可驗證的數字;也讓每一次引薦都有回報與紀錄。

脈鏈圖(同心圓)
圖 3-7 脈鏈圖四種視圖切換;同心圓由內而外第 1~4 鏈,底部為各層人數
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

四種視圖,四個問題

表 3-11 脈鏈圖的四種視圖該用在哪裡
視圖它回答什麼什麼時候打開它
脈鏈樹誰在你的下面、誰在你的上面(上下線結構)要看「這條線是誰帶起來的」
雲關係這群人怎麼聚在一起(群聚與密度)要看「哪一團人最活躍」
引薦同心圓誰離你最近(引薦距離)平常最常用;要找人幫忙介紹時
脈鏈同心圓全部關係的分層分佈(含非引薦)要看整體結構與規模

畫面實際數字:第 1 鏈 107 人、第 2 鏈 41 人、第 3 鏈 25 人、第 4 鏈以上 186 人,合計 359 人。這個 359 是「鏈上人數」,小於「我的網絡」的全部 612(見圖 11-8)——差額是沒有引薦來源、自行註冊的會員。

七維雷達詳情
圖 3-7b 七維雷達七軸、滿分 5 分;最扁的那一軸就是你這週該補的事
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

七維雷達:七個軸,七件可以做的事

表 3-11b 七維的構成與補分方式(依畫面註解)
維度由什麼構成怎麼補
檔案完整8 項資料是否實名填寫把基本、工作、教育、技能補齊
活躍在線登錄+分享+名片訪客每天簽到、把名片分享出去
內容創作供需貼文、圖文、視頻的數量與互動一週發一篇供需,比一天發十句有效
活動主理你主辦過的場次辦一場 6–10 人的小聚就開始有分
活動參與你報名並簽到的場次報名後真的到場(核銷才計)
連結貢獻你把人介紹給對的人、被引薦主動介紹一次,雙方都受惠
商貿互評合作評價(F1)——尚未上線目前如實顯示 0,不計入平均分;上線後才會變動

關係層級:L1、L2、L3 是什麼,以及怎麼用介面稱「第 N 鏈」

脈鏈圖用「層」表示你與對方的距離:L1 是你直接引薦或直接引薦你的人;L2 是隔一層;L3 是隔兩層。層級愈近,通常代表信任基礎愈厚、被轉介的成功率愈高。介面上對應的寫法是「第 1 鏈/第 2 鏈/第 3 鏈/第 4 鏈+」——L1 就是第 1 鏈,依此類推。

你 中心 林 曾 L1 直接引薦 你問得到、也敢問的人 劉 陳 L2 隔一層 要請 L1 幫忙介紹 黃 L3 隔兩層 通常只做一次嘗試 每一條線都是一次 可追溯、不可覆蓋的引薦
圖 3-8 引薦層級:L1/L2/L3 的距離感
表 3-12 三個層級的三種用法(不是只記定義)
層級適合做什麼不適合做什麼開口的方式
L1 直接請他介紹人、請他背書、找他合夥;合作出問題時,也該由他協調 不要一次要他介紹五個人——L1 的額度是有限的社交資本 「我想認識做 X 的人,你覺得誰合適?不方便也沒關係。」
L2 請 L1 幫你引薦;或在活動場合「巧遇」後自然認識 不要直接私訊 L2 說「我是某某介紹的」——先確認 L1 真的願意 「透過林柏睿知道你,他提到你們在談東南亞的事,方便請教一句嗎?」
L3 當成資訊來源(看動態、看去供需),先觀察再決定要不要靠近 不要跳過兩層直接請求協助,成功率低,也消耗中間人的信用 先互動(留言、分享),三次之後再談聯繫
怎麼讀排名:平台排名與同城人脈是「相對位置」,不是絕對成就。它的用途是提醒你——同一個城市裡,有多少人正在做跟你類似的事、你能不能先跟他們連上。
更新頻率:指數與排名會隨行為累積而變動,但不是即時運算;頁面會顯示最近一次更新的時間。剛完成的動作(例如剛提交的評價)可能需要一段時間才反映在分數上,不必反覆刷新確認。
1 分鐘版看哪一維最低,就做那一維對應的一件事(見上表最後一欄)。指數不是拿來炫耀的,是拿來定位「我下一步該做什麼」的。

3.9 數據看板與工具箱運營專屬經營視角

目的

給運營者與商會窗口一雙「上帝視角」:這個社群到底活了沒有、人從哪裡來、活動有沒有用。

意義

沒有數據的社群運營只能靠感覺;有數據,才能回答「下一場活動辦在哪裡、辦給誰」。

功能

看板:總場次、總人次、性別比例、年齡分布、行業別分布、地區分布、時段分布;工具箱:證書查詢、問卷調查、通訊錄、活動接龍、推廣海報、相冊、機構查詢、意見建議。

價值

把「辦活動」變成可優化的營運流程;把「服務會員」變成可量測的指標。

圖 3-8b 數據儀表板四期間切換+月度趨勢、產業分布、時段分布
圖 3-8b 數據儀表板四期間切換+月度趨勢、產業分布、時段分布
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

六個指標怎麼用

表 3-13 指標、決策用途與健康度判斷
指標決策用途偏低時先查什麼
註冊會員/合作機構規模與生態厚度邀請路徑是否只剩一種;導入後有沒有人引導
累積活動/在線需求活躍度與對接熱度供需審核是否積壓;活動頻率是否太低
流通脈鏈積分貢獻總量(平台內部經濟體量)任務獎勵是否太低;兌換品項是否沒有吸引力
平均雷達分整體信任水位有沒有人引導「完成合作後提交評價」

看板另有「性別/年齡/行業/地區/時段」的分布圖,適合在辦活動前後做對照:辦前看客群結構,辦後看參與結構。

健康度沒有絕對標準,只有「跟自己比」。平台不公布行業基準值,因為每個商會的規模與地域差異太大,硬套一個數字只會誤導。建議做法:每月記錄一次四項指標,連續三個月看趨勢——下降兩個月就要處理,上升不必特別慶祝。看板可否導出:目前以頁面查看為主,若需匯出請透過「意見建議」提出,運營會協助提供。

工具箱:八個高頻小工具

表 3-14 工具箱八件與最適合的使用者
工具什麼時候用誰最適合
證書查詢驗證對方的資質憑證真偽(培訓、認證、獎項)要簽約、要付訂金之前的所有人
問卷調查辦活動前收集需求、辦完收滿意度主辦方、商會窗口
通訊錄商會內部聯絡人快速查找商會幹部、秘書處
活動接龍小型聚會快速報名,不用另外開表單小聚主辦人
推廣海報一鍵生成帶個人碼的分享海報所有要邀請人的人
相冊活動照片沉澱,會後可回看主辦方、參與者
機構查詢找社區/機構與其成員要找特定組織對接的人
意見建議直接對平台提需求——這條通道真的會有人看所有人(含客服問題)

操作指引

先看趨勢,不看單點一個月的數字沒有意義,三個月的趨勢才有。建議固定每月 1 日截圖存檔。
用分布圖選場地與時段地區分布決定辦在哪,時段分布決定辦在週幾晚上還是週末下午。
把工具箱當成「事前的問卷、事後的相冊」一場活動前後各用一個工具,養成習慣後,活動的資料會自己長出來。
1 分鐘版只做一件事:把四項指標寫進你的月報(模板見附錄 C)。沒有記錄的數據,開會時就等於沒有數據。

3.10 活動選學線下連結

目的

把線下聚會從「群裡接龍、現場簽到、事後失聯」變成一條有紀錄的流程。

意義

活動是信任的加速器:見一次面勝過十次私訊。平台把活動的前、中、後都接起來,見面才有沉澱。

功能

四種級別(小局 8/小聚 20/中聚 40/匯聚不設限)、發布與四狀態審核、報名與繳費、名額控管、QR 核銷、活動資料、報名名單、定向邀約。

價值

主辦方省人力,參加者事後找得到人;每一場活動都變成平台的一筆資料與一次關係推進。

活動列表
圖 3-10 活動列表狀態分頁+同城熱門;卡片含主理人、級別限制、費用、人氣、距離
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125
活動地圖
圖 3-10b 活動地圖同一批活動換成地圖:看哪個城市在動
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125

兩種看法,兩個問題

表 3-15 列表與地圖各回答什麼
視圖回答的問題什麼時候用
列表「這週有什麼可以參加?」一般瀏覽、報名前確認時間與費用
地圖「哪個城市在辦活動?」出差、旅行前先看當地有沒有場

列表上那句小字值得注意:「同城(台北)優先,再看人氣·規則統一,不是 AI 預測」——排序邏輯是公開的,不是黑箱。

從報名到核銷:五個環節

表 3-16 活動的五個環節與你該做的事
環節發生什麼參加者要做主辦方要做
① 發布填 18 個欄位、送出審核—見第 12 章逐欄說明
② 審核平台人工審核,狀態為審核中/發佈中/已駁回—被駁回依建議修改後重發(可用「選用」複製)
③ 報名依「非會員報名狀態」決定誰能報;收費場需繳費確認級別限制與費用再按報名催報名、回覆問題、前一天提醒
④ 核銷開啟核銷後,掃碼完成報到(自助簽到或管理員核銷)出示活動二維碼,或掃主辦方二維碼選定一種核銷方式並在現場執行
⑤ 沉澱名單、照片、到場數據留在「我的活動」會後加微信/私訊,把關係接住對照報名與簽到算到場率(圖 11-18)
四級與人數上限,2026-11-09 已統一。現行表單提供四個選項:小局 8 人以內/小聚 20 人以內/中聚 40 人以內/匯聚不設限,與內部培訓教材的寫法一致。換句話說,教材上的 20 人與中聚,表單現在都做得到。逐級對照與填寫方式見12.1。

怎麼選級別(決策表,不是規模表)

表 3-16b 選級別的判斷點
你的目的建議理由失敗風險
促成幾筆具體合作小局(≤8 人)八個人以內,每個人都能講完自己的需求,也輪得到你講人數一多就變成輪流自我介紹
建立一個主題社群小聚(≤20 人)有主題才有共同語言;20 人是「每人都有機會發言」的上限主題太寬(「聊聊創業」)會變成聯誼
培訓、分會例會中聚(≤40 人)需要講台與流程,但仍要能點名互動40 人以上,問答時間一定不夠
對外開放、放大聲量匯聚(不設限)人數由場地與餐飲決定,適合論壇與招商人數失控、場地與餐飲難控
政策宣講、凝聚幹部匯聚 + 會員專屬用「對外狀態=會員專屬」控制名單非會員看不到,擴散有限
1 分鐘版第一次辦,就辦 6–8 人的小局(或 10–15 人的小聚)、免費、開核銷、地點選捷運可達。跑完一次流程,你會比讀十頁手冊更懂。
要動手了
發布活動的 18 個欄位、六大分類、費用分帳(10%/90%)與送出前 12 項自檢,全部在第 12 章 活動發布系統操作。

3.11 社區(機構)選學歸屬

目的

讓同一群人(同鄉、同業、同商會)有一個可聚集、可互動、可管理的空間。

意義

平台是「大廣場」,社區是「小房間」。真實的合作多半發生在小房間裡——因為那裡有共同語言與共同規則。

功能

社區列表(七大社區)、社區詳情(成員、介紹、權益)、申請加入、共享脈鏈、社區群聊、社區互動看板。

價值

對會員:找到歸屬與同溫層;對運營:把會員分層經營,讓服務有針對性。

圖 3-12 社區七大分類圖示+社區列表;以「免費/年費/封閉」區分進入門檻
圖 3-12 社區七大分類圖示+社區列表;以「免費/年費/封閉」區分進入門檻
真機擷圖 · v1.0.125 開發通道

三類社區,三種目的

表 3-17 三類社區與加入目的
類型加入的目的什麼時候不該加
行業社區找同業合作、找上下游、交換行業資訊你想找的是跨域資源,同行只會跟你搶同一批客戶
區域社區落地、找在地人脈、找同城可隨時見面的人你只是短期出差,加了也不會互動
主題社區特定議題(ESG、跨境、AI)的深度交流你只是好奇,沒有實際要做的事
共享脈鏈:社區成員之間可以共享引薦鏈,等於把你的 L1 變成社區的公共資源。使用前請確認對方願意被引薦——這是禮貌,也是信任的底線。

社區冷啟動:新社區前 30 天怎麼做

社區最怕「建了沒人講話」。前 30 天的目標不是人數,是讓每個人至少發過一次言。四步:

第 1 週:先湊 15 個人,不要湊 50 個15 個人才能讓每個人被看見;50 人的群,前三天就會變成公告板。
第 2 週:辦一場 8 人小聚線上互動的前提是「見過面」。一場小聚之後,群裡的稱呼會從「某總」變成「老王」。
第 3 週:設一個固定欄目例如每週三「供需日」:每人貼一條自己的需求。固定欄目比熱情更能維持活躍。
第 4 週:選出 2 位共同管理者一個人管社區一定會累;兩位管理者輪值,社區才活得過三個月。
社區權益誰設定:成員門檻、加入條件、可發布內容、是否收費,均由該社區所屬機構設定,平台提供工具但不代為決策。因此不同社區的規則會不一樣,加入前請先讀社區介紹。
1 分鐘版只加一個社區——最像你現在要做的事的那一個。加三個卻都不講話,不如加一個並在裡面發一次言。

3.12 任務中心與脈鏈積分選學貢獻即挖礦

目的

把「對平台有貢獻的行為」變成可累積的權益點數,讓付出有回報、讓好人被獎勵。

意義

脈鏈積分不是折扣券,而是貢獻的度量:你介紹了誰、分享了什麼、完成了什麼,都會沉澱成脈鏈積分。它也讓「免費使用者」有動力變成「貢獻者」。

功能

每日任務(登入簽到、瀏覽鏈友首頁、互動三連、內容分享、發布供需)、每週任務、成就任務、連續簽到加成、兌換與明細。

價值

養成穩定的使用習慣;把零散的互動轉換成可兌換的實際權益(課程、諮詢、名額)。

本版未收錄此頁擷圖。任務中心與積分兌換的頁面,本次未取得擷圖(「我的」只顯示積分數字 45)。 沒有實際畫面可佐證的頁面,我們不畫示意圖充數——取得真機擷圖後再補;功能是否可用請以6.1 功能現況總表為準。

任務設計示例(數字為示例值,實際以頁面為準)

表 3-18 常見任務與獎勵
任務獎勵頻率
每日登入簽到+40每日
瀏覽 3 位鏈友首頁+15每日
互動三連(讚/留言/收藏)+20每日
內容分享+10每日 1 次
發布有效供需+30每週上限 3 次

連續簽到第 1–7 天獎勵遞增(+40 → +100),斷簽重新計算。這是刻意設計的「溫柔綁定」:每天兩分鐘,換長期累積。

脈鏈積分能換什麼:兌換對照

表 3-19 脈鏈積分的三類兌換方向(品項與點數以商城為準)
兌換類型典型品項適合誰
學習類課程名額、線上工作坊、講義包新人期,想先補知識再談合作的人
服務類一對一諮詢時段、資料整理、對接協助成長期,卡在具體問題上的人
場合類活動折抵、小聚優先席、考察團部分折抵成熟期,想提高見面效率的人
三個必須講清楚的事:①脈鏈積分不是貨幣,不可提現、不可轉讓給他人、不可折換現金;②積分規則或兌換品項調整時,平台會提前公告;③脈鏈積分與雷達分是兩套不同的東西——積分看貢獻量,雷達分看可查證的紀錄厚度,兩者不能互相兌換。
脈鏈積分 ≠ 脈礦石,兩者不要混用。名字裡都有「礦」,但是兩套不同的資產:脈鏈積分是貢獻的度量,顯示在個人中心的積分欄(例:45),用於兌換權益;脈礦石是另一套資產,只在商城/挖礦相關的場景出現。兩者不能互相兌換、不能相加,也都不可提現或轉讓。

運營視角:任務能不能自訂

可以,但目前屬運營配置而非會員自助。商會若要做主題活動(例如「本月完成 3 次跨城對接」),可透過運營提出任務需求,由平台設定任務名稱、條件與獎勵。一般會員看到的是已配置好的任務,無法自行新增。

把任務包裝成「21 天習慣」

如果你是講師或社區管理者,可以用下列方式帶學員做:第 1–7 天只做「簽到+瀏覽三人+發一篇供需」;第 8–14 天加「一則私訊+一則評價」;第 15–21 天加「一次引薦+一次活動」。三週之後,多數人會自然養成「每天打開一次」的習慣——這比任何獎勵都有效。

1 分鐘版每天簽到+看三位鏈友首頁,這兩件事花不到一分鐘,卻是脈鏈積分與活躍值的穩定來源。其他任務有空再做。

3.13 合作評價必學信任閉環

目的

讓「合作完成」這個動作留下紀錄,並且讓下一輪合作有依據。

意義

評價是信任迴路的最後一哩:有了它,信任才是閉環(合作 → 評價 → 信任累積 → 更好的合作),否則永遠是單次交易。

功能

提交評價(分數+標籤+文字)、回應評價、更新評價(期限內)、評價標籤聚合(誠信可靠/資源豐富/專業可靠)。

價值

你的每一次認真交付,都會變成下一次談判的籌碼。

本版未收錄此頁擷圖。合作評價(商貿互評)目前尚未上線——七維雷達頁明確標示「F1 上線才有分,目前如實顯示 0」。 沒有實際畫面可佐證的頁面,我們不畫示意圖充數——取得真機擷圖後再補;功能是否可用請以6.1 功能現況總表為準。

怎麼寫一則「有用」的評價

表 3-20 三種寫法造成的差異
寫法例子對對方的價值
空泛(最差)「人很好,合作愉快」等於沒寫,下一個人無法判斷
具體(好)「對接扎實、報價透明,交付前主動說明延遲一週」讓人知道他的強項與誠實度
可驗證(最好)「3 月簽約、4 月交付 2 櫃、誤差 3 天內;後續追加一筆」給下一個人一個可比對的基準
寫具體的行為「對接扎實、報價透明」比「人很好」有用十倍。
寫可驗證的結果交付時間、完成度、後續影響。
留餘地若有小瑕疵,寫「交付時間有一點出入,但整體順暢」——真實的評價比全五星更有說服力。

怎麼優雅地索取評價

多數人不寫評價,不是不願意,是不知道要寫什麼。降低對方的成本,比提高對方的意願有效。三句話就夠:

第一句:這次合作很順利,謝謝您。 第二句:平台會請雙方互評,我已經先寫了。若您方便,麻煩您也留一則。 第三句:可以參考這個寫法——「〔交付內容〕於〔時間〕完成,〔具體表現〕」。不方便也沒關係,我理解。
時機很重要:在交付完成的當天提出,成功率最高;隔一週再提,對方已經回到自己的事,多半會忘。修改期限:評價送出後可在評價詳情頁「更新評價」,可修改的窗口以頁面顯示為準(若已超過窗口,請透過「意見建議」提出,由運營協助處理)。

改了會更好:三個真實案例的改寫練習

如果你是講師,這一段可以直接當課堂練習;如果你是使用者,看看自己有沒有寫過左邊那種:

表 3-21 三則評價的改寫對照(可作課堂練習)
原本的寫法問題改寫後
「很靠譜的夥伴,推薦!」沒有資訊量,「靠譜」無法驗證「報價前先給了成本明細,中途原料漲價仍按原價交付,這點很難得。」
「合作很愉快,沒什麼問題。」讀者無法判斷是什麼類型的合作「協助我們在 6 週內完成廈門公司設立與稅務登記,過程只飛了一次。」
「東西不錯但有點慢。」情緒有、事實無,對方也無從改善「品質符合樣品,交期比約定晚 10 天(原因為報關),事前有主動通知。」
現況提醒:提交與回應功能已可用;人脈詳情頁的「互評展示」需後端評價服務完全接通後才會即時呈現(見第 6 章)。但你不必等——現在寫的評價會存下來,服務接通後一次顯示。若你認為某則評價不實,可提出異議,流程見第 9 章 9.2。
1 分鐘版今天完成合作的話,當天就送出評價,並用三句式請對方回評。這一分鐘,是你未來三個月最容易賺到的信任。
CHAPTER 4

4三個使用劇本

功能背下來沒有用,動作串起來才有用。以下三個劇本,覆蓋了 80% 的真實使用場景,每個劇本都附一張流程圖與逐步說明——圖給你看全局,步驟給你在手機上照做。

劇本一:我剛加入,什麼都沒有冷啟動

先講一個化名的例子,你會發現自己跟他不遠:林先生,42 歲,做五金外銷,剛加入商會。他的第一句話是「我在這裡誰都不認識,發東西也沒人看吧」。三個月後,他在平台上有 11 筆供需、4 則評價、一場自己辦的八人小聚。他做的不是什麼高明的事,就是下面這五步。

① 進場 掃碼/搜尋 ② 填三欄 主業/供需/一句話 ③ 逛廣場 隨機人脈 ×3 ④ 發一篇供需 拿第一波回應 ⑤ 進社區 找到同溫層 全程約 15 分鐘;③④ 是關鍵——沒有供需,別人沒有理由主動找你
圖 4-1 新人冷啟動:五步,15 分鐘
① 進場(2 分鐘)掃商會或活動的二維碼,不要用搜尋。掃碼會把你的引薦關係記錄下來,這是你之後所有「誰介紹你來的」的起點。
② 填三欄(5 分鐘)只填三個:主業(公司+職稱)、可提供/正在尋找、一句話定位。用2.3 的模板①,不要試圖一次填完 14 格。
③ 逛廣場(3 分鐘)抽三次隨機人脈,看他們的資料怎麼寫。這一步的目的不是找人,是學會這個平台的語言。
④ 發一篇供需(3 分鐘)照3.4 的範例寫一篇。這是你唯一能「讓別人主動找你」的動作,沒有它,你只是名冊上的一個名字。
⑤ 進社區(2 分鐘)只選一個最貼近你現況的社區。進去之後,在群裡發一句自我介紹——這是你第一次「被看見」。
冷啟動的真正門檻不是資料,是「第一篇供需」。我們看過太多人資料填得很漂亮,卻從來沒發過需求。記住一句話:在平台上,沉默等於不存在。

劇本二:我要找一個特定資源精準對接

這個劇本適用於「我明確知道我要什麼」的人。它的關鍵在第 ④ 步——多數人只做一對一私訊,卻忘了供需是「一對多」的放大器。

① 搜尋 產業/地區 /級別 ② 讀詳情 看「可提供」 與雷達分 ③ 私訊 附上下文的 第一句話 ④ 發供需 把需求公開 讓更多人接 ⑤ 合作後評價 留下案例指紋 → 信任牆 +1 ④ 是很多人的盲點:一對一私訊只能觸及一個人,供需公開卻能觸及整個平台
圖 4-2 精準對接:五步,其中「公開」比「私訊」更重要
① 用三個維度收斂產業 → 地區 → 級別。不要一開始就搜姓名,你還不知道對方叫什麼。
② 用 30 秒清單判斷看「可提供/正在尋找」是否互補、雷達分是否有案例、動態是否還活著(清單見 3.3)。
③ 發一則有上下文的三句式私訊照3.3 的模板④。第一句給來源,第二句給具體請求,第三句給對等價值。
④ 同時發一篇供需把你剛才私訊講的需求,改寫成公開版本。一對一找的是「一個人」,公開找的是「一群人幫你找」。
⑤ 完成後立刻評價當天送出評價,並用三句式請對方回評。沒有評價的合作,等於沒發生過。
一個常被忽略的順序:先發供需,再私訊。因為供需審核需要時間,先送出讓它排隊,你再去談;等你談完回來,公開的需求也開始有人回應了。兩條腿走路,比一條腿快一倍。

劇本三:我要辦一場活動主辦方

① 選級別 小聚 匯聚 ② 發布 費用/名額 封面/資料 ③ 送審 平台審核 退回可修改 ④ 報名 名單即時 繳費/免費 ⑤ 核銷 現場掃碼 防重複 ⑥ 沉澱 資料/相冊 +名單跟進 ⑥ 是最常被忽略的一步:活動真正的價值不在現場,而在「會後 48 小時的跟進」 會後 48 小時的具體清單見附錄 C
圖 4-3 辦活動:六步,第六步決定這場活動有沒有價值
① 選級別依表 3-16 的決策表選,不要憑「想辦大一點」的心態選匯聚。第一次辦,選小聚。
② 填活動資料時間、地點、人數上限、費用、是否可退款、封面圖。封面圖會決定點擊率,用活動現場照比用設計稿有效。
③ 送出審核審核會確認內容合規與資訊完整。被退回會附原因,照著改即可,不影響信用。
④ 開放報名並盯名單報名名單即時更新。開場前三天若報名人數不足一半,主動私訊邀請,不要等到當天。
⑤ 現場核銷出示/掃描核銷碼,一碼一次。地下室訊號差時,用事先截圖的碼或人工核對名單(見 3.10)。
⑥ 會後 48 小時上傳照片、發一篇活動總結、逐一私訊三位最想深談的人、請參與者評價。這一步才是活動的回報。
主辦方最常犯的錯:把「辦完」當成結束。事實上,活動的價值有七成發生在會後 48 小時——你有沒有把現場認識的人變成平台上的關係(私訊、供需、評價)。沒有這一步,你只是辦了一場熱鬧。

三個劇本之後:成交路徑貫通圖

把三個劇本疊在一起,會看到同一條主幹。這張圖是全書的「一句話總結」——不管你從哪個入口進來,最後都會走到同一條路:

1 被看見 資料完整 供需公開 2 被找到 五維篩選 引薦帶入 3 被相信 雷達分+評價 案例指紋 4 被選擇 私訊/活動 供需對接 5 被推薦 評價回流 回到第 1 步 每一次成交回頭強化你的「被看見」——這是飛輪,不是直線 3.6 我的3.4 供需 3.2 會員3.8 脈鏈 3.3 詳情3.13 評價 3.3 私訊3.10 活動 5.3 信任牆3.8 指數
圖 4-4 成交路徑:五個節點,一條回流線(底部為對應章節)

這張圖有三個用法:

  • 診斷卡在哪——如果你總是「被看見」但沒人聯繫,問題在「被相信」(去補案例與評價);如果常常談到最後沒成,問題可能在「被選擇」(需求描述不夠具體)。
  • 安排每天的時間——每天花三分鐘在第 1、2 步(曝光與被找到),七分鐘在第 3 步(補案例),剩下的才去談。
  • 說服別人加入——這五步就是平台的全部價值,講給別人聽時,講這五步比講功能清單有效。
下一步 選一個劇本,今天就照做一次。三個劇本裡,劇本一的第一步最簡單也最常被跳過:找一個已經在用的朋友,請他給你他的二維碼,掃進去。
CHAPTER 5

5三大機制說明

三個機制支撐整個平台的可信度:脈鏈指數(你在鏈上的位置)、脈鏈積分(你的貢獻度)、信任牆(你的證據庫)。理解這三個,你就理解平台的規則——也才知道怎麼「正確地努力」。

5.1 脈鏈指數:把關係變成可以看的數字

指數由六個維度組成(信任值、靠譜值、活躍值、引薦數、推薦數、分享數),本質是三種行為的加權:被信任(評價與背書)、有貢獻(引薦與分享)、在場(登入與互動)。細部口徑與「本週三件事」見 3.8,這裡只講設計原則。

設計原則:指數獎勵「對別人有用的行為」,而不是「佔用別人時間的行為」。所以發廣告、群發私訊不會加分,把人介紹給對的人才會。這條原則也解釋了為什麼「每天簽到」只給一點點分——它證明你在,但不證明你有用。
關於自動化評分,你該知道的三件事:①指數是由系統自動計算的分數,不是人工評定;②它只使用你在平台內產生的行為資料(評價、履約、互動),不使用平台外的資料;③你若認為分數有誤,可提出異議,處理流程見第 9 章 9.2。

5.2 脈鏈積分:貢獻的度量,不是折扣券

脈鏈積分透過任務與貢獻獲得(簽到、互動、分享、發布供需),可用於兌換課程、諮詢、活動名額等權益。它的意義有三層:

表 5-1 脈鏈積分的三層意義
層次說明
行為層給新人一個「每天都知道要做什麼」的起點,降低冷啟動門檻。
經濟層形成平台內部的小型經濟體:貢獻 → 點數 → 權益 → 更多貢獻。
治理層長期累積的脈鏈積分是「你是自己人」的憑證,未來可用於社區治理與優先權。
性質聲明(重要):脈鏈積分是平台內的貢獻點數,不是貨幣、不是預付儲值、不具法定貨幣價值;不可提現、不可轉讓給他人、不可折換現金;平台調整任務規則或兌換品項時會提前公告。請勿以任何方式交易積分,此類行為不受保護。

另外分清一件事:脈鏈積分與脈礦石是兩套不同的資產(脈礦石只在商城/挖礦相關場景出現),不能互相兌換、也不能相加,見3.12。兩者也都不是雷達分——雷達分是七維雷達的評分,不是可以拿去換東西的點數。

5.3 信任牆:你的證據庫

信任牆由一筆一筆的「合作案例」組成,每筆有對象、日期與案例指紋(如 CASE-2026-0918-77A3)。它的作用不是炫耀,而是降低對方的決策成本:當對方看到三筆可追溯的合作紀錄,他問你的問題會從「你能做嗎」變成「什麼時候開始」。

誰看得到什麼

表 5-2 信任牆與評價的可見範圍
內容誰看得到備註
案例摘要(對象、日期、標籤、指紋)平台內已登入的會員用於讓他人判斷你的合作史;不含合約金額與細節
評價分數與標籤平台內已登入的會員聚合呈現,非逐條公開個資
評價全文依評價頁顯示的可見設定若對方選擇匿名或僅雙方可見,第三人看不到
合作細節、金額、合約僅合作雙方平台不公開、也不提供給商會

信任牆的三種用法

  • 談判前:把信任牆連結(或截圖)發給對方,代替「我很專業」的自我介紹。
  • 報價時:用案例說明「同樣的事我做過三次」,比降價更有說服力。
  • 被質疑時:拿出案例指紋,讓對方可以自己查——這比任何解釋都有效。
信任飛輪 越轉越快 ① 精準對接 供需/廣場/引薦 ② 完成合作 履約、交付、共創 ③ 留下紀錄 評價/案例指紋 ④ 信任累積 指數/信任牆 ⑤ 更好機會 被引薦、被指名 ⑥ 回饋平台 引薦別人、分享
圖 5-1 信任飛輪:每一次合作都是下一次機會的燃料

5.4 四種常見失敗模式反面教材

知道怎麼成功,不如先知道怎麼失敗。以下四種模式是我們在資料裡最常看到的,附上「症狀 → 後果 → 解法」:

表 5-3 四種常見失敗模式與解法
模式症狀後果解法
收集狂 加了 200 個人,卻沒有一次深談 人脈變成清單,沒有一條能變現;對方也記不住你 每月只挑 3 位深談,其餘保持弱連結。品質勝過數量,這在平台上尤其成立
廣播站 只發廣告、只轉貼自己的產品,從不回應別人 互動為零、被檢舉風險高;供需審核容易被退 「三比一原則」:每發一則推廣,先回覆三則別人的內容
潛水員 每天登入看,但從不發供需、不發言 活躍值有、引薦數為零;別人根本不知道你能做什麼 先發一篇供需(成本最低的曝光),再談其他
等客上門 資料填完就等,覺得「有需求自然會有人找我」 三個月後認為平台沒用,其實是沒有主動動作 每週固定做三件事:主動私訊 3 人、回覆 3 則動態、更新 1 次供需
觀察:四種模式有一個共同點——都把平台當成「展示櫥窗」,而不是「關係的收納盒」。這個平台真正的用法是:把你已經發生的關係放進來,讓它可被查、可被引用、可被延續。先有關係,才有平台;不是先有平台,就有關係。
下一步 對照上表,選一個你最像的模式,然後只改一件事:潛水員每週發一篇供需;收集狂每月深談三人;廣播站先回覆三則再發文;等客上門的人,今天就私訊一位。
CHAPTER 6

6功能現況與後續

這一章是給認真使用的人看的:我們把「已經可用」「部分可用」「排程中」分清楚。手冊只承諾做得到的事,這是平台信用的第一課——也是你安排工作流程的依據。

先講一句正向的話:下面的表看起來有很多「部分可用」,但請注意——你每天真正會用到的動線(找人、發需求、報名活動、留評價)主流程都是通的。標成「部分」的多是加值功能(如圖片私訊、AI 推薦理由)。也就是說:你可以今天就把事辦成,只是某些體驗還沒到最順。

三種狀態的定義,請以此為準(全書一致):

已上線

手冊描述的行為與線上一致,可放心依賴。

部分可用

主流程可走通,但某個環節受限。表中會標明受限類型:展示受限(看得到但資料不完整)/通道受限(只能用某種方式)/資料待接(等後端服務)。

排程中

尚未上線。不承諾日期,只給順位(見 6.3)。

6.1 功能現況總表(含「現在你可以怎麼做」)

最後一欄是這一版最重要的新增:每一項「部分可用/排程中」都告訴你現階段的替代做法。只說「還不行」等於勸退,我們不這樣寫。

表 6-1 十三模組與周邊功能的現況
功能狀態說明(含受限類型)現在你可以怎麼做
五大入口與主架構已上線 首頁、會員、商城、供需、我的,含浮動捷徑與工具箱 正常使用
會員名冊與搜尋已上線 搜尋、附近、籍貫、級別、產業;單位/企業/團體視角 正常使用;建議用「產業→地區→級別」收斂
人脈詳情(基本/供需/動態)已上線 基本資料、可提供/正在尋找、市場、動態 正常使用
供需發布與審核已上線 四狀態、標籤、瀏覽、分享、審核佇列 正常使用;審核需時間,建議提早一天發
商城與訂單已上線 商品、購物車、下單、支付、訂單、退款、地址 付款前確認收款主體(見 3.5)
脈鏈指數/脈鏈圖已上線 七維評分、引薦樹、人脈體系、顧問指派 指數非即時運算,不必反覆刷新
活動全流程已上線 發布、審核、報名、繳費、核銷、資料、名單 活動前先截圖核銷碼,防現場訊號差
社區(機構)已上線 列表、詳情、申請、共享脈鏈、群聊 正常使用
任務中心與脈鏈積分已上線 每日/每週/成就任務、連續簽到、兌換 任務品項由運營配置,會員無法自訂
合作評價(提交/回應)已上線 評分、標籤、文字、回應、期限內更新 當天送出最有效;全文可見範圍依頁面設定
數據看板(活動與會員結構)部分可用 資料待接:活動與性別/年齡/行業/地區已呈現;內容、供需、信任三類數據待開放 先用「活動+會員結構」做決策;要內容或供需數據,改用供需列表的瀏覽數人工統計,或向運營申請協助
私訊部分可用 通道受限:目前支援文字;圖片、語音、名片待開放;未讀紅點待補 重要資料用「一句話+連結」傳(例:把資料放供需或雲端連結),不要等圖片功能;未讀請以對話列表最後時間判斷
詳情頁互評展示部分可用 展示受限:面板已就緒,評價資料服務接通後即時呈現 到合作評價頁看逐條評價;或直接請對方出示信任牆截圖
AI 匹配卡與 AI 助手部分可用 資料待接:入口與對話介面已具備;匹配資料源與推薦理由在建置 手動用五維篩選找(3.2);AI 助手當「顧問」問方法,不當搜尋引擎查名單
追蹤/加好友排程中 關係圖基礎資料先行,功能隨後上線 用「共同社區+活動認識」代替追蹤;把人記在信任牆的合作紀錄裡
商業行程排程中 行程分頁預計隨服務上線 先在私訊裡問「下個月會不會到廈門」;行程上線後會自動帶入
內容 Feed/活動互動排程中 讚、評、轉、藏與活動後沉澱 用動態區瀏覽+私訊回饋代替;活動後用相冊與評價沉澱
語言切換(繁/簡/英)已實作
待上架
程式已交付、隨 v1.0.13 上線:三語語言包(各 89 鍵)、語言選擇頁、系統設定入口均已完成;目前 v1.0.12 的使用者還看不到 更新前一律以繁體中文使用;需要英文溝通時,重要內容自備中英對照(見10.1)
系統頁面切換(小程序 ↔ H5)已實作
待上架
程式已交付、隨 v1.0.13 上線:雙端切換頁已完成;但 H5 目前仍是本機原型,沒有對外網址,上架後也只能複製到一個打不開的位址(見10.8) 要把資料給不用微信的客戶:先截圖或整理成 PDF,H5 有正式網域後再用連結(見10.2)

6.2 按角色看:你要的功能到位了嗎

同一張表,不同角色關心的段落不同。這張小表幫你快速定位「我的主場有沒有缺口」:

表 6-2 四種角色的功能到位度
角色主場功能到位度唯一缺口
一般會員會員、人脈詳情、供需、我的、評價足夠私訊不能傳圖(用連結替代即可)
商會窗口會員管理、活動、社區、看板大致足夠看板缺內容與供需數據;會員批量導入入口依後台
活動主辦方活動全流程、工具箱足夠活動後互動(讚/評)尚未上線
重度使用者指數、AI 匹配、追蹤部分AI 推薦理由與追蹤功能在建置,需手動補位

6.3 已知問題(Known Issues)

以下問題我們已經知道,列出來不是為了免責,是為了讓你少繞路:

表 6-3 目前已確認的五個問題
問題影響因應
私訊無未讀紅點容易漏訊息每天固定看一次對話列表;重要對象改用供需留言
評價全文可見範圍不一致有時看不到對方寫的全文以評價頁顯示為準;需要全文時請對方截圖
指數更新有延遲剛完成的行為未即時反映不必刷新;以頁面顯示的更新時間為準
看板數據不含內容與供需無法從看板判斷內容成效用供需瀏覽數與動態互動人工統計
部分舊機型圖片載入較慢首頁與列表載入時間長在 Wi-Fi 下先載入一次;避免在活動現場第一次打開

6.4 我們怎麼決定做什麼(以及為什麼不給日期)

很多使用者會問「這個功能什麼時候上」。我們的回答是:給順位,不給日期。原因很實在——給了一個日期卻延期,比不給日期更傷信任。與其承諾,不如讓你看見我們的排序邏輯:

表 6-4 接下來優先補的五件事與排序依據
順位要做的事為什麼是這個順位完成後你會感覺到
1評價服務接通一次點亮「互評、商譽、信任看板」三處,投報率最高詳情頁直接看到別人怎麼說他
2追蹤與加好友關係圖已有基礎,發現頁的排序才有依據你想跟的人不會再從列表消失
3私訊升級(圖片/語音/名片)讓對話在離開平台前,先把資訊留完整不必再跳回微信傳檔案
4AI 匹配與推薦理由從「同機構/同城/同行業」擴展到「共鏈互評/共同活動」推薦的三個人真的值得看
5內容與信任數據看板讓運營能回答「內容有沒有用、信任有沒有長」月報不再只有活動數字

排序的四個判斷標準(你可以用這四個標準檢驗我們):①影響多少人(覆蓋面);②卡住多少關鍵動線(阻塞性);③是否需要外部依賴(能否自己控制);④做了之後能不能被看見(感知度)。

哪些我們未來也不打算做(說清楚,省你期待):①不做公開的個人排行榜——把人排名會誘導刷分,也傷害合作氛圍;②不做自動加好友/群發工具——那是廣告邏輯,不是信任邏輯;③不做站內現金借貸或擔保交易——涉及金融資質,超出平台定位;④不做跨平台的資料抓取——我們只用你在平台內產生的資料。

6.5 手冊承諾清單:這本書說了什麼,怎麼驗證

為了避免「手冊寫得很好、用起來不是這樣」,我們把主要承諾列出來,並標明你可以怎麼自己驗證。若驗證後不符,請透過「意見建議」告訴我們——這是我們修手冊的依據。

表 6-5 六項主要承諾與驗證方式
手冊的承諾在哪一節你怎麼驗證
五個維度可以找到特定的人3.2任選一個「產業+城市」組合,看是否能在 30 秒內得到少於 20 人的結果
供需公開發布,全體會員可見3.4發一篇,請一位非同社區的朋友搜尋標題關鍵字
合作後可留下可追溯的紀錄3.13/5.3完成一次互評,看信任牆是否出現案例指紋
活動從報名到核銷是一條龍3.10報名一場活動,看「我的活動」是否出現核銷碼
「部分可用」的功能有替代做法6.1照最後一欄做一次,看事情能不能辦成
脈鏈積分不可提現、不可轉讓5.2在兌換頁與明細頁確認:沒有「提現」或「轉贈」入口

6.6 額度與限制

為了避免洗版與濫用,平台對部分行為設有上限。以下是原則性說明,具體數值以頁面提示為準(我們不在此寫死數字,避免規則調整後手冊說謊):

  • 供需發布:有每日/每週上限,且有審核。超過上限時頁面會提示,請隔日再發。
  • 私訊:對非 L1 對象的首次私訊有頻率限制(防騷擾)。被限制時,改用供需公開或請共同朋友引薦。
  • 評價:同一筆合作僅能評價一次,可在期限內更新;不可對同一人重複刷評價。
  • 任務:同類型任務有次數上限(例如「發布有效供需」每週計數上限),超過不再給獎勵。
  • 邀請:短時間大量邀請會被判定異常,可能暫停邀請功能;請以真實關係邀請。

6.7 回報之後會怎樣

透過「我的 → 意見建議」提交的每一則,都會進入運營的處理佇列。流程是:收到 → 分類(功能缺失/使用問題/內容檢舉/糾紛)→ 回覆或轉交 → 必要時排入版本。內容檢舉與糾紛類會優先處理。若你希望收到回覆,請留下可聯繫的方式;不願留也可以,只是我們無法回覆你。

為什麼要寫這一章?因為使用者最怕的不是功能少,而是「以為有、結果沒有」。把現況講清楚,你才能安排自己的工作流程:需要用私訊談的,就先不要等聊天升級;需要引薦的,就先用人脈詳情+供需。
下一步 如果你只想知道「會不會卡住」,看表 6-2那一欄就好:四種角色的主場都標了「足夠/部分」。剩下的細節,等你真的遇到再回來查。
CHAPTER 7

7常見問題:按情境找答案

這一章不按功能分類,按「你現在遇到問題的那一刻」分類。先看你卡在哪,再往下找。

先看這三個(佔了九成的疑問)

①「這裡跟微信群有什麼不同?」微信群沒有記憶:找不到人、無法驗證、紀錄會被洗掉。這裡把「找到、驗證、紀錄」三件事存下來。完整對比見表 1-4。
②「我要花多少時間?」上手 15 分鐘,之後每天 2–5 分鐘(簽到+看三位鏈友+回一則訊息),每週一次 20 分鐘(發一篇供需、更新一次資料)。
③「不花錢能用嗎?」能。找人、發供需、參加免費活動、留評價都不收費。收費的是部分服務與活動名額,頁面會標示。

情境一:我剛註冊,不知道從哪開始

Q:一定要實名嗎?
要。平台的核心是信任,沒有實名就沒有可計算的雷達分。實名資料僅用於身分核驗與合規,不會對外顯示、也不會提供給你所屬的商會(詳見第 9 章)。

Q:我可以有兩個身分(個人+公司)嗎?
可以。個人身分用於社交與合作,企業/單位身分用於展示公司與產品;兩者都掛在同一個帳號下。

Q:資料填錯了怎麼辦?
「我的 → 編輯資料」可隨時修改;工作經歷、教育背景、技能、產品服務分開維護,改一處不影響其他。姓名與手機號修改需重新核驗。

Q:14 格一定要填完嗎?
不必。四個關鍵格(資料、產品、證書、圖文)填完就夠用,其餘是加分。詳見表 3-9。

Q:我不知道自己屬於哪個級別。
打開「我的 → 會員資料」看級別欄;要升級走「會員 → 申請入會/會費」。級別由所屬商會依章程核定,平台只如實呈現(見1.6)。

情境二:我找不到我要的人

Q:為什麼我搜不到某個人?
可能原因:對方未完成實名、資料未通過審核,或他的隱私設定限制了曝光。

Q:怎麼讓自己更容易被找到?
三個動作:把「可提供/正在尋找」寫具體、掛上產業標籤、維持活躍(每週至少一次互動或發文)。

Q:雷達分低是不是沒機會?
不是。雷達分是「紀錄的厚度」,新人有先天劣勢,但可以靠第一筆合作+第一則評價快速補上。反而「分數很高但沒有具體案例」更可疑。

Q:搜出來一大堆人,怎麼篩?
產業 → 地區 → 級別,依序收斂。三個都選完還超過 20 人,表示條件太寬,回去把產業換成更細的分類。

情境三:我發了東西,但沒人理

Q:發供需要收費嗎?
發布免費;部分曝光位或推廣服務可能收費,以下單頁顯示為準。

Q:為什麼我的供需還沒顯示?
新發布需經審核(防廣告與詐騙),通常於工作日內完成;退件會附原因。

Q:發了三天沒人回應,是不是平台沒用?
先檢查三件事:標題有沒有寫「結果+規模+時間」、描述有沒有寫邊界、有沒有掛 2–3 個標籤。三項都對還無人回應,換一個角度重發(改對象、改規模),並主動私訊三位符合條件的人。

Q:可以一直重發同一篇嗎?
不建議。重複內容會被審核退件,也會讓看過的人覺得你在洗版。改成「更新內容後重發」,並保留舊篇直到結案。

情境四:活動與社區

Q:報名後可以取消嗎?
依主辦方設定(發布時可勾選是否可退款)。取消請於活動開始前操作,避免佔用名額。

Q:現場怎麼簽到?
出示「我的活動」中的核銷碼,由主辦方掃碼核銷,一碼一次、不可重複。訊號差時可出示事先截圖的碼。

Q:加入社區有什麼義務?
遵守社區規則、不濫發廣告、引薦前先徵得雙方同意。違規可能被移出社區。

Q:社區的規則誰定的?
該社區所屬機構。加入前請讀社區介紹;規則不同屬正常現象。

情境五:錢與積分

Q:商城買的東西可以退嗎?
依商品設定。若標示可退款,從「我的訂單 → 訂單詳情 → 申請退款」辦理,依類型補填資料。

Q:可以開發票嗎?誰開?
可以,由實際開票方開立(平台商品由平台開、商家商品由商家開)。在訂單詳情提出,流程與時程以頁面顯示為準。

Q:脈鏈積分可以換錢嗎?
不可以。脈鏈積分是貢獻點數,不可提現、不可轉讓、不可折換現金,只能兌換平台內的權益。它與脈礦石是兩套不同資產,也不能互換;兩者都不是雷達分。請勿以任何方式交易積分或礦石。

Q:活動費用付給誰?
付款頁會顯示收款主體:平台代收則為營運主體,商家直收則為該商家。付款前請看這一行,這也是你日後申請退款時的依據。

情境六:隱私與安全

Q:我的聯絡方式會被看到嗎?
不會直接公開。對方需透過平台私訊聯繫;你主動提供才會曝光。

Q:遇到騷擾或詐騙怎麼辦?
在對話或內容頁檢舉,並透過「意見建議」回報。平台會依紀錄處理,嚴重者停權。

Q:我的「附近」位置會不會被追蹤?
「附近會員」需你授權位置才能使用;未授權時不會取得你的位置。授權範圍與關閉方式見第 9 章 9.1。

Q:我要怎麼註銷帳號?
透過「意見建議」提出註銷申請,或聯繫所屬商會窗口。註銷後資料處理方式見第 9 章 9.6。

情境七:合作出了問題

Q:合作出了糾紛,平台會介入嗎?
平台提供三件事:紀錄(供需單、評價、案例指紋可作為佐證)、溝通渠道(協助雙方對上話)、規則處理(若涉及違規,依平台規則處置)。平台不代為判斷誰對誰錯,也不代替法律途徑;涉及金額與合約的爭議,建議走正式法律程序。平台能保證的是:你留下的紀錄是真的、可以拿出來用。

Q:我覺得某則評價不實,可以改嗎?
可以提出異議。流程與處理時限見第 9 章 9.2。

Q:被移出社區,我的資料會不見嗎?
不會。你在平台的帳號、信任牆、評價都保留;失去的是該社區的成員資格與其專屬權益。

下一步 找不到答案?用「我的 → 意見建議」直接問,這條通道真的會有人看(處理流程見 6.7)。若你是商會窗口,先問你所屬社區的管理員會更快。
CHAPTER 8

8名詞表

平台有自己的語言。這一頁的目的不是定義,是讓你在看到某個詞時,能立刻跳回它被解釋的地方。

先講清楚兩個最容易混用的詞:
會員——一種身分。你與商會之間的關係(級別、會費、權益),由商會核定。出現在「會員級別」、「申請入會」、「會員權益」這類語境。
鏈友——一種稱呼。平台使用者彼此的叫法,取「同一條鏈上的人」之意,不分級別。出現在「鏈友風采」、「鏈友動態」、「各位鏈友」這類語境。
一句話記法:會員是「你是誰的會員」,鏈友是「我們怎麼互相稱呼」。
表 8-1 名詞、意思與回到正文
名詞意思在哪一節
會員你在商會中的身分層級(會員/顧問/大區總會等),由所屬商會依章程核定。1.6
鏈友平台會員的互稱,不分級別。取「同一條鏈上的人」之意。本章
脈鏈由引薦關係構成的人脈鏈條,可追溯來源、不可覆蓋。3.8
脈鏈圖引薦關係的樹狀視覺化,可縮放、拖曳、點擊查看。3.8
脈鏈指數多維評分(信任/靠譜/活躍/引薦/推薦/分享),0–100,代表你在鏈上的相對位置。3.8/5.1
雷達分人脈七維雷達的綜合評分(0–5 分),名冊與詳情頁上的單一數字(例:4.6)。七維=商譽互評/檔案完整/活躍在線/內容創作/活動主辦/活動參與/連結貢獻;商譽互評(F1)上線前不計入平均。3.2
信任分與雷達分不同的獨立指標,衡量「信任」層面的累積(例如鏈友的信任點讚)。計算方式與雷達分不同,兩者不可互相換算,也不是同一件事。3.2/5.3
關係層級L1(直接引薦)、L2(隔一層)、L3(隔兩層)。3.8
引薦把 A 介紹給 B 的動作,且被系統記錄在鏈上。全書統一寫「引薦」;介面若顯示簡體「引荐」,引用時可保留原字並標註。5.1
脈鏈積分平台內的行為點數(個人中心積分欄的數字),透過任務與貢獻獲得,可兌換權益;不可提現、不可轉讓。與「脈礦石」是兩套不同資產,不能互換。3.12/5.2
脈礦石另一套資產,只在商城/挖礦相關的場景出現;與脈鏈積分分屬不同帳本,不可互換、不可相加,同樣不可提現或轉讓。3.12
信任牆個人頁上的合作案例牆,每一筆附案例指紋。5.3
案例指紋每筆合作的唯一編號(如 CASE-2026-0918-77A3),用於引用與追溯。5.3
供需你「可提供」與「正在尋找」的需求單,是平台對接的核心單位。3.4
機會廣場隨機人脈+合作機會 feed 的發現頁。3.7
社區依行業/區域/主題聚合的會員群體(系統中亦稱「機構」)。3.11
顧問指派平台為會員安排顧問,協助梳理人脈與對接。3.8
核銷活動現場以掃碼確認報名者到場的動作,一碼一次。3.10
案例指紋/評價標籤評價時可選的三類標籤:誠信可靠、資源豐富、專業可靠。3.13

五題自測(講師可當課前預習)

  1. 「會員」與「鏈友」的差別是什麼?
  2. L1、L2、L3 分別代表幾層關係?哪一層適合直接請他引薦?
  3. 脈鏈積分可以換成現金嗎?為什麼?
  4. 「雷達分」與「脈鏈指數」是不是同一個東西?
  5. 活動現場核銷碼可以重複使用嗎?
答案(先自己回答再看):①會員是身分(與商會的關係),鏈友是互稱(平台上的稱呼);②L1 一層、L2 兩層、L3 三層,L1 最適合直接請他引薦;③不可以,積分是貢獻點數不是貨幣;④不是,指數是跨維度的綜合位置,雷達分是七維雷達的綜合評分,兩者算法不同,而「信任分」又是另一套獨立指標;⑤不可以,一碼一次。
CHAPTER 9

9合規與責任邊界

這一章存在的理由很簡單:一個以「信任」為賣點的平台,如果講不清楚自己怎麼處理你的資料、怎麼評分、出了事誰負責,那信任就是空話。

效力位階(請先讀這一句):本章是說明性摘要,用白話解釋平台的做法與邊界。正式權利義務以你註冊時同意的《用戶協議》《隱私政策》及相關規則為準;若本章與正式文件不一致,以正式文件為準。本章會隨法規與產品調整更新。

9.1 你的個人資料:收集什麼、為什麼、給誰看

表 9-1 資料收集與使用一覽
資料類型用來做什麼誰看得到保存與刪除
手機號 帳號註冊、登入、身分核驗、重要通知 僅平台系統;其他會員看不到 帳號存續期間;註銷後依 9.6 處理
真實姓名與證件資訊(實名) 身分核驗、法規遵循、防止假冒 僅核驗用途;不對外顯示、不提供給商會 核驗完成後依規定保存;不作為行銷使用
職業資料(公司、職稱、城市、經歷、產品) 建立可搜尋的名冊、匹配與引薦 平台內已登入會員(依你的公開設定) 你可隨時修改或隱藏;刪除後不再顯示
位置資訊(「附近會員」) 找出同城的人 不顯示你的精確位置,僅呈現「同城/附近」 需你授權;可隨時在系統設定關閉
行為資料(瀏覽、互動、評價、履約) 計算脈鏈指數、排序、防詐 聚合後呈現;個別行為不公開 依 9.2 的評分說明處理
私訊內容 提供通訊功能、處理檢舉與糾紛 僅對話雙方;平台不主動閱讀,僅在檢舉或依法調取時處理 保存期限依《隱私政策》;你可自行刪除對話

你的四項權利(隨時可行使)

  • 查閱與更正:在「我的 → 編輯資料」自行查看與修改;無法自行修改的(如實名資訊),可提出申請。
  • 撤回授權:位置、通知等授權可在系統設定關閉;關閉後相關功能(如附近會員)將無法使用。
  • 刪除:可刪除單筆內容(動態、供需、圖片);帳號層級的刪除見 9.6。
  • 拒絕行銷:不願接收推廣通知,可在「設定 → 通知」關閉;關閉後仍會收到帳號與交易的必要通知。
關於「展示他人資料」:名冊中會顯示其他會員的公司、職稱、城市——這些是會員自己授權公開的欄位,且可隨時改為隱藏。平台不會展示未經授權的聯絡方式或身分證件。若你發現自己的資料被不當展示,請透過「意見建議」提出,我們會核實後處理。

9.2 自動化評分與評價:它是怎麼來的、你怎麼申訴

脈鏈指數與雷達分是由系統自動計算的,不是人工評定。我們把原則講清楚:

  • 只用平台內資料:評價、履約、互動、引薦紀錄。不使用你在平台外的行為,也不購買第三方資料。
  • 不做人身評價:分數只反映「在平台上的行為紀錄」,不代表你的品格、能力或信用評等,也不用於金融借貸審批。
  • 會上升也會下降:長期不互動、被檢舉成立、爭議未處理,都會拉低分數。這是設計,不是懲罰。
  • 權重不公開:理由見 3.8(防刷分、避免把人的行為機械化)。

如果你認為分數或評價有誤

第一步:先自行核對在「我的脈鏈」看七維構成,在「合作評價」看逐條紀錄。多數疑問來自「某筆合作未被記錄」或「評價被判定為異常」。
第二步:提出異議透過「我的 → 意見建議」提交,註明是哪一筆合作/哪一則評價、你的理由與可佐證的資料(合約、對話截圖、交付紀錄)。
第三步:等待處理我們承諾5 個工作日內給你一個回覆(不一定是結論)。若需要對方說明,會告知預計時程。
第四步:結果與記錄成立者更正分數或移除不實評價;不成立者會說明理由。處理過程不公開,雙方當事人可得知結果。
評價的三條紅線:①不得以評價作為脅迫工具(「不給我折扣就給負評」);②不得代人評價或收費刪評;③不得在評價中揭露他人隱私(電話、身分證、住址)。違者評價移除,累犯停權。

9.3 交易與資金:錢付給誰、怎麼退、能不能開票

表 9-2 三種交易場景的資金與憑證
場景收款主體憑證退款
商城購物 付款頁顯示的收款方(平台自營商品為營運主體;商家商品為該商家) 由開票方開立;於訂單詳情提出 依商品頁標示的退款規則,於訂單詳情申請
活動報名 活動頁/付款頁顯示的收款方(主辦方或平台代收) 依主辦方設定;需要時向主辦方索取 依主辦方發布時勾選的「是否可退款」處理
會員會費 所屬商會(依商會指定方式) 商會開立 依商會章程,平台不代為決定
三句必須記住的話:①付款前看一眼收款主體——那是你日後主張權利的對象;②平台不代為擔保個別交易的履約(見 9.5),但會保留紀錄協助你主張;③積分不是錢——不可提現、不可轉讓、不可折現,任何聲稱可兌換現金的說法都不實。

9.4 內容與行為規範:我們審什麼、怎麼處置

審核的目的是擋掉廣告與詐騙,不是限制表達。以下是判斷標準,你可以用它自我檢查:

表 9-3 三類內容的審核重點
內容類型會通過會被退回
供需有具體需求或供給、有可聯繫的方式、資訊可驗證純廣告、無具體內容、誇大不實(「保證獲利」)、與商務無關
活動時間地點明確、費用與退款規則清楚、主辦方身分可查資訊不全、收費不明、疑似招商斂財、與登記內容不符
動態與評價基於真實經驗、針對事情而非人身人身攻擊、揭露他人隱私、洗版、業配未揭露

禁止行為(一旦成立即處理)

  • 假冒他人或代他人註冊、代刷邀請與評價。
  • 以平台名義收取費用、招攬投資、發展下線。
  • 騷擾、威脅、歧視性言論,或散布他人隱私。
  • 發布與商務無關的內容(政治動員、賭博、色情、醫療誇大療效)。

處置階梯(依情節,不是每次都從第一步開始):內容下架或退回 → 警告並要求改正 → 功能限制(暫停發布/私訊)→ 帳號停權 → 移交主管機關。涉及詐騙或人身安全者,直接停權並依法處理。

使用資格:誰可以使用、誰不能

平台服務商務對接,不以「流量」為目標,因此對使用資格有基本要求。以下四類情況無法註冊或會被限制使用:

  • 未滿法定成年年齡者:須由法定代理人同意,且平台不主動向未成年人提供服務。
  • 無法完成實名核驗者:實名是雷達分的前提,核驗不通過無法啟用完整功能(見9.1)。
  • 以推廣、招商、發展下線為主要目的者:這類帳號的供需與動態會被審核退回,累犯停權(見上方禁止行為第 2 項)。
  • 曾被停權且未恢復者:同一實名資訊重新註冊會被識別並拒絕。

另外提醒:平台不是求職媒合、投資顧問、法律或稅務服務的提供者;在平台上取得的是「人與紀錄」,專業判斷仍需你自行完成或另尋專業人士。

9.5 責任邊界:平台做什麼、不做什麼

把邊界講清楚,不是為了推責任,是為了讓你在正確的地方期待我們:

表 9-4 平台的責任邊界
平台會做平台不會做
提供可搜尋、可驗證的名冊與紀錄工具 不代為判斷誰對誰錯、不裁決商業糾紛
審核內容、處理檢舉、保留可追溯的紀錄 不為個別合作案的履約、品質、付款背書或擔保
維護系統安全、依規則保護你的資料 不代替你盡職調查;簽約前該查的,仍要你自己查
在規則變更時提前公告 不承諾特定功能的上市日期;不對第三方連結的內容負責
關於「資訊撮合」:機會廣場與供需的功能是把「有需求的人」與「能供給的人」放在同一個地方,這屬於資訊撮合。你在平台上看到的資訊由會員或主辦方提供,平台會審核明顯違規的內容,但無法保證每一則資訊都真實、完整或適合你。請依 9.4 的標準自行判斷,並在付款前確認收款主體。

9.6 帳號註銷與資料處理

提出申請透過「我的 → 意見建議」提交註銷申請(註明「申請註銷帳號」),或聯繫所屬商會窗口協助轉交。
身分確認我們會核對手機號與實名資訊,避免他人代為註銷。
確認與執行確認後執行註銷。註銷後你將無法登入,該帳號的個人資料與內容依下列原則處理。
資料處理①刪除:個人資料、動態、圖片、私訊;②保留但去識別化:與他人相關的合作紀錄與評價,會保留「這筆合作發生過」的事實(不含你的聯絡方式),因為它同時是對方的信用紀錄;③依法保存:交易與稅務相關紀錄依法律規定期間保存。
註銷前請想清楚兩件事:①信任牆與案例指紋無法轉移到新帳號,那是你累積最久的部分;②若你是社區管理者或活動主辦方,請先完成交接,否則會影響其他成員。若只是想休息,可先「關閉部分公開欄位」而不是註銷。

你退出之後,引薦關係怎麼處理

「引薦關係不可覆蓋」這條規則,最常被問到的情境是:「如果我離開商會、或註銷帳號,當初那條線還在嗎?」分三種情況說明,請對號入座:

表 9-5 退出、停權與註銷後的引薦關係處理
你的情況引薦紀錄你能做與不能做
退出商會/社區,帳號仍在 引薦紀錄保留,不會被刪除或改掛到別人名下 仍可登入、看得到自己的脈鏈圖;失去的是該商會的會員身分與其專屬權益(活動層級、社區權限、會員價)
被停權 引薦紀錄保留但凍結,不計入指數、不再新增 無法登入與互動;爭議處理完畢且恢復權限後,紀錄重新計入
主動註銷帳號 依 9.6 原則處理:與他人相關的合作紀錄去識別化保留(因為那同時是對方的信用紀錄) 不可轉移至新帳號,也不可指定給他人;重新註冊即為全新帳號,引薦鏈從零開始
兩個實務提醒:①「不可覆蓋」的意思是同一條引薦線不會因為第二個人介紹你而被改寫——它保護的是最初把你帶進來的人,也保護你日後的貢獻不會被別人認領;②若你與引薦人之間發生爭議,平台不會代為重新指派引薦關係,只能依紀錄如實呈現(見9.5)。

9.7 合規信息與聯繫

營運主體
融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司
依中華人民共和國相關法律設立
小程序 AppID
wx0cae7985a9587f5c
可於微信「關於」頁核對
資料與隱私事務
透過「我的 → 意見建議」提交
註明「個資事務」,5 個工作日內回覆
內容檢舉
對話/內容頁檢舉鍵,或意見建議
檢舉類優先處理
本章的更新方式:法規或產品有實質變動時,本章會隨手冊更新。若你手上的版本與線上不一致,以線上最新版與正式協議為準。
下一步 如果你只在意一件事:把9.1 的表 9-1看一遍,確認「哪些資料會被誰看到」。這是你作為使用者最該知道的一頁。
CHAPTER 10 · 語言與雙端

10兩個開關:語言與雙端

這一章不講任何一個業務模組,只講兩個「不屬於任何模組、卻影響每一次使用」的開關:看哪一種語言,以及從哪一個容器進去。前者決定你第一眼看不看得懂,後者決定你手上有哪些能力。兩個開關都在同一個地方:我的 → 系統設定。

先講清楚本章的狀態(很重要,別誤會):這兩個開關的程式已經寫進小程序——三語語言包、語言選擇頁、雙端切換頁、系統設定頁的兩個入口都已交付;但要走完送審與版本發布才會出現在你的手機上,預計隨 v1.0.13 更新。所以本章同時扮演兩個角色:對會員,是「更新後怎麼用」;對開發與運營,是已交付的檔案清單與驗收步驟(見10.8)。

請注意時間差:手上這支手機的 v1.0.12 仍然只有四項設定(見6.1 功能現況總表)。我們不把「程式寫好了」寫成「已經能用了」。
圖 10-3 手冊線上版(HTML)頂部的控制列 左=語言(繁/簡/英),右=系統(小程序/H5)。靜態示意;PDF 版無法按,請以 HTML 版操作。

如果你讀的是 HTML 版,這一頁最上方就有這條控制列,現在就可以按:按「简体」整本手冊即時轉成簡體;按「English」切到英文版;按「H5」上方的系統預覽會換成瀏覽器框並列出兩端差異。請記得一件事——可按的是這份手冊;手機上 app 裡的同一組按鈕,要等 v1.0.13 更新後才會出現(見10.8)。

10.1 語言切換:一個按鈕,三種語言繁體/簡體/English

目的:讓「第一次打開的人」不必先學會這套詞彙,才看得懂畫面上在寫什麼。平台的用戶橫跨台灣、大陸與海外華人,還有隻看得懂英文的合作方;同一套功能,對這三種人其實是三個不同的入門難度。

意義:語言不只是翻譯問題,它是信任的前置條件。一個東南亞台商打開介面,如果滿屏是他不確定的簡體術語,他不敢按「發布供需」,因為怕填錯、怕被看懂、怕講錯話。語言按鈕真正解決的,是「不敢開始」這件事——而不是「看不懂」。

① 我的 會員資料 我的供需 我的訂單 消息通知 系統設定 › ② 系統設定 用戶資訊 用戶協議 隱私政策 語言 繁體中文 › 使用版本 小程序 版本資訊 v1.0.12 ③ 選擇語言 繁體中文 ✓ 简体中文 English 路徑:我的 → 系統設定 → 語言 (選定後立即生效,不需重新登入)
圖 10-1 語言切換的三步:從「我的」進入「系統設定」,在「語言」一列選擇,選定即生效

功能:一個三選一的按鈕,切換繁體中文、简体中文、English。三個必須說清楚的行為:

  • 首次進入跟隨手機系統語言。你的手機是繁體就給繁體,是簡體就給簡體,是英文就給英文。多數人不需要手動設定——這個按鈕是給「系統語言與我想看的語言不一致」的人用的(例如:台灣人手機設英文,但想用繁中談生意)。
  • 選定後立即生效,不需重新登入。語言是顯示層的偏好,不動帳號、不動資料、不動引薦關係。切錯再切回來就好,沒有副作用。
  • 偏好會記住。下次從同一支手機進來,維持你上次選的語言,不會每次重設。

切換之後,什麼會變、什麼不會變

這一小段是整節最重要的部分。多數人對「切語言」的誤解就在這裡——以為按下去全世界都變成英文了。實際上:

表 10-1 語言切換的影響範圍
項目會不會變說明
介面文案、按鈕、選單、提示語 會變 系統固定的文字:底部導航、發布表單欄位名、錯誤提示、FAQ 的標題
會員自己填的內容 不會變 姓名、公司、自我介紹、供需描述、活動名稱、評價文字——那是別人寫的字,系統不翻譯。想看英文的人仍然會看到中文的會員介紹
專有名詞(引薦鏈、脈鏈積分、雷達分) 部分 英文版保留品牌原名 WeaveInX,並對核心名詞附英文註解;未定譯名者保留中文,避免出現四種叫法
你已發布的內容 不會變 不會被自動改寫或重新翻譯;要用另一種語言對外溝通,請自己再發一則
帳號、資料、引薦關係、雷達分 不會變 語言純粹是顯示層,換語言不會換身分,也不會影響指數
目前的覆蓋範圍(隨 v1.0.13 上線的版本):語言包共 89 個鍵,涵蓋系統設定、語言頁、雙端頁、底部導航這四塊;其餘業務頁(首頁、供需、商城、活動、機會廣場)仍是中文,需要逐頁接入 $t(),屬下一階段。所以現階段的英文是「入口看得懂、會員內容仍是中文」——我們會在表 6-1與10.8如實標示覆蓋到哪裡,不寫成「全介面已英文化」。
一句話原則:語言按鈕只翻譯「平台說的話」,不翻譯「人說的話」。認清這點,你不會期待它把對岸會員的自我介紹變成英文——那件事要靠你自己或工具,平台不代做。

繁簡不是逐字替換:六組真的會看錯的詞

把繁體直接轉簡體,在商務語境會出事。以下是兩岸用語差異中最容易造成誤解的一組,本書全書已統一,介面亦然:

表 10-2 繁簡用語對照(易誤解者)
繁體(台灣)简体(大陆)為什麼不能只換字
資訊信息不是「資」換「资」而已,整個詞不同
資料数据/资料大陆「数据」偏数字统计、「资料」偏文件,對應關係要看語境
網路网络「網」對「网」,字形差很遠,靠轉換工具易漏
品質质量直譯會變成「质量」被誤讀為重量
預設默认完全不同的詞,逐字轉換會失敗
專案项目台灣「專案」=大陆「项目」,不是「专案」

英文版的三個限制(先講,免得失望)

  • 不是全量翻譯。核心流程(註冊、找人、供需、活動、評價)優先完成;長篇法務文件、FAQ 的細節條目可能仍是中文,並標「English version coming」。
  • 不是母語潤稿等級。英文版服務的是「看得懂、敢操作」,不是對外宣傳文件。要簽約、要對政府提交的文件,仍應以中文版或正式英文合約為準。
  • 客服仍以中文為主。英文介面不代表有 24 小時英語客服;需要英語協助,請在私訊中先說明,或透過9.7 聯繫方式預約。
1 分鐘版:我的 → 系統設定 → 語言,三選一,選完立刻生效、不用重登、不影響資料。它翻譯的是「平台說的話」,不翻譯「人說的話」,所以別期待別人的自我介紹會變英文。首次進入會跟隨手機語言,多數人根本不用動它。

10.2 系統頁面切換:小程序 ↔ H5雙端

目的:讓你依照當下的場合,選一個「能力最合適」的容器進去——在微信裡談生意用手機原生的小程序,把資料發給不用微信的海外客戶用一條網址。同一個平台、同一個帳號,兩個入口。

意義:這件事常被誤解成「做了兩套東西」。不是。這是一套後端、兩個前端容器。真正的意義在於:微信群裡的關係,出不了微信;而生意往往發生在微信之外——Line、WhatsApp、Email、一場實體拜訪後的跟進。H5 就是那條「出得去」的路。沒有它,你在平台上累積的東西只能給微信好友看。

微信小程序 在微信裡 · 免安裝 · 原生能力最全 ✓ 微信支付 ✓ 訂閱消息 ✓ 分享卡片到群 ✓ 掃一掃 ✕ 只能給微信好友 ✕ 發版要審核 H5 網頁版 任何瀏覽器 · 一條網址 · 無所不在 ✓ 連結可發到任何地方 ✓ 免安裝 ✓ 即時更新 △ 微信內可用支付(需配置) ✕ 無訂閱消息 切換按鈕 我的 → 系統設定 → 使用版本 雙向切換 同一個帳號 ・ 同一份資料 ・ 同一個引薦鏈
圖 10-2 一套後端、兩個容器:小程序與 H5 共用同一帳號與資料,差別在「能力」與「可及範圍」

功能:在「我的 → 系統設定 → 使用版本」提供切換鈕,標示目前所在容器,並說明切過去會發生什麼。兩個方向的實際行為不同,要分別講:

表 10-3 兩個切換方向的實際行為
方向按下去會發生什麼你需要知道的事
小程序 → H5 在小程序內以內嵌網頁開啟 H5 版,或(若內嵌受限)顯示網址與「複製連結」按鈕,讓你貼到瀏覽器 內嵌時仍在微信裡,只是換了容器;要「把連結發給非微信的人」,必須按複製、到 Line/WhatsApp/Email 貼上
H5 → 小程序 顯示小程序碼與「在微信中打開」引導;已在微信內者可直接一鍵跳轉 在微信 以外的瀏覽器(Safari、Chrome)無法直接跳小程序,只能先開微信掃碼
三個必須先知道的限制(否則會以為壞了):①小程序內用內嵌網頁開 H5,該網域必須先加入微信的「業務域名」白名單,且內嵌頁面不能直接調起小程序支付——付款請留在小程序端完成;②H5 在微信以外的瀏覽器打開時,微信登入不可用,需改用手機號驗證碼或帳密登入;③兩端的版本節奏不同——小程序要審核、H5 即時更新,所以在改版那幾天,你可能會在 H5 先看到新功能,小程序晚幾天上。
1 分鐘版:兩個入口、一個帳號。談生意、要付款、要分享給微信群 → 留在小程序;要把資料發給不用微信的人、要在電腦上看、要立刻拿到最新版 → 用 H5。切換在「我的 → 系統設定 → 使用版本」,切過去不會掉資料,但要記得支付與通知仍以小程序最完整。

10.3 小程序是什麼:微信裡的「準原生 App」必讀

目的:說清楚你每天用的那個入口,本質上是什麼、能給你什麼、以及它天生做不到什麼。

小程序是運行在微信裡的應用。它不用下載安裝,但有 App 的能力:能調用相機、定位、支付、消息通知。對商務社群的意義很直接——邀人加入的成本趨近於零。你不用請他「下載一個 App」,只要給他一張碼,或轉一張卡片。

四種進入方式

  • 掃碼:活動現場、名片、宣傳物上的小程序碼。這是最有價值的一種,因為它同時把你「帶進一條引薦鏈」(誰的碼,就記在誰的線上,見5.1 信任飛輪)。
  • 微信搜尋:搜「WX脈鏈鏈」或 WeaveInX。適合已經知道名字的人。
  • 分享卡片:會員把名片或內容轉到群組、對話,點卡片直接進。這是平台內部擴散的主力。
  • 公眾號選單/關聯:由運營方設定,從公眾號一鍵進入(若已開通)。

小程序給你什麼

表 10-4 小程序具備的能力
能力對你的實際用途
微信支付商城下單、活動繳費,當場完成,不用跳出
訂閱消息審核結果、訂單狀態、活動提醒——需要你按「允許」才會送
分享卡片到群/對話名片、供需、活動,一鍵丟進群組,對方點開就是詳情頁
掃一掃現場簽到、核銷、加好友
身分與實名與微信帳號綁定,登入幾乎無感

小程序做不到的三件事

  • 出不了微信。你沒辦法把一張小程序卡片貼到 Line 或 WhatsApp,對方也點不開。要跨平台分享,只能給 H5 連結或圖片。
  • 發版要審核。修一個字也要走一次流程,慢則一兩天。所以小程序的「最新」永遠比 H5 晚一步。
  • 要對方有微信。沒有微信帳號的人,完全進不來——這正是 H5 存在的理由。

10.4 H5 是什麼:一條網址就是一個入口必讀

目的:讓「沒有微信、不想安裝、正在電腦前」的人也能進來,並且讓會員累積的內容可以被轉發到微信以外的地方。

H5 就是網頁版。它在瀏覽器裡跑:微信內建瀏覽器、Safari、Chrome、Edge 都可以。你給對方一條網址,他點開就是同一個平台、同一個介面。對跨境的意義特別大——東南亞的客戶、台灣不用微信的長輩、國外的合作方,都打得開。

三種進入方式

  • 點連結:貼在 Line 群、WhatsApp、Email 簽名、簡報最後一頁、名片 QR code 裡。
  • 掃一般二維碼:用手機相機掃,直接開瀏覽器(不必先開微信)。
  • 電腦瀏覽器輸入網址:這是 H5 相對小程序最實用的一點——簡報時可以投影、可以多視窗對照。

H5 給你什麼

表 10-5 H5 具備的能力
能力對你的實際用途
無所不在的連結發到任何通訊軟體、任何裝置、任何國家,對方不需要安裝任何東西
免安裝、免帳號牆先看到內容,要互動時才登入——降低「看一眼」的門檻
即時更新改版當天就是最新版,沒有審核等待
電腦可用大螢幕看名冊、整理資料、簡報展示
可被搜尋引擎收錄公開頁面能被 Google 找到,帶來微信以外的流量(依設定)

H5 的三個限制

  • 微信登入與微信支付受環境限制。在微信內打開的 H5,經適當配置可用微信支付;在 Safari/Chrome 打開就只能走別的付款方式或引導回小程序。
  • 沒有訂閱消息。不會主動通知你審核結果或活動提醒,只能靠簡訊、Email,或自己回來看。
  • 定位與相機的精度較低。「附近會員」需要授權定位,瀏覽器給的精度不如小程序;拍照上傳也受瀏覽器限制。
目前的真實狀態:H5 版已完成可互動原型(v0.5,底部導航與版面對齊小程序),尚未正式對外開放。正式上線需要:獨立網域與 HTTPS、微信內支付與登入的 JS-SDK 配置、以及在微信後台完成業務域名白名單。這三項列入附錄 F 待營運方確認清單。

10.5 兩端能力對照:十六個維度一次看清核心表

這張表是本章最該印下來的一頁。左邊選場合,右邊看能力,中間不必猜。

表 10-6 小程序與 H5 的能力對照(✓ 具備 △ 受限 ✕ 不具備)
維度微信小程序H5 網頁版
進入方式掃碼、微信搜尋、分享卡片任何連結、相機掃碼、瀏覽器輸入網址
需要安裝△ 需有微信(不必另裝 App)✓ 什麼都不用裝
登入方式✓ 微信授權,幾乎無感△ 手機驗證碼/帳密;微信內可微信授權
帳號與資料兩端共用同一帳號、同一份資料、同一條引薦鏈
微信支付✓ 完整△ 微信內可(需配置);外部瀏覽器不可
訊息通知✓ 訂閱消息✕ 無(僅簡訊/Email 或自行查看)
分享到微信群✓ 卡片,點開即詳情頁△ 只能貼連結
分享到 Line/WhatsApp✕ 卡片出不去✓ 一條連結到處貼
掃一掃/核銷✓ 原生△ 需相機權限,體驗較差
「附近會員」定位✓ 精度較高△ 需授權,精度較低
拍照/上傳✓ 原生△ 受瀏覽器限制
電腦使用△ 需微信電腦版✓ 瀏覽器直接開
更新速度△ 需審核,較慢✓ 即時
被搜尋引擎找到✕✓(公開頁面,依設定)
離線使用✕ 僅快取✕ 僅快取
目前狀態已上線(v1.0.12)原型 v0.5,未開放

10.6 什麼時候用哪一個:四個場景直接對號

不必記十六個維度,記四個場景就好。

表 10-7 場景決策表
你的處境用哪一個理由
在活動現場認識人、要加好友、要付款 小程序 掃碼即進、當場付款、名片可直接丟進群
要把平台資料發給不用微信的客戶(東南亞、歐美、台灣長輩) H5 一條連結就解決,對方不必註冊微信;小程序卡片他點不開
在電腦前整理名冊、準備簡報、對照資料 H5 大螢幕、多視窗;不用開微信電腦版
需要被通知(審核過了沒、訂單到哪、活動提醒) 小程序 只有小程序有訂閱消息;H5 不會主動叫你
一個實務建議:把兩個入口當成「前門與側門」,不要當成兩套系統。談關係用小程序,遞資料用 H5——這是最省力、也最不容易出錯的分工。

10.7 兩端的資料邊界:什麼同步、什麼不同步

「切過去資料會不會不見」是最常被問的一句。答案分三層,第三層最多人踩到。

  • 會同步:帳號資料、供需、訂單、活動報名、評價、引薦關係、脈鏈積分。這些存在伺服器,換容器就是換一層皮。
  • 不會同步:表單草稿。你在小程序填到一半的供需、沒送出的私訊,切到 H5 是看不到的。要跨端接續,請先送出或先複製文字。
  • 可能不同步:登入狀態與授權。H5 需要重新登入一次;定位與通知授權要各自再給一次。這不是 bug,是兩個容器的權限各自獨立。
還有一個容易被誤會的地方:「附近會員」在兩端看到的結果可能不一樣,因為定位授權與精度不同。這不代表資料有兩份,而是「你站在哪裡、用什麼方式被定位」不同。要對照名單,請用「地區」篩選而不是「附近」。

10.8 已實作的內容與上架驗收程式已交付

這一節是給運營方與開發者看的,一般會員可以跳過。內容是這次實際交付的檔案、路由與驗收步驟——不是「打算做」,是已經寫進程式碼庫的東西。

交付的九個檔案

表 10-8 本次實作的檔案清單與作用
檔案類型作用
common/i18n/index.js新增輕量 i18n 核心:語言狀態、切換、取詞、缺鍵回退(當前語言 → 繁體 → 鍵名,永不出現 undefined),不引入第三方套件以守住主包 2MB 限制
common/i18n/zh-TW.js新增繁體字典,89 個鍵
common/i18n/zh-CN.js新增簡體字典,89 個鍵(與繁體逐鍵對齊)
common/i18n/en.js新增英文字典,89 個鍵,涵蓋設定/語言/雙端/底部導航四塊(業務頁尚未接入 $t());專有名詞譯名見下方表 10-9
pages/mine/settings/language.vue新增語言選擇頁:三張卡片(繁/簡/英),每張附一句該語言的樣例,選完即時生效並寫入本機儲存
pages/mine/settings/platform.vue新增雙端切換頁:說明兩端差異、提供複製 H5 連結與掃碼回小程序兩條路徑
pages/mine/settings/system.vue改寫系統設定頁改為三組(介面與顯示/帳號/關於),新增「語言」「系統版本」兩個入口,並在入口右側直接顯示目前值
pages/component/tab-bar/tab-bar.vue修改底部導航文字改用 $t(),切換語言後五個頁籤即時跟著變
pages/mine/index.vue修改「我的」頁新增「設定」入口(原本需繞路進入)

新增的兩條路由

已在 pages.json 註冊,路徑分別是 pages/mine/settings/language 與 pages/mine/settings/platform。兩頁都沿用既有的 title-bar 元件,標題隨語言變化。

專有名詞的英文譯名(定案)

這是附錄 F 第 8 項一直缺的東西。本版依「語意優先、不直譯字面」的原則定案如下,全書與程式碼統一使用:

表 10-9 核心名詞的英文譯名與取捨理由
中文英文為什麼這樣譯
引薦鏈Referral Chain「鏈」在此指一環扣一環的關係紀錄,不是區塊鏈;Chain 保留「串起來、不可覆蓋」的意象,比 Network 更強調先後順序
引薦(動詞)refer / referral商務語境中 refer 是「把某人介紹給某人並為其背書」,比 introduce 多一層責任,正好對應平台上「引薦要負責」的設計
脈鏈積分Pulse Credits對應介面上的「積分」。Pulse 取平台名的脈動意象;用 Credits 而非 Points,因為它不可轉讓、不可提現、無貨幣價值,「點數」容易被誤解成可換現金
脈礦石Pulse Ore另一套資產,與積分分屬不同帳本(見3.12)。Ore 直譯「礦」,保留「挖礦所得」的意象;不可與 Pulse Credits 互換或混用
雷達分Radar Score人脈七維雷達的綜合評分(0–5),對應畫面右側的單一數字。Score 比 Rating 中性——它評的是「可被查證的行為累積」,不是主觀打分
信任分Trust Score與雷達分不同的獨立指標,衡量信任層面的累積(例如鏈友的信任點讚);計算方式與雷達分不同,兩者不可互相換算
供需Supply & Demand不用 Post/Listing,因為這一欄同時包含「我能提供」與「我正在尋找」兩個方向
機會廣場Opportunity PlazaPlaza 保留「廣場」的開放感;不譯為 Market,避免與商城混淆
社區Community指商會下的成員分組,不是住宅社區
案例指紋Case Fingerprint合作紀錄的不可複製摘要,Fingerprint 保留「唯一、可辨識、不可仿造」三層意思

上架前的六步驗收

依序做完,任一步不通過就退回修正,不要跳步:

  • ① 編譯:npm run build:mp-weixin 產出無錯誤;確認主包體積增加在 30KB 以內(三語字典合計約 13KB)。
  • ② 三語走查:在開發者工具把語言依繁→簡→英→繁切一輪,檢查「我的」「系統設定」「語言」「系統版本」四頁無缺字、無 undefined。
  • ③ 持久化:切到英文後完全關閉小程序再開,語言應仍是英文(存於 wx_lang);清除儲存後應回到系統語言。
  • ④ 內容不被翻譯:確認會員自己填的姓名、自我介紹、供需描述不隨語言改變——這是設計原則,不是 bug。
  • ⑤ 雙端頁:H5 連結可複製;在微信內開啟 H5 前,先確認業務域名白名單已加,否則會白屏。
  • ⑥ 提審:版本號改為 v1.0.13,更新說明寫明「新增語言切換(繁/簡/英)與 H5 入口」。
還有三件程式碼以外的事沒完成(不是寫程式能解決的):① H5 正式網域與 HTTPS——目前 H5 是本機原型,沒有對外網址,複製連結的功能按了也只會得到一個打不開的位址;② 微信「業務域名」白名單——沒加就無法在微信內開啟 H5;③ 英文文案的母語潤稿——目前的英譯是依語意精準翻譯,但未經英語母語者校對,對外正式場合建議再過一輪。

這三項完成前,語言切換可以先上,雙端切換建議延後——寧可只給一個能用的開關,不要給兩個半成品。
怎麼確認真的做了:打開程式碼庫的 common/i18n/ 目錄,三個字典檔各 89 個鍵;打開 pages/mine/settings/,會看到新增的 language.vue 與 platform.vue。若你的版本裡沒有這五個檔案,那就是還沒拉到這次的改動。
下一步 把這兩個開關設好,再回頭看第 2 章的五分鐘上手——你會在 2.1 發現,進入方式其實不只一種。若你是運營方,直接看10.8 的六步驗收;還缺的三件外部條件列在附錄 F。
CHAPTER 11 · 全部為真機擷圖

11逐頁圖解:25 張真機擷圖

前面十章講「這個平台怎麼運作」,這一章講「畫面上實際長什麼樣」。25 張圖全部來自真實運行的小程序(v1.0.125 開發通道),沒有重繪、沒有模擬、沒有示意圖。每張圖都拆成五塊:這頁在做什麼、畫面上你看得到什麼(逐元素對照)、怎麼操作、為什麼這樣設計、注意。

關於本章的截圖,先說清楚三件事:
① 版本:擷取自 v1.0.125 開發通道(畫面頂端可見 vdevelop 字樣與內測網址)。正式版不會有那條綠色橫幅,其餘介面一致。
② 資料:圖中的人名、金額、場次為真實測試資料,不是為了好看而編的數字。部分頁面(如圖 11-5)會出現 0 或空格,那是真的還沒有人填,我們照實呈現。
③ 時點:畫面會隨版本更新變動。若你手機上的畫面與圖不同,以你手機為準——差異可以用「我的 → 意見建議」回報,我們會據此修圖。

11.0 圖版索引:25 張圖怎麼找

如果你只想找某一頁,從這張表進去最快。左欄是圖號,中欄是畫面,右欄是你從哪裡按得到它——照著右欄走,就會看到同一頁。

表 11-1 25 張真機擷圖索引(按圖號)
圖號畫面入口路徑一句話用途
圖 11-1首頁 Home底部導航「首頁」每天打開的第一屏:把「平台是誰」「怎麼找人」「現在有什麼」壓在同一頁。
圖 11-2人脈雷達(地圖+名單)首頁「人脈雷達地圖」→ 開啟把「附近有誰」從一句感覺,變成一張可排序、可篩選、可計算距離的清單。
圖 11-3AI 鏈友助手(對話彈層)首頁左側浮動球「助手」在「不知道怎麼開口」的那一刻,先幫你把問題問清楚。
圖 11-4機會廣場首頁浮動球「廣場」/八宮格相關入口用「隨機」對抗演算法繭房:把你不會主動搜尋的人與機會,送到你面前。
圖 11-5AI 智能匹配(發現)首頁右側浮動球「AI 智能匹配」把「翻名冊」變成「一次看一張」:一天八張,看完就算,不讓你無限滑。
圖 11-6鏈友風采(會員名冊)底部導航「鏈友」三種找法擺在同一頁:知道名字就搜、知道條件就篩、不知道要誰就逛行業。
圖 11-7多維度篩選(篩選面板)鏈友風采 → 「多維度篩選」→ 開始四組條件、一次設定,按下去之前就告訴你「會有幾個人」。
圖 11-8我的網絡(人脈資產總表)鏈友 → 「我的網絡」banner/我的 → 「我的網絡」把你的人脈從「感覺」變成「資產負債表」:幾個國家、幾個城市、幾個人、幾家企業。
圖 11-9人脈七維雷達(選人名單)鏈友風采底部浮動鈕「人脈七維雷達」這一頁不是「找人」,是「選人」:先看誰值得認識,再決定要不要花時間。
圖 11-10七維雷達詳情(單人)圖 11-9 任一张卡片 → 「看七維」把「怎麼變得更可信」拆成七件這週就能做的事。
圖 11-11活動列表底部導航「活動」從「群裡接龍、現場簽到、事後失聯」變成一條有紀錄的流程。
圖 11-12活動地圖(地圖檢視)活動列表 → 右上角地圖 icon看「哪個城市在動」:出差前先看目的地這週有沒有場。
圖 11-13鏈友地圖(世界)首頁八宮格「鏈友地圖」這是「我的人脈在世界哪裡」,不是「我附近有誰」。
圖 11-14供需(需求與供給廣場)底部導航「供需」把「我有一個需求」變成公開、可搜尋、可被主動回應的需求單,而不是埋在聊天記錄裡。
圖 11-15個人中心(我的)底部導航「我的」你的履歷、你的成績單、以及所有設定的總開關,都在這一頁。
圖 11-16數據看板(個人數據總覽)我的 → 「數據看板」把「我做得怎樣」變成六個數字,再給一條補救的捷徑。
圖 11-17人脈資產年報 2026我的 → 數據相關入口/年度報告入口把一年的社交勞動,結算成一張可以對外分享的資產證明。
圖 11-18我的活動我的 → 數據看板 → 活動數據 → 我的活動主辦活動最怕「報名多、到場少」。這一頁把漏斗攤開,讓你看見流失在哪一段。
圖 11-19數據儀表板(平台/運營視角)我的 → 數據看板(運營入口)這是「辦活動的人」看決策的一頁:哪個月掉了、哪個產業最多、幾點開場最好。
圖 11-20定向邀約(該邀誰)活動相關入口 → 定向邀約把名單變成出席率:算出「該邀誰、該去哪」,而且每一個建議都附理由。
圖 11-21脈鏈圖(引薦同心圓)我的 → 「我的網絡」相關入口/脈鏈圖你怎麼被帶進來、你又帶了誰進來——這條鏈不可覆蓋、可追溯。
圖 11-22鏈友私訊交流(對話列表)鏈友 → 私訊/名片 → 私訊聯繫把「公開名片」變成「私人關係」的那個動作,被做成一份可管理的清單。
圖 11-23鏈友詳情(名片頁)任何名單/地圖/名片卡 → 點擊人物名片頁就是他的「店面」:門口的來客數、牆上的作品、最後那一句「私訊聯繫」。
圖 11-24資訊說明與「約他聊聊」名片頁 → 資訊說明/邀約全書最誠實的一頁:這裡沒有行程表,所以直接給你一段可以發出去的邀約文字。
圖 11-25社區(七大社區與社區列表)首頁八宮格「脈鏈社區」平台是廣場,社區是小房間。真正的合作多半發生在小房間裡。

11.1 首頁與全域入口11-1~11-4

四張圖構成「進入平台的前 30 秒」:首頁給入口、雷達給距離、助手給思路、廣場給意外。

首頁 Home 圖 11-1

首頁 Home

入口:底部導航「首頁」

每天打開的第一屏:把「平台是誰」「怎麼找人」「現在有什麼」壓在同一頁。

這頁在做什麼

首頁不做資訊流,做入口矩陣。這個平台的用戶不是來刷內容的,是來找人的,所以第一屏給的是「你要去哪裡」,不是「你該看什麼」。由上而下四層:主張(輪播 banner)→ 找人(人脈雷達卡)→ 工具(八宮格)→ 動態(品牌 banner 與浮動球)。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
頂部輪播 banner「全球華人商務對接平台」+世界地圖粒子視覺,左下三個小圓點可左右滑動切換多張宣傳圖;點 banner 可進對應介紹頁
人脈雷達地圖卡副標「看附近有誰、距離排序、半徑篩選」+右側「開啟」整個平台最高頻的入口,一鍵進圖 11-2
八宮格功能入口脈鏈介紹/鏈友地圖/電子名片/脈鏈社區/通訊錄/供需平台/脈鏈活動/活動接龍不經過底部導航的捷徑;下方兩個小點表示可左右滑到第二頁
品牌 banner「歡迎加入 WX脈鏈鏈/連接可信夥伴,共創共贏價值」,右上「中文」方塊品牌介紹頁;「中文」是語言入口之一(見第 10 章)
浮動球(左/右)左:功能、助手、廣場;右:AI 智能匹配、廣場全域快捷,任何頁面都在,不會因為換頁消失
底部導航五格首頁/鏈友/活動/供需/我的平台的主幹,其餘都是支線
怎麼操作
  1. 想看附近有誰 → 點「人脈雷達地圖」右側的「開啟」。
  2. 想用某個模組 → 直接點八宮格(可左右滑,共兩頁)。
  3. 想問問題 → 點左側「助手」(AI 鏈友助手,圖 11-3);想被推薦人 → 點右側「AI 智能匹配」(圖 11-5)。
為什麼這樣設計

把「入口」和「內容」分開:首頁只負責把你送到對的地方,不負責留住你。這樣每一次改版加功能,都只是多一個格子,不會打亂整頁邏輯。

注意

浮動球會遮住右下角內容,滑到列表底部時留意;頂端綠色橫幅(vdevelop 1.0.125 與網址)只在內測/開發通道出現,正式版沒有。

人脈雷達(地圖+名單) 圖 11-2

人脈雷達(地圖+名單)

入口:首頁「人脈雷達地圖」→ 開啟

把「附近有誰」從一句感覺,變成一張可排序、可篩選、可計算距離的清單。

這頁在做什麼

這是平台最像「工具」的一頁:上半地圖、下半名單,兩邊同步。地圖解決「在哪」,名單解決「是誰」,中間用半徑與排序把它們接起來。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
定位說明列「已定位:台北市(以同城市會員分佈中心為準)· 24 位鏈友在附近」先確認城市對不對;不對就點右上「台北市 ▾」換城市
城市切換右上角城市名+下拉出差前先切到目的地城市,看當地有多少鏈友
地圖與半徑圈1km/3km/5km/全城四個同心圈,圈上散布鏈友頭像點半徑即時縮放;圈越小,越適合「現在就能約」
排序切換「距離優先」/「智能匹配」要約見面用距離優先;要找對口用智能匹配
級別篩選 chips全部 433/顧問分會長 28/顧問會員/FP-M 11/FP-L 49/鏈友…先按級別縮小範圍,再逐一看人
名單卡頭像、姓名、級別徽章(摯友/FP-L/鏈友)、行業·城市、右側距離(496 m)點任一張進名片詳情(圖 11-23)
怎麼操作
  1. 確認城市
  2. 點半徑圈選範圍(例如 3km)
  3. 選排序
  4. 用級別 chip 縮小
  5. 點人名看名片
  6. 私訊或邀約。
為什麼這樣設計

24 位在附近這件事,只有在「你願意出門」時才有價值。所以這一頁的預設排序是距離,而不是匹配度——先讓你約得到,再談約得對。

注意

「以同城市會員分佈中心為準」表示這不是 GPS 精準定位,是城市中心點推算;顯示的距離為直線距離,非實際路程。只有已授權位置且填了地區的會員才會出現。

AI 鏈友助手(對話彈層) 圖 11-3

AI 鏈友助手(對話彈層)

入口:首頁左側浮動球「助手」

在「不知道怎麼開口」的那一刻,先幫你把問題問清楚。

這頁在做什麼

這是彈層而不是新頁面:底下的首頁仍然可見,關掉就回到原位,不打断你原本在做的事。助手由 DeepSeek 驅動(畫面標示 v1.0.50),定位是「人脈尋由」——梳理思路,不是自動幫你發訊息。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
標題與版本「AI 鏈友助手」+「人脈尋由 · 由 DeepSeek 驅動 v1.0.50」版本號可作為回報問題時的依據
歡迎語「告訴我你想鏈接什麼樣的資源或人脈,我來幫你梳理思路」它要的是「你想鏈接什麼」,不是「你要找誰」——先講目的
三個建議問題「怎麼把人脈變成可複用的資產?」「我想找兩岸 OPC 合作夥伴」「第一次對接客戶該說什麼?」分別對應:認知建立/具體行動/話術準備。不知道怎麼問,就點一個
輸入框「任何人脈問題...」可以連續追問,像跟顧問講話一樣
右上 ×關閉回到首頁,對話不會中斷你原本的瀏覽位置
怎麼操作
  1. 點浮動球「助手」
  2. 先點一個建議問題感受它怎麼回答
  3. 再把你的真實情境打進去(產業、城市、你要什麼、你能給什麼)
  4. 追問細節,直到得到一句可以照著做的行動。
為什麼這樣設計

多數人卡住的地方不是「沒有資源」,是「說不清楚自己要什麼」。助手的第一句不問「你要找誰」,而問「你想鏈接什麼」,就是把模糊的「想認識些人」逼成具體的「我要華南的代工廠」。

注意

助手給的是建議與思路,不保證對方回應;也不要在對話裡輸入他人的電話、身分證、未公開的合作條件。

機會廣場 圖 11-4

機會廣場

入口:首頁浮動球「廣場」/八宮格相關入口

用「隨機」對抗演算法繭房:把你不會主動搜尋的人與機會,送到你面前。

這頁在做什麼

廣場的邏輯跟名冊相反。名冊是「你知道要找誰」,廣場是「你不知道你需要誰」。所以它用兩個機制:隨機人脈(每次換一批)與機會 feed(聚會/機會分類),再加一個「我的合作名片」把被動變主動。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
頂部 banner「機會廣場|隨機的人脈 × 正在發生的機會」+三小卡:隨機人脈/主題聚會/實時機會三張小卡就是三種用法,點進去即對應區塊
我的合作名片「一鍵生成海報簡介,為什麼想合作」這是最容易被忽略的功能:主動生成一張「我想跟誰合作」的海報,發到群裡比發名片有效
隨機人脈三張人脈卡(姓名、級別、一句話標籤)+右上「換一換」每次換都是新的相遇;點卡片直接看名片
機會 feedtabs:全部/聚會/機會;卡片含標題、時間、地址、費用「聚會」是有時間地點的線下活動;「機會」是合作案
機會卡例如「環球旅遊俱樂部」11/14 14:00、桃園市桃園區大興西路二段69巷66號、免費點卡片看詳情並報名
怎麼操作
  1. 沒事就按「換一換」,一次看三張,看到順眼的點進名片收藏。
  2. 按「我的合作名片」生成一張,貼到你的群組或朋友圈。
  3. 切「聚會」看這週有哪裡可以去。
為什麼這樣設計

搜尋只能找到「你已經想到的答案」。廣場用隨機+策展,製造意外連結——這是社群最難被演算法取代的部分,也是新會員最快建立第一批關係的地方。

注意

隨機推薦是系統規則,不是廣告投放;「機會 feed」裡的場次資訊以活動詳情頁為準,報名前請確認時間地點與費用。

11.2 找人:名冊、篩選、AI 匹配11-5~11-7

三種找法對應三種意圖——不知道要誰(AI 匹配)、知道條件(篩選)、知道名字(搜尋)。

AI 智能匹配(發現) 圖 11-5

AI 智能匹配(發現)

入口:首頁右側浮動球「AI 智能匹配」

把「翻名冊」變成「一次看一張」:一天八張,看完就算,不讓你無限滑。

這頁在做什麼

這一頁的設計重點不是「AI 多聰明」,而是「節奏」。它明確標示「即時撮合 · 會員資料(規則版)」——意思是目前的撮合是規則計算,不是生成式模型在編故事。加上「今日額度 8 張」,把瀏覽變成有成本的動作。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
標題帶「AI 為你匹配」+「發現/高匹配度商業人脈」+右側「附近 609 人」609 是母體規模,不是推薦數量
額度列「今日額度 8 張」+「一般會員(升級額度越多:顧問 15、分會長 25、FP 30)」+「升級」額度用完等隔日;升級可提高每日張數
規則版標示「即時撮合 · 會員資料(規則版)」誠實標示:目前是規則匹配,不是 AI 自由生成
人物大卡照片滿版、右上「50% 契合度」、左右箭頭翻頁左右箭頭=換下一位;契合度是參考值不是保證
身份與三指標曾國棟 FP-L/福建省泉州市鯉城區;36 訪客數量、7 信任點贊、3 分享次數三個數字=有多少人看過他、認可過他、替他轉發過
分頁 tabs資料/工作/教育/技能/視頻/圖文先看「資料」對不對口,再切「圖文/視頻」看他做過什麼
媒合欄位產業、地區、等級、「他能提供」、「他正在找」、簡介「他能提供 × 他正在找」有沒有交集,就是你要不要開口的判斷
怎麼操作
  1. 先看「他能提供/他正在找」兩行
  2. 有交集才切 tab 看作品
  3. 沒交集直接翻下一張(別浪費額度)
  4. 有交集按私訊或邀約。
為什麼這樣設計

有限額度是刻意的:它讓你「認真看」,而不是「快速滑」。平台要的是高品質的開口,不是高數量的瀏覽。

注意

「契合度 50%」是規則計算(行業、地區、級別等權重),不是對方對你的意願;額度數字可能隨版本調整,以頁面顯示為準。

鏈友風采(會員名冊) 圖 11-6

鏈友風采(會員名冊)

入口:底部導航「鏈友」

三種找法擺在同一頁:知道名字就搜、知道條件就篩、不知道要誰就逛行業。

這頁在做什麼

名冊是最基礎的資產。它的好壞不在「人多不多」,在「能不能被切」。這一頁把三種意圖拆成三個入口:搜尋框(已知)、多維度篩選(半已知)、行業九宮格(未知)。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
搜尋框「請輸入姓名搜索」轉介之後最常用:別人給你一個名字,三十秒找到他
多維度篩選卡「級別·行業·地區·距離,一次縮到你要的人」+「開始」四個維度交叉,適合「我要台北做科技的 FP-L」這種條件
我的網絡 banner「全球人脈地圖·人脈結構·線下聚聚」進人脈資產總表(圖 11-8)
行業九宮格美業/旅遊業/區塊鏈產業/AI產業/互聯網業/身心靈業/電信業/農業…不知道要找誰時的逛法;可上下滑動
三個分頁附近會員/會員籍貫/會員級別附近=地理;籍貫=同鄉(兩岸社群特別有用);級別=圈層
名單卡姓名、級別、地區、距離(1976.4km)、行業距離跨海代表兩岸;點卡片進名片
底部浮動鈕「人脈七維雷達」跳到「選人」視角(圖 11-9)
怎麼操作
  1. 有名字 → 直接搜。
  2. 有條件 → 多維度篩選。
  3. 沒想法 → 點行業圖示或切「會員籍貫」找同鄉。
  4. 找到人 → 點卡片 → 收藏或私訊。
為什麼這樣設計

「會員籍貫」這個分頁是這個平台最有地方特色的設計:兩岸社群裡,「你哪裡人」比「你做什麼」更快建立信任。

注意

距離是直線距離估算,未授權位置者不顯示;名冊僅顯示已同意公開資料的會員。

多維度篩選(篩選面板) 圖 11-7

多維度篩選(篩選面板)

入口:鏈友風采 → 「多維度篩選」→ 開始

四組條件、一次設定,按下去之前就告訴你「會有幾個人」。

這頁在做什麼

篩選面板最容易犯的錯是「按了才知道 0 筆」。這一頁在按鈕上直接寫「看 611 位」,而且隨你勾選即時變動——讓你在按下之前就知道結果規模。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
搜尋列「搜尋姓名 / 行業 / 城市」+右側「篩選」搜尋與篩選可疊加使用
結果預覽「共 611 位鏈友符合條件(顯示最近 50 位)」先知道母體有多大;只列最近 50 位,要看更多得收緊條件
會員級別全部/顧問分會長/顧問會員/FP-M/FP-L/鏈友/一般會員/其他級別=圈層與權益,先想清楚你要哪一層
行業全部行業/健康與養生/專業服務/教育業/金融業/科技業/醫療保健/批發和零售業/製造業/建築業/農業/娛樂業/人力資源單選或複選你真正相關的兩三個,不要全選
地區全部地區/台北市/台中市/高雄市/新北市/佛山市/上海市/武漢市/廈門市/蘇州市/廣州市/北京市/台南市兩岸城市並列,這是跨境社群的實際分佈
距離不限/3km/5km/20km「這週能見到面」就用 3km
底部按鈕「重設」/「看 611 位」數字會隨勾選變化,這就是你的結果預覽
怎麼操作
  1. 先勾級別
  2. 再勾行業(最多三個)
  3. 選城市
  4. 需要見面才設距離
  5. 看按鈕上的數字,太少就放寬一項
  6. 按「看 N 位」。
為什麼這樣設計

把「結果數量」提前到按鈕上,是一個很小的設計,但它消掉了使用者最大的挫折感:不是找不到人,是不知道為什麼找不到。

注意

只顯示最近 50 位符合條件者;距離篩選依賴對方是否開放位置,未開放者可能被排除。

11.3 人脈資產:我的網絡與七維雷達11-8~11-10

從「有多少人」到「這些人多值得認識」,三張圖是一條由粗到細的判斷鏈。

我的網絡(人脈資產總表) 圖 11-8

我的網絡(人脈資產總表)

入口:鏈友 → 「我的網絡」banner/我的 → 「我的網絡」

把你的人脈從「感覺」變成「資產負債表」:幾個國家、幾個城市、幾個人、幾家企業。

這頁在做什麼

這一頁的關鍵是「口徑」。全部 612、引薦鏈 425、互動過 32——三個數字回答三個不同問題。混用就會自欺:612 是「有多少人」,425 是「有多少關係有來源」,32 是「有多少關係還活著」。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
更新時間「人脈資產 · 每日 06:00 更新」昨天加的今天才反映,別當即時數據看
四格 KPI3 國家/101 城市/425 人脈/22 企業跨國、跨城、個人、組織四個維度
三個口徑全部 612/引薦鏈 425/互動過 32全部=名冊總數;引薦鏈=有引薦來源的關係;互動過=實際有往來的
口徑說明「僅顯示引薦鏈關係的鏈友」+「這兩個分類怎麼算的?」點開可看計算方式,避免誤讀
全球人脈地圖301/612 位有座標;紅點密度分級(20 人以上/6-19 人/5 人以下)一眼看出你的關係集中在哪幾個城市
地圖篩選行業 ▾/級別 ▾例如只看「科技業 FP-L」的分佈
人脈分佈兩岸 142/大陸 200/未填地區 83三條長條=你的地理結構,以及有多少人資料不完整
怎麼操作
  1. 先看 KPI 的四個數字建立整體感
  2. 切「引薦鏈」看真正有來源的關係
  3. 切「互動過」看哪些關係還活著
  4. 用地圖找「哪個城市我有人」
  5. 出差前先看當地那幾個名字。
為什麼這樣設計

「引薦鏈」是這個平台跟一般社交軟體最大的差別:關係有來源、可追溯。425 這個數字比 612 值錢,因為它代表「有人願意為這段關係背書」。

注意

三個口徑不可相加或互相比較(612 ≠ 425 + 32);301/612 有座標表示近半數會員沒填地區,資料完整度直接影響地圖與篩選結果。

人脈七維雷達(選人名單) 圖 11-9

人脈七維雷達(選人名單)

入口:鏈友風采底部浮動鈕「人脈七維雷達」

這一頁不是「找人」,是「選人」:先看誰值得認識,再決定要不要花時間。

這頁在做什麼

七維=互評、檔案、活躍、內容、主理、參與、連結。它把「這個人靠不靠譜」拆成七件可觀察的事,而且每一項都來自後台真實紀錄。畫面上那句註解很重要:商貿互評要等 F1 上線才有分,現在如實顯示 0、不計入平均。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
定義說明「互評·檔案·活躍·內容·主理·參與·連結」+七維皆為後台真實紀錄先懂七維是什麼,分數才有意義
誠實註解「商貿互評等合作評價(F1)上線才有分,目前如實顯示 0(不計入平均)」所以現在看到的分數是「六維平均」,不是七維
視角 tabs綜合雷達/檔案完整/內容創作/活動主理/活動參與想找「會辦活動的人」就切活動主理
級別 chips全部 670/顧問分會長 29/顧問會員 2/FP-M 12/FP-L 57/鏈友…先鎖層級,再看分數
人才卡姓名+級別+稱號(嶄新之光/信任深耕者)+行業·城市+雷達分(4.6/3.5)稱號是行為類型的標籤,不是等級
四項小計貼文 5·主辦 10·參與 48·機構 4一眼看出他是「內容型」「主辦型」還是「參加型」
AI 推薦理由「他主辦過 10 場活動,是圈子裡的召集人」理由比分數重要:分數告訴你高低,理由告訴你為什麼
底部數據被讚 10 · 分享 11 · 名片訪客 83外部驗證:有多少人認可、轉發、主動看過他
怎麼操作
  1. 先想清楚你要哪一種人(會辦活動/會寫內容/資料完整)
  2. 切對應 tab
  3. 用級別縮小
  4. 讀「AI 推薦理由」而不是只看分數
  5. 點「看七維」看細節(圖 11-10)
  6. 決定要不要開口。
為什麼這樣設計

選人的順序應該是:行為證據(主辦幾場、寫了幾篇)→ 外部驗證(被讚、被分享)→ 分數。分數是摘要,證據才是內容。

注意

雷達分是「行為紀錄分」,不是人品分。新會員分數低,通常只是還沒開始留下紀錄,不代表不靠譜;分數每日更新,補資料不會立刻跳。

七維雷達詳情(單人) 圖 11-10

七維雷達詳情(單人)

入口:圖 11-9 任一张卡片 → 「看七維」

把「怎麼變得更可信」拆成七件這週就能做的事。

這頁在做什麼

雷達圖的價值不在形狀好不好看,在「哪一軸最短」。最短的那一軸,就是你這週該補的事;下方條狀圖與四行註解,告訴你每一軸要怎麼補。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
標題列「七維雷達/雷達分 4.6/5 · 嶄新之光」分數與稱號並列,先看分數再看類型
人物列頭像、姓名、級別 FP-L、專業服務·武漢市、右側 4.6確認識對人
雷達圖商貿互評 0/檔案完整 4/活躍在線 4.9/內容創作 5/活動主理 5/活動參與 5/連結貢獻 3.6看形狀找短板;扁的那一邊就是答案
條狀明細同七項的橫條與數值比雷達圖更容易比較,適合截圖存檔
註解四行檔案完整=8 項資料實名;活躍在線=登錄+分享+名片訪客;內容創作=供需貼文 5 篇;商貿互評=0(未上線,不計入平均)這四行就是「怎麼補分」的操作說明
怎麼操作
  1. 看哪一軸最低
  2. 對照下方註解知道那一軸由什麼構成
  3. 回到「我的」補對應資料(例如補完 8 項實名資料)
  4. 一週後再回來看有沒有動。
為什麼這樣設計

它把抽象的「信任」變成可執行的清單:不是「你要更可信」,而是「你的檔案完整度只有 4,去補兩項」。

注意

形狀「扁一邊」是常態,每個人都有短板;分數每日更新,補完資料不會立刻反映。商貿互評尚未上線,看到 0 不是你被負評。

11.4 活動:列表與地圖11-11~11-12

同一批資料的兩種看法:列表看時間,地圖看城市。

活動列表 圖 11-11

活動列表

入口:底部導航「活動」

從「群裡接龍、現場簽到、事後失聯」變成一條有紀錄的流程。

這頁在做什麼

活動是線上關係走到線下信任的唯一通道。這一頁同時是「發現」(同城熱門、列表)與「入口」(右上地圖檢視、右下發布)。注意中間那句小字:「同城(台北)優先,再看人氣·規則統一,不是 AI 預測」——排序邏輯是公開的。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
狀態 tabs全部/報名中/進行中/已結束報名前的第一件事:先切「報名中」
地圖檢視右上角地圖 icon切到地圖看「哪個城市在動」(圖 11-12)
同城熱門「同城熱門 5 場」+排序說明「同城優先,再看人氣」你看到的順序是可解釋的,不是黑箱
小卡(橫向)封面、標題、日期+週幾、地點、分類標籤(如「資源對接·商務交流」)掃標題與分類,決定要不要點進去
活動大卡主理人(姓名+級別)+分類標籤(如「悅己時光·趣游同行」)+標題+時間+地點+鏈友(會員級別限制)+費用+人氣+距您「鏈友」那行決定你有沒有資格報名,先看它
右下雙 FAB地圖切換/「+」發布「+」需要發布權限(見第 12 章)
怎麼操作
  1. 切「報名中」
  2. 看卡片上的「鏈友(會員級別)」確認自己能不能報
  3. 點卡片看詳情
  4. 報名(可能需要繳費)
  5. 到場掃碼簽到(若主理人開啟核銷)。
為什麼這樣設計

把排序規則寫在畫面上,是這個產品少見的坦率:同城優先、再看人氣。使用者不會覺得「為什麼我一直看到別的城市」。

注意

「人氣」是瀏覽與關注的粗略指標,不等於報名數;「距您」為直線距離;費用顯示「免費」代表報名費為 0,現場其他消費不在此列。

活動地圖(地圖檢視) 圖 11-12

活動地圖(地圖檢視)

入口:活動列表 → 右上角地圖 icon

看「哪個城市在動」:出差前先看目的地這週有沒有場。

這頁在做什麼

同一批活動資料,換一種座標呈現。列表回答「這週有什麼」,地圖回答「哪裡在發生」。對經常跨城的人,地圖比列表有用。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
活動氣泡封面縮圖+標題,例如「台灣專家公益健康體驗日」(天津)、「305HK × 脈鏈:海峽兩岸羊奶產業合作暨交流大會」、「兩岸直播電商節(限45歲以下台灣青年)」、「【匠心懂你·掘金小吃】2026首期招商會」、「[7/10 深圳·羅湖] 商務下午茶·資源對接沙龍」點氣泡進活動詳情
地圖操作拖曳、雙指縮放先縮到你要去的城市,再看氣泡密度
右下 FAB列表 icon/「+」切回列表,或發布新活動
怎麼操作
  1. 拖到你要去的城市
  2. 看氣泡數量判斷「這個城市活不活」
  3. 點氣泡看詳情
  4. 右下角切回列表比較時間。
為什麼這樣設計

氣泡的分布本身就是情報:哪些城市常有活動、哪些城市只有一兩場。這是選址與出差規劃的免費參考。

注意

地圖只標「有填寫地址」的線下活動;純線上活動(舉辦方式=線上)不會出現在地圖上。

11.5 地圖與供需11-13~11-14

一個回答「我在那個城市認識誰」,一個回答「現在有誰在找什麼」。

鏈友地圖(世界) 圖 11-13

鏈友地圖(世界)

入口:首頁八宮格「鏈友地圖」

這是「我的人脈在世界哪裡」,不是「我附近有誰」。

這頁在做什麼

跟上一個地圖不同:人脈雷達(圖 11-2)是「以我為圓心」,鏈友地圖是「以世界為底圖」。前者解決「今天能見誰」,後者解決「我到那個城市認識誰」。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
世界地圖亞洲/大洋洲視野,鏈友以頭像氣泡散布縮放到你要去的城市
頭像氣泡黃銘迅、林蘿蔔、葛梅、胡志…、朱禮成、黃川瑋、黎馨、行長、YJ 等點頭像直接看名片
展開列表左上「展開列表 >」氣泡重疊看不清時,改用文字名單
地圖授權左下「騰訊地圖 ©2026 Tencent GS(2026)1190號」合規標示,正式版必須保留
怎麼操作
  1. 出國/出差前打開
  2. 縮放到目的地
  3. 點頭像看是誰
  4. 出發前先發一則私訊:「我下週在 XX,有沒有空喝杯咖啡?」
為什麼這樣設計

人脈的價值有很強的地理屬性:同一個人在台北沒空見,你在深圳遇到他反而談得成。地圖讓「順路」變成可規劃的事。

注意

只顯示填了地區且同意公開的會員;同城市多人時氣泡會重疊,需放大地圖或改用「展開列表」。

供需(需求與供給廣場) 圖 11-14

供需(需求與供給廣場)

入口:底部導航「供需」

把「我有一個需求」變成公開、可搜尋、可被主動回應的需求單,而不是埋在聊天記錄裡。

這頁在做什麼

供需是平台唯一「雙向曝光」的模組:你發一次,全體會員看得到;別人發一次,你也看得到。它的分類不是行業,是「意圖」——合作、招募、眾籌、活動、提問。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
意圖 tabs全部/合作/招募/眾籌/活動/提問選錯分類等於發給錯的人,這是最常見的錯誤
搜尋右上放大鏡依關鍵字找舊需求(很多人不知道可以搜)
貼文卡頭像、姓名、級別(一般會員/FP-L)、日期、右上電話 icon、內文摘要、配圖電話 icon 可直接聯繫(若對方開放)
互動列分享/讚/瀏覽數/留言數(例:讚 1、瀏覽 40、留言 0)瀏覽高但留言 0,通常代表「看懂了但不知道怎麼回」——標題要寫清楚要什麼
右下 FAB「+」發布發布需通過審核(見 6.3)
內容樣貌例①「生命再生事業說明會【2026全國巡講8月廈門站】」;例②「山西廣靈,小米之鄉,以小米為原料,提純小米胚芽油、谷纖維等」供需不只「我要什麼」,也包含「我辦什麼活動」「我有什麼貨」
怎麼操作
  1. 先切「合作/招募」等意圖
  2. 用關鍵字搜有沒有重複需求
  3. 沒有就按「+」自己發
  4. 標題寫「要什麼+什麼規格+什麼時候要」
  5. 發布後留意留言與電話。
為什麼這樣設計

需求的生命週期被看見:從招募中到已結案,形成「這裡真的成交過」的社會證明。而且貼文會沉澱成你的「內容創作分」(見圖 11-10)。

注意

貼文有審核,投資、醫療、招生的表述容易被退;不要在公開貼文放個人手機與身分證字號。

11.6 我的:中心與五組數據11-15~11-19

五張圖是五種儀表板:個人總覽、數據看板、年度結算、活動成效、市場趨勢。

個人中心(我的) 圖 11-15

個人中心(我的)

入口:底部導航「我的」

你的履歷、你的成績單、以及所有設定的總開關,都在這一頁。

這頁在做什麼

這一頁分三層:身分(頭像與品牌卡)、成績(四格數據)、抽屜(四個入口)。很多人只把它當「設定頁」,其實它是最該經營的一頁——「主要領域」與「多元發展」直接決定你被誰搜到。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
頂部頭像、姓名、通知鈴(紅點 1)紅點=未讀通知,點進去看誰找過你
品牌卡FP-L/台北市/「編輯品牌」編輯品牌=改主要領域與多元發展,這是曝光的核心
主要領域chips:科技業、WX脈鏈鏈·創辦人這兩個詞就是別人搜到你時的關鍵字
多元發展標籤:兩岸整合、資本市場賦能第二曲線;別人靠它判斷「還有沒有別的合作可能」
四格數據45 脈鏈積分/159 我的鏈友/248 名片訪客/35 被讚積分可兌換;鏈友是規模;訪客是被動曝光;被讚是認可
四個入口功能中心(88 個功能模組·569 個真實數據)/數據看板/我的網絡/我的團隊功能中心=總目錄;後三個=三種儀表板
怎麼操作
  1. 先按「編輯品牌」把主要領域寫成「行業+角色」
  2. 補上多元發展兩個標籤
  3. 點「數據看板」看哪一項是 0
  4. 回上層把 0 的那一項補起來。
為什麼這樣設計

「名片訪客 248」是被動指標:不是你去認識人,是別人主動來看你。這個數字比「鏈友數」更能反映你的曝光品質。

注意

積分與被讚是兩種不同資產(積分可兌換、被讚影響信任),不要混為一談;訪客數為累計值,非即時。

數據看板(個人數據總覽) 圖 11-16

數據看板(個人數據總覽)

入口:我的 → 「數據看板」

把「我做得怎樣」變成六個數字,再給一條補救的捷徑。

這頁在做什麼

看板的第一句就寫「先選你想看哪一組數據 · 目前開放 18 / 18 組」——它承認這是一個多組數據的集合,而不是一張漂亮的圖。真正的用法是:找出哪一格是 0,然後點旁邊的入口去補。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
我的內容數據供需貼文 0/圖文 2/視頻 0/主辦場次 20/參與場次 105/名片訪客 248(即時統計·不含收藏)六格裡有 0 的,就是你下週的功課
內容延伸列「收藏 35 · 分享 166 · 內容創作分數看『我的七維雷達』」+「看雷達」從數字跳到診斷(圖 11-10)
我的團隊開圈·綁定成員·邀請碼團隊是另一種人脈結構,與個人網絡分開算
社區與組織社區列表(新版:七大分類·價格·封閉狀態)/機構列表(舊版,僅保留入口)新版優先;舊版是相容入口
成長與資產成長中心(年節/健檢/行程/任務/履歷 一次通)/我的履歷(工作、學歷、獎項、作品,可被搜尋)履歷是「被搜到」的另一個入口,很多人漏填
活動數據我的活動進圖 11-18
怎麼操作
  1. 掃六格找 0
  2. 點「看雷達」確認是哪一維拖低
  3. 用下方入口補(發一篇供需、傳一支影片、辦一場小聚)
  4. 一週後回來對照。
為什麼這樣設計

主辦 20 場、參與 105 場,說明這位使用者是「參加型」而非「主辦型」。這不是缺點,是策略選擇——但如果他想提高雷達分,主辦是最快的槓桿。

注意

「我的團隊」要綁定成員後才有數據;各項為即時統計,不含收藏與尚貴介紹等間接指標;舊版「機構列表」僅保留入口,功能已由新版社區取代。

人脈資產年報 2026 圖 11-17

人脈資產年報 2026

入口:我的 → 數據相關入口/年度報告入口

把一年的社交勞動,結算成一張可以對外分享的資產證明。

這頁在做什麼

年報是這個平台最適合「轉發」的一頁。它不只給數字,還給了三段敘事:被看見、被信任、被記得——把冷冰冰的統計翻成你自己的年度總結。附帶的推薦碼,讓分享同時變成邀請。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
標題與身分「人脈資產年報 2026」/YJ 科技業·FP-L年報綁定身分,轉發時別人知道這是誰的
六格數據248 名片訪客/35 被讚/166 被轉發/2 內容/197 內容閱讀/8 機構連結曝光(訪客)→ 認可(讚)→ 擴散(轉發)→ 沉澱(內容與閱讀)
推薦碼「我的推薦碼 WX00000022」+「註冊時填寫此碼,帳號會成為你的引薦人」分享時附碼,被邀請者會掛在你的引薦鏈下
兩個按鈕「複製」/「分享年報」複製=貼到微信;分享=生成圖片
三段敘事 01被看見:「248 人次打開你的名片,平均每月 21 次。這不是滑過去的曝光,是有人主動點進來。」把數字翻成意義
三段敘事 02被信任:「35 個讚、被轉發 166 次。每 100 位訪客裡有 14 位願意留下動作。」留下動作的人才是可談的人
三段敘事 03被記得:「發了 2 篇內容,累積 197 次閱讀。內容是唯一會替你 24 小時說話的東西。」內容=被動業務員
怎麼操作
  1. 打開年報先看六格
  2. 讀三段敘事,找出自己的強項與短板(本例:曝光強、內容弱)
  3. 按「複製」把推薦碼發給要邀請的人
  4. 按「分享年報」生成圖片,發朋友圈/群組。
為什麼這樣設計

它回答了社群經營最難的一題:「我這一年到底累積了什麼?」不是好友數,而是多少人主動看過你、認可你、替你轉發、記得你說過什麼。

注意

年報數字為累計值,不是年度增量;對外分享前請確認這些數字你願意公開(例如訪客數與被讚數)。

我的活動 圖 11-18

我的活動

入口:我的 → 數據看板 → 活動數據 → 我的活動

主辦活動最怕「報名多、到場少」。這一頁把漏斗攤開,讓你看見流失在哪一段。

這頁在做什麼

同一頁有兩個層次:上面是自己的(我主辦 20 場、報名 288 人次),下面是平台的(累積 82 場、824 人次)。分開看很重要——你的 20 場佔平台 82 場的四分之一,這是你的份量。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
搜尋與篩選搜尋活動名稱或分類;全部活動/我主辦的/我參加的;全部時間/近一個月/近三個月/今年+分類先篩「我主辦的 + 今年」
四格摘要20 場我主辦的活動/288 人次我的活動報名/79 人觸及會員/30 人實際簽到報名 vs 簽到=到場率,這是最該盯的數字
平台活動總覽累積活動場次 82/累積報名人次 824/累積簽到人次 260/參與過的會員 114/我參加過的活動 35你的活動在整個平台的位置
月度場次02 月 2/03 月 3/04 月 2/05 月 4/06 月 2/07 月 3/08 月 2/10 月 2(共 8 個月)看節奏:是穩定每月兩場,還是集中在某幾個月
符合場次「符合 22 場」篩選後的實際筆數
怎麼操作
  1. 切「我主辦的」
  2. 看「報名 vs 實際簽到」算到場率(本例 30/288 ≈ 10%)
  3. 對照月度場次找「哪個月特別差」
  4. 回推那場的時間、主題、收費,下一場改掉一個變因。
為什麼這樣設計

到場率低通常不是「人不來」,是「沒有提醒」。開啟核銷(QR 簽到)+活動前一天提醒,是成本最低的改善。

注意

簽到數需要主理人開啟「活動是否核銷=是」才會累積;未開啟核銷的場次,簽到會顯示 0(不是沒人來,是沒紀錄)。平台總覽為全站數據,非個人。

數據儀表板(平台/運營視角) 圖 11-19

數據儀表板(平台/運營視角)

入口:我的 → 數據看板(運營入口)

這是「辦活動的人」看決策的一頁:哪個月掉了、哪個產業最多、幾點開場最好。

這頁在做什麼

跟 11-18 不同:11-18 是「我的成績」,這一頁是「市場長什麼樣」。四個期間(近 7 天/近 30 天/年度/全部)先選,再讀三張圖:月度趨勢、產業分布、時段分布。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
期間切換近 7 天/近 30 天/年度(當前)/全部看趨勢用年度,看即時熱度用近 7 天
四格 KPI81 場次/806 報名人次/113 參與會員/7 產業類別四個數字先建立規模感
月度趨勢2026-02 4/03 6/04 12/05 23/06 18/07 5/08 8/09 3/10 3(共 9 個月)5 月是高峰;9-10 月明顯降溫,這是排程空窗
產業分布 Top 7健康與養生 117(14.5%)/教育業 68(8.4%)/科技業 61(7.6%)/其他 36/專業服務 35/批發和零售業 27/其他 84(10.4%)決定下一場「找誰來」:前兩大產業就是你的基本盤
時段分布上午 6(06:00-12:00)若多數場次在上午,下午場就是差異化機會
怎麼操作
  1. 切「年度」看趨勢
  2. 找出掉最兇的月份
  3. 看產業分布決定主題
  4. 看時段分布決定開場時間
  5. 把這三個結論寫成下一季的排程。
為什麼這樣設計

數據儀表板真正的產出不是圖,是一個決定:「下一場辦在幾月、找哪個產業、幾點開始」。看完沒有決定,等於沒看。

注意

圖中出現兩條都叫「其他」的條目(36 與 84),代表分類填寫不規範會讓統計失真——發布活動時請務必使用既有分類,不要自創。

11.7 邀約、脈鏈圖與私訊11-20~11-22

三張圖是「把關係推進」的三個動作:邀約出席、看清結構、開始對話。

定向邀約(該邀誰) 圖 11-20

定向邀約(該邀誰)

入口:活動相關入口 → 定向邀約

把名單變成出席率:算出「該邀誰、該去哪」,而且每一個建議都附理由。

這頁在做什麼

這是「活動 × 人脈」兩個模組的交集,也是全平台最務實的一頁。它的分數不是黑箱:同城、同業、同級三條規則加總,畫面上直接寫「不是模型猜的」。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
主張「該邀誰、該去哪,一次算清楚」+「用你的活動、城市與行業即時計算,每個結果都附理由」先讀這句,你就知道分數怎麼來的
比對基準FP-L/台北市/科技業;「已比對 809 位會員 × 82 場」樣本規模公開,避免「憑什麼」
兩個視角該邀誰(主理人)/該去哪(參加者)主辦方用左邊;想參加的人用右邊找場次
選一場活動台灣北中南|WX脈鏈鏈OPC化培訓 10/07 12:00 台北市/WX脈鏈鏈–OPC公益課程 09/27 21:30 台中市先選活動,名單才有依據
建議名單「建議邀請 12 位|同城·同業·同級,可理解」;林秀紋 FP-L 80 分、殷幸華 鏈友 70 分、呂理賢 FP-L 55 分、吳鵑鈴 FP-L 55 分分數=到場機率的代理指標,不是保證
推薦理由「也在台北市,到場成本最低;同屬科技業,是這場活動的核心受眾;FP-L,平台活躍度較高。」理由比名單重要:它告訴你該用什麼話開口
操作列要邀約/看名片;底部「已選 0 位(全選/取消)」+「轉發邀約」「直接用微信給他們」勾選後批次轉發
怎麼操作
  1. 選一場你的活動
  2. 讀前三位的高分理由,理解「為什麼是他」
  3. 勾選(或全選)
  4. 按「轉發邀約」,但務必改第一句話
  5. 活動前一天再提醒一次。
為什麼這樣設計

邀約成功的關鍵不是名單精準,是「他知道為什麼是你邀請他」。所以這一頁把理由放在名字旁邊——讓你複製理由,而不是複製貼上同一段話。

注意

分數為同城/同業/同級規則加總,不代表對方意願;群發同一段邀約文字,回覆率通常低於個人化邀約。

脈鏈圖(引薦同心圓) 圖 11-21

脈鏈圖(引薦同心圓)

入口:我的 → 「我的網絡」相關入口/脈鏈圖

你怎麼被帶進來、你又帶了誰進來——這條鏈不可覆蓋、可追溯。

這頁在做什麼

四個視圖(脈鏈樹/雲關係/引薦同心圓/脈鏈同心圓)是同一份資料的四種看法。同心圓最適合回答一個問題:「我的關係離我多遠?」第 1 鏈是直接引薦,第 4 鏈是間接的間接。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
視圖切換脈鏈樹/雲關係/引薦同心圓/脈鏈同心圓(當前)樹狀看結構、同心圓看距離、雲關係看群聚
層級 tabs全部/第 1 鏈/第 2 鏈/第 3 鏈/第 4 鏈+點某層只看該層名單
統計條第 1 鏈 107 人/第 2 鏈 41 人/第 3 鏈 25 人/第 4 鏈含以上 186 人第 1 鏈=你直接引薦的;數字會隨引薦變動
同心圓圖中心「我」→ +1 → +2 → +3 → +4 虛線圈,圈上圓點為成員圓點大小與顏色代表層級,滑過可看是誰
底部合計107/41/25/186/359 總數359 是「鏈上人數」,不是全部人脈
怎麼操作
  1. 先看第 1 鏈有幾人(這是你最核心的 107 人)
  2. 點「第 2 鏈」看誰是被你間接帶進來的
  3. 找出「第 4 鏈+」特別多的分支,那通常是某個活躍的召集人。
為什麼這樣設計

引薦鏈的意義是「可追溯」:你今天是誰介紹來的、你介紹了誰,都留在鏈上。這讓「引薦」從人情變成資產。

注意

359 總數 ≠ 612 全部人脈(圖 11-8):沒有引薦來源、自行註冊的會員不計入鏈上層級;層級由後台引薦關係計算,不由使用者自行設定。

鏈友私訊交流(對話列表) 圖 11-22

鏈友私訊交流(對話列表)

入口:鏈友 → 私訊/名片 → 私訊聯繫

把「公開名片」變成「私人關係」的那個動作,被做成一份可管理的清單。

這頁在做什麼

私訊在平台內,不在微信裡。好處是可管理(未讀、搜尋、按行業找人),壞處是對方不一定即時看到——所以重要的事仍要留電話或當面。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
統計列「共 32 位對話對象 · 1 則未讀」/「30 位有行業/地區資料」未讀優先清;有行業資料的比較好判斷要不要回
搜尋可搜「姓名、行業、城市或訊息內容」按訊息內容搜,可以找回三個月前那句話
只看未讀右側開關每天一次的清理動作
對話列頭像(未讀紅點)、姓名、行業·城市、最後一則訊息、時間時間跨度從 6 天前到 08-11,說明這是長期關係的清單,不是即時聊天室
怎麼操作
  1. 開「只看未讀」
  2. 逐一回覆,回覆時帶一句「上次你提到的那件事」
  3. 關掉未讀,用搜尋找舊對話(例如搜「咖啡」找回上次約的內容)。
為什麼這樣設計

平台刻意不把它做成即時聊天工具:它要的是「有目的的對話」,不是閒聊。所以列表顯示行業與城市,讓你判斷這個人值不值得現在回。

注意

對方不一定即時在線;重要約定請另留電話或直接見面。對話內容屬私人通訊,平台不在未經同意下對外揭露。

11.8 名片、邀約說明與社區11-23~11-25

最後三張回到「人」與「房間」:一張名片、一段邀約、一個可聚集的空間。

鏈友詳情(名片頁) 圖 11-23

鏈友詳情(名片頁)

入口:任何名單/地圖/名片卡 → 點擊人物

名片頁就是他的「店面」:門口的來客數、牆上的作品、最後那一句「私訊聯繫」。

這頁在做什麼

整個平台的所有路徑最後都匯到這一頁。它由上而下是:形象(大圖)→ 身分(姓名、級別、地區)→ 證據(三個指標)→ 內容(六個分頁)→ 行動(私訊)。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
頂部三鍵收藏/名片/分享(紫色)收藏=存進你的名單;名片=存成圖片;分享=轉給第三方
身分區張立綺 FP-L/湖北省武漢市江漢區級別+地區是最快的兩個判斷
三指標83 訪客數量/10 信任點贊/11 分享次數訪客=多少人主動看過;點贊=多少人認可;分享=多少人替他轉發
六分頁資料/工作/教育/技能/視頻/圖文先看「資料」對不對口,再看「圖文/視頻」看他做過什麼
語音自我介紹「尚未錄製」→「他還沒錄語音自我介紹」這是差異化欄位:多數人空白,你錄了就是優勢
共享脈鏈顯示你們之間是否有共同引薦來源有共同引薦=開口時可以說「某某介紹」
底部分享/地址/私訊聯繫地址可導航;私訊聯繫是主要行動
怎麼操作
  1. 先看三個指標(83 個訪客代表他不冷門)
  2. 切「圖文」看他做過什麼
  3. 看「共享脈鏈」找共同熟人
  4. 按「收藏」
  5. 用共同熟人當開場白私訊。
為什麼這樣設計

「信任點贊」這個設計很聰明:它不是按讚數,是「認識他的人給的背書」。10 個信任點贊比 1000 個愛心有意義。

注意

「收藏」是雙向可見的(對方可能知道你收藏了他),斟酌使用;名片圖含個人資訊,轉發前請確認對方同意。

資訊說明與「約他聊聊」 圖 11-24

資訊說明與「約他聊聊」

入口:名片頁 → 資訊說明/邀約

全書最誠實的一頁:這裡沒有行程表,所以直接給你一段可以發出去的邀約文字。

這頁在做什麼

多數產品會留一個「敬請期待」的行事曆分頁。這一頁反過來:直接寫「這裡沒有 member/schedule 分頁(實際 404),所以與其留一個永遠空白的空頁,不如讓你真的約到人」。這是把限制轉成設計。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
標題與說明「資訊說明/可撥閱的資料 · 只列後台拿得到的」先講清楚「只給真的有的資料」
icon tabs七維雷達(31)/消息/動態/行程七維雷達的 31 是條目數
內容 tabs七維雷達/基本/提供-尋找/連結/動能/行程(當前)切換看不同面向的資料
時段今天/兩天/本週內/下週/時間你定「時間你定」是給對方最大彈性的選項,回覆率通常最高
形式線上會談/咖啡聊聊/我到府拜訪/先通話電話第一次見面建議「先通話電話」或「咖啡聊聊」,成本最低
想談什麼(選填)例:兩岸通路合作、AI 落地案子填了成功率高三倍:對方知道要準備什麼
組成邀約文字一鍵生成一段可直接發送的文字生成後務必改第一句,避免被看出是模板
底部說明「選好時段與形式,這裡會組出一段可以直接發送的邀約…不如讓你真的約到人」這就是設計理由,不用再猜
怎麼操作
  1. 選時段(不確定就選「時間你定」)
  2. 選形式(第一次用「先通話電話」)
  3. 填「想談什麼」一句話
  4. 按「組成邀約文字」
  5. 複製到微信/私訊,改掉第一句再送出。
為什麼這樣設計

邀約失敗最常見的原因不是對方沒興趣,是「不知道要談什麼、要花多久」。把時間、形式、主題三件事講清楚,回覆率立刻不同。

注意

生成的文字是模板,直接發送容易顯得群發;「行程」分頁目前沒有後台資料,屬已知限制(見 6.3)。

社區(七大社區與社區列表) 圖 11-25

社區(七大社區與社區列表)

入口:首頁八宮格「脈鏈社區」

平台是廣場,社區是小房間。真正的合作多半發生在小房間裡。

這頁在做什麼

社區把「同一群人」聚在一個可管理、可互動、可收費的空間:校友、商會、產業、專案、品牌、認證、聯盟。列表用價格狀態(免費/年費/封閉)區分進入門檻。

畫面上你看得到什麼
畫面元素它顯示什麼你可以怎麼用
搜尋「搜索社區、機構、人脈」三個對象都能搜,不限社區
七大社區校友鏈/國際商會/商務鏈/專案/品牌合作/WX認證/商務聯盟/OPC智聯(共 8 個圖示)+「全部 >」分類逛法;圖示數量與「七大」標題不一致,屬介面文案問題
社區總數「全部社區 30 個」規模不大,適合逐一逛
價格 tabs全部/免費/年費/封閉新手先切「免費」試水溫
社區卡logo、名稱、「查看詳情」、右側狀態(免費/年費/封閉)例:EUDA 易優達、兩岸漫畫OPC、隨配OPC社區、壯世代OPC社區、兩岸青年OPC社區(皆為免費)
怎麼操作
  1. 先切「免費」逛一圈
  2. 點「查看詳情」看成員與規則
  3. 申請加入(年費/封閉需審核)
  4. 加入後先自我介紹,再發第一個需求。
為什麼這樣設計

社區的價值不在「人多」,在「共同語言+共同規則」。一個 30 人的行業社區,往往比 600 人的大廣場更容易談成合作。

注意

標題寫「七大社區」但顯示 8 個圖示(多出「OPC智聯」),屬介面文案待修正項,已列入附錄 F 待確認清單;封閉社區需邀請或審核才能進入。

這一章怎麼用。三種用法:① 查——看到某個畫面不知道怎麼操作,翻到對應圖號;② 教——新會員培訓時,直接把某幾張圖截出來當教材(附錄 D 的教學地圖有對應建議);③ 驗——改版後拿這 25 張圖逐頁對照,畫面不一致的地方就是需要更新手冊的地方。
下一步
想動手發一場活動?直接看第 12 章 活動發布系統操作,那裡有完整的表單逐欄說明與發布前自檢清單。想先看懂整體架構,回第 1 章 產品總覽。
CHAPTER 12 · 主理人操作手冊

12活動發布系統操作

這一章是給要辦活動的人看的:從「我的 → 活動發佈」按下去,到活動出現在列表與地圖上,總共 18 個欄位、4 個狀態、2 種核銷方式。整章依兩份真實材料寫成——《WX脈鏈鏈活動系統》內部培訓教材(10 頁)與現行發布表單的真機擷圖;兩者有出入的地方,一併標出來(見12.1),不替任何一方圓場。

先看這一句:活動不是「發一篇文」,是「開一個有名額、有費用、有核銷、有紀錄的小型專案」。所以表單看起來很長——它其實是把主辦方過去用 Excel 與群組接龍做的事,一次收進同一個流程。

12.1 誰能發布、能辦多大四級:8/20/40/不設限

發布權限與人數上限綁在會員級別上。2026-11-09 表單更新後,活動類型回到四級——小局、小聚、中聚、匯聚,人數上限分別是 8/20/40/不設限。這與內部培訓教材的寫法一致;先前流傳的「只有兩級、小聚 10 人以內」說法已不成立。

虛線=無上限;匯聚不填人數即不設限 8 人 小局 飯局・茶局・請教 20 人 小聚 主題聚會・交流會 40 人 中聚 培訓・分會例會 ∞ 匯聚 論壇・招商・年會 垂直高度=可容納人數;四級皆為表單上的實際選項,不是建議值
圖 12-1 活動四級的規模階梯
表 12-1 四種活動類型、人數上限與適用場合
活動類型人數上限教材對應角色適合什麼局
小局8 人以內一般會員(局主)四人飯局、六人茶局、一對多請教。人少到每個人都能講完自己的事,是最容易談成合作的一級
小聚20 人以內局主有主題的交流會、專題分享、產業小聚。20 人是「每個人都有機會發言」的上限
中聚40 人以內顧問會員實戰培訓、分會例會、政策宣講。到這一級,台上台下已經開始分離
匯聚無上限
不填則不設限
顧問分會長論壇、招商會、年度大會。人數由場地與餐飲決定,不由系統決定
「限制人數」這一欄怎麼填。選了活動類型之後,輸入框會提示該級的上限(畫面選小聚時顯示「請輸入限制人數(上限20人)」)。填超過會被擋;填得比上限少完全可以——六人茶局就填 6,滿了再加開一場。選「匯聚」時留空,系統就不設限(畫面紅字:「當活動類型為匯聚時,不填則沒有限制」)。欄位下方的四行小字是各級上限的速查:小局 8 人以內、小聚 20 人以內、中聚 40 人以內、匯聚沒有限制。
實際能選哪幾級,仍看你的會員級別。表單把四級都列出來,但級別不足時選項可能無法選取,或送出後在審核階段被駁回。級別與權限的最終解釋權在所屬商會,平台只負責如實呈現;不確定就先問你的社區管理員,再動手填表。

12.2 進入路徑與四個狀態3 步到發布頁

第 1 步:底部導航「我的」從個人中心進入,不在「活動」分頁裡——這是新手最常找錯的地方。
第 2 步:點「活動發佈」位於個人中心的功能入口區(不同版本位置略有差異,圖 11-15 的四個入口是同一層)。
第 3 步:點右上「發布」進入表單。第一次發布建議先看本章 12.4 的逐欄說明,再動手填。
活動發布列表
圖 12-2 活動發布(列表)四個狀態分頁+右上「發布」
真機擷圖 · 現行版本

四個狀態,四種該做的事

表 12-2 活動的四個狀態與對應動作
狀態它代表什麼你該做什麼
全部你發佈過的所有活動,含審核中、發佈中、已駁回盤點用;看歷史與現況一次掃完
審核中已送出、平台尚未通過若超過預期時間沒過,聯繫你的「核心總會」或「總部」加速審核
發佈中已通過的活動,含歷史活動與進行中活動分享連結、催報名、看名單
已駁回申請未通過依駁回建議修改後重新發佈(不必重填全部欄位,用 12.8 的「選用」更快)

12.3 表單逐欄說明(上半)基本資料與費用

表單分上下兩段。上半段決定「這是什麼活動、多少錢」;下半段決定「在哪裡、什麼時候、怎麼報到」。以下依畫面順序逐欄說明,標 * 者為必填。

發布活動表單上半:四級活動類型與限制人數
圖 12-3 表單上半活動類型四選一(小局/小聚/中聚/匯聚)→ 限制人數 → 標題 → 分類 → 費用 → 退款 → 封面 → 輪播
真機擷圖 · 2026-11-09 更新版
表 12-3 表單上半:欄位、規則與填寫建議
欄位規則怎麼填才好
*活動類型四選一:小局/小聚/中聚/匯聚8 人以內的飯局選小局;10–20 人的主題局選小聚;20–40 人選中聚;對外開放的大場選匯聚。級別不足時選項會被鎖住
限制人數上限隨類型變動:小局 8/小聚 20/中聚 40;匯聚不填則無限制。超過上限會被擋寧可少不要多:6 人茶局就填 6,滿了再加開一場。人數填得比上限低,不會影響任何權益
*活動標題自由輸入「主題 + 對象 + 形式」,例:「兩岸通路對接|台商专场|6 人圆桌」。避免只寫「交流會」
*活動分類從六大類中選子分類(見 12.5)分類決定曝光對象,選錯等於發給錯的人
*報名費用(元)輸入 0 即免費;單位為人民幣收費能過濾意願;免費能放大聲量。第一次辦建議免費或低價
*可否退款是/否選「是」報名率較高,但要自己處理退款作業
*封面圖片建議尺寸 3:2人臉+標題字最有效;不要用純文字截圖

12.4 表單逐欄說明(下半)地點、時間與詳情

發布活動表單下半
圖 12-4 表單下半輪播、電話、舉辦方式、時間、詳情編輯器
真機擷圖 · 現行版本
表 12-4 表單下半:欄位、規則與填寫建議
欄位規則怎麼填才好
*輪播圖片建議尺寸 686×320活動頁最上層輪播,放場地照、講者照、往期照片 2–5 張
聯繫電話選填填了報名者的問題會直接找你;不想被騷擾可留客服號
*舉辦方式線上/線下線上不會出現在活動地圖(見圖 11-12 注意事項)
*活動地點線下選地址;線上填網址地址要選到門牌層級,否則地圖定位會飄
*報名截止時間時間選擇器可設與「活動結束時間」相同,讓臨時想來的人還能報
*活動開始時間時間選擇器建議比實際開始早 15 分鐘,緩衝遲到
*活動結束時間時間選擇器要留緩衝,散場與交流常超時
*活動詳情富文本編輯器:粗體、斜體、底線、清單、對齊、顏色、字級、插入圖片固定五段:這場是什麼/適合誰/你帶走什麼/流程/講者。可貼圖片與網址

12.5 活動分類:六大類與子分類選錯分類=發給錯的人

分類不是裝飾,它是曝光的分配器:使用者會用分類篩選,也會用分類判斷「這場跟我有沒有關係」。下表的子分類是從現行分類選擇器逐一抄下來的,可以直接照著選。

活動分類選擇器
圖 12-5 活動分類選擇器六大類、數十個子分類,可捲動
真機擷圖 · 現行版本
表 12-5 六大類與子分類(依畫面順序)
大類子分類
資源對接產融對接、供需對接、技術轉移、招商合作、出海對接、商務交流
知識賦能私董閉門、實戰培訓、政策宣講、經驗分享
圈層社交交流茶局、商務飯局、名企游學、校友聯誼、同宗同鄉
悅己時光運動休閒、文藝雅集、手作工坊、興趣同好、趣游同行、親子時光、療愈放鬆、萌寵社交、日常小聚
社會公益公益行動、志願服務、慈善募款(依教材六大類;實際子項以畫面為準)
大型活動/WX脈鏈鏈官方年度大會、論壇、官方課程(僅官方與授權角色可發)
選分類的三條判斷:① 這場活動的主要產出是什麼——談成合作(資源對接)、學到東西(知識賦能)、認識人(圈層社交)、放鬆(悅己時光);② 次要產出放進標題,不要放進分類;③ 不確定就選商務交流,它是最安全的中性選項。

12.6 費用、退款與分帳10% / 90%

收費欄位只有一個「報名費用(元)」,但背後有三件事要主辦方先想清楚:定價、退款、分帳。

表 12-6 費用相關的三個規則
項目規則對主辦方的意義
計價單位人民幣(元);輸入 0 即免費兩岸場次請自行換算並在標題註明幣別,避免報名後爭議
平台管理費活動費用的 10% 作為脈鏈系統管理費用定價時要把這 10% 算進成本,不要用「實收」當「標價」
主理人分帳其餘 90% 返回活動主理人指定帳戶收款帳戶需事先設定;跨境的到帳時間與手續費另計
可否退費發布時二選一(是/否)選「是」報名轉換率較高,但要留退款作業時間;選「否」請在活動詳情寫明原因
定價的實務建議:免費場最容易招滿,但到場率最低;收費場(即使只收 30–50 元)會顯著提高到場率,因為「付過錢」本身就是提醒。若要收費又怕嚇跑人,可用「免費報名 + 現場低消」的形式,並在活動詳情寫清楚。

12.7 核銷與對外狀態誰看得到、怎麼報到

表單最下方的三個開關,決定的是「誰能看」與「怎麼簽到」。這三個開關一旦發布就很難改,請在送出前確認。

核銷與對外狀態
圖 12-6 核銷與對外狀態三個開關決定可見性與報到方式
真機擷圖 · 現行版本
表 12-7 三個開關的作用
開關選項與意義怎麼選
*活動是否核銷否/是。選「是」才能統計實際簽到要算到場率、要發出席證明 → 選「是」
*對外狀態對外開放(所有資訊對外,可進活動詳情)/會員專屬(只有入會成功者才能查看)招新、擴散 → 對外開放;內部培訓、敏感議題 → 會員專屬
*非會員報名狀態可以報名/不能報名想用活動引流就開放;想維持會員價值就限制
核銷的兩種方式(依內部培訓教材):
① 自助簽到——主理人提供二維碼,來賓掃碼完成報到;適合人手少、來賓多的場。
② 管理員核銷——主理人主動掃來賓的活動二維碼完成報到;適合需要逐一確認身分的場。
現行表單只有「是/否」開關,兩種方式的切換在活動管理頁,不在發布表單裡。

12.8 發布歷史與「選用」複用第二場開始,省一半時間

表單左下角有一個時鐘圖示「歷史發佈」。它列出你過去辦過的活動,每一筆右側有「選用」——按下去會把那一場的全部欄位複製進新表單,你只需要改時間、地點、標題。

發布歷史
圖 12-7 發布歷史每一筆都可「選用」再修改,不必從零填
真機擷圖 · 現行版本

什麼時候該用「選用」

  • 系列活動:每月固定的例會、每季的培訓班。複製後只改日期與講題。
  • 同場地不同主題:地點、費用、核銷方式都一樣,只換文案與封面。
  • 被駁回後重發:依建議修改比重填快得多。
用「選用」最容易犯的錯:忘了改封面圖與輪播圖。畫面上出現上一場的照片,是報名轉換率最大的殺手——它會讓人以為你貼錯資訊。

12.9 發布後長什麼樣列表卡片的七個欄位

活動通過審核後,會出現在「活動」分頁的列表與地圖上(見圖 11-11、圖 11-12)。列表卡片就七個欄位,全部來自你剛剛填的內容——所以填表時想的不是「填完就好」,而是「這張卡片長什麼樣」。

活動列表卡片
圖 12-8 活動卡片主理人、分類、標題、時間、地點、鏈友級別、費用、人氣、距離
真機擷圖 · 現行版本
表 12-8 卡片欄位來自哪個表單欄位
卡片上的來自決定什麼
主理人姓名+級別你的會員資料信任感;級別高的人辦的場較敢報
分類標籤(如「悅己時光·趣游同行」)*活動分類被誰篩到
標題*活動標題八成點擊率
時間(含週幾)開始時間能不能來
地點*活動地點決定「這週能不能到」
鏈友:會員級別限制非會員報名狀態+對外狀態誰有資格報名
費用/人氣/距您報名費用/瀏覽數據/距離最後一道門檻

12.10 送出前 12 項自檢按「提交審核」前,逐項打勾

  • 標題裡有主題、對象、形式三個要素,陌生人看得懂。
  • 分類選的是主要產出,不是次要產出。
  • 人數上限已填,且未超過該級上限(小局 8/小聚 20/中聚 40;匯聚可留空),並與場地容量相符。
  • 費用以人民幣計,0 代表免費;已在詳情註明是否含餐飲。
  • 退款政策已選,並在詳情寫明退款條件。
  • 封面圖 3:2、有標題字、不是上一場的舊圖。
  • 輪播圖 2–5 張,686×320,無他人未授權肖像。
  • 舉辦方式(線上/線下)與地點/網址一致。
  • 報名截止 ≥ 現在;開始與結束時間留了緩衝。
  • 活動詳情五段齊全:是什麼/適合誰/帶走什麼/流程/講者。
  • 核銷開關已想清楚(要不要算到場率)。
  • 對外狀態與非會員報名狀態,符合這一場的目的。

12.11 常見卡點按症狀找解

表 12-9 發布與上線過程的六個常見卡點
症狀可能原因怎麼辦
送出了,一直停在「審核中」人工審核排隊,或資料需補件聯繫你的核心總會/總部加速;同時檢查詳情是否有敏感表述
被駁回,但不知道哪裡有問題多為費用、醫療/投資表述、他人肖像依駁回建議修改;用「歷史發佈 → 選用」複製後改,不要重填
發布了,但列表上找不到活動在別的城市的排序較後,或已過報名截止用活動名稱搜尋;或請參加者直接開分享連結
地圖上沒有我的活動舉辦方式選了「線上」,或地址只填到城市改為線下並補門牌層級地址(線上活動本來就不上地圖)
簽到數一直是 0「活動是否核銷」選了「否」下一場開啟核銷;已結束的場次無法補計
到場率很低(報名多、來得少)沒有提醒、免費場、時間太早或太遠活動前一天私訊提醒+收小額費用+選捷運可達的場地
下一步
想看每一頁的實際畫面與操作細節,回第 11 章 逐頁圖解;想了解活動在整體產品中的位置,看3.10 活動;想確認功能是否已上線,看6.1 功能現況總表。
APPENDIX A

A新會員 7 天行動卡

這一頁是給「已經註冊、但不知道要做什麼」的人。每天一件事,七天下來你會擁有一個可被找到、可被相信、可被轉介的檔案。

附表 A-1 七天行動卡(每天 5–15 分鐘)
天做什麼時間怎麼做(章節)完成的樣子
D1填一句話定位+主業10 分鐘2.3 模板①列表頁那行字能讓陌生人看懂你幫誰解決什麼
D2寫「可提供/正在尋找」8 分鐘3.6/3.2兩欄都有具體名詞與數字,不是形容詞
D3發第一篇供需10 分鐘3.4 範例標題含「結果+規模+時間」,掛 2–3 個標籤
D4看 5 位鏈友、私訊 1 位12 分鐘3.2/3.3 模板④送出一則有上下文的三句式私訊
D5加入 1 個社區並發言8 分鐘3.11在社區群裡發一次自我介紹
D6報名 1 場活動(優先小聚)5 分鐘3.10「我的活動」出現一筆報名與核銷碼
D7回顧七維、挑最低那一維做一件事6 分鐘3.8 表 3-11知道自己下一步該補什麼,而不是盲刷

打卡區(印出來用)

  • D1 我寫好了一句話定位:____________________________________
  • D2 我的「可提供」是:______________________________________
  • D3 我發的供需標題:________________________________________
  • D4 我私訊的對象與理由:____________________________________
  • D5 我加入的社區:__________________________________________
  • D6 我報名的活動與日期:____________________________________
  • D7 我最低的那一維是:__________,我要做的動作:____________
七天之後呢?把「每天簽到+看三位鏈友」變成習慣(2 分鐘),把「每週發一篇供需+請一則評價」變成例行(20 分鐘)。前者維持存在感,後者累積資產。
APPENDIX B

B一頁上手單(可印)

這一頁刻意設計成「單獨轉發也不會失禮」:給剛被邀請的人,一張紙講完他要做的五件事。可直接列印或截圖傳送。

WEAVEINX · 30 秒上手
WX脈鏈鏈 五步上手
終結無效社交,開啟精準對接
小程序碼
待營運方提供
  1. 掃碼進入——請邀請人給你他的二維碼,掃碼會把你的引薦關係記在鏈上(這比搜尋更有價值)。
  2. 填四欄——姓名、公司全稱、職稱、常駐城市。這四欄決定別人搜不搜得到你。
  3. 寫一句話——「我是〔公司+職稱〕,專門幫〔誰〕解決〔什麼問題〕,目前在找〔什麼〕」。
  4. 發一篇供需——標題寫「結果+規模+時間」,例:尋找跨境物流夥伴(東南亞線,月 3 櫃)。
  5. 報一場小聚——八個人的那種。見一次面,勝過十次私訊。
私訊三句式
① 我是誰+誰介紹我來的
② 我要請教/合作的具體一件事
③ 我能提供的對等價值
三個不要
① 不要一進來就群發廣告
② 不要用「在嗎」開場
③ 不要合作完不評價
完整手冊見 PDF|有問題用「我的 → 意見建議」|營運主體:融汇脉链(厦门)技术信息有限公司
怎麼用這一頁:①印 A4 貼在活動報到處;②截圖發給新加入的人;③講課時當作第一頁講義。三種用法都不需要修改內容。
APPENDIX C

C運營包:月度 SOP 與清單

給商會窗口與運營:一個月的節奏、一場活動的收尾、一份能交出去的週報。照著做,不必每次重新想。

C.1 運營月度 SOP

附表 C-1 月度運營節奏(四週一循環)
時間做什麼用哪個模組產出
第 1 週結算上月數據、發布本月活動排程、邀請 10 位新會員看板/活動/會員月報一頁、活動日曆
第 2 週辦一場小聚(8 人)、會後 48 小時跟進活動+私訊名單、3 則深談紀錄
第 3 週供需盤點:催結案、補標籤、推 3 篇優質供需供需結案率提升、內容更新
第 4 週評價推動:找出本月完成的合作,逐一請雙方互評評價信任牆新增案例

C.2 會後 48 小時清單

活動的價值有七成在會後。這份清單請在活動結束當天就開始,48 小時內完成:

  • 0–6 小時:上傳活動照片到相冊;在社區發一則活動總結(含 1 張合照+3 句重點)。
  • 6–24 小時:逐一私訊「三位最想深談的人」,訊息中提及現場的一個具體細節。
  • 24–36 小時:把現場聽到的需求整理成 1 篇供需(匿名化,經對方同意)。
  • 36–48 小時:請參與者提交評價;對未到場的報名者發一則「下次場次」邀請。

C.3 運營漏斗:從導入到轉化

導入(名冊/掃碼/活動) 激活(填四欄+發第一篇供需) 留存(每月至少一次互動) 轉化(合作+評價) 量質 習慣資產 每一層都會漏;先修漏得最多的那一層,不要同時補四層
附圖 C-1 運營漏斗:導入 → 激活 → 留存 → 轉化

C.4 會員分層運營

附表 C-2 四層會員與對應動作
分層特徵你要做的事不要做的事
沉睡註冊超過 30 天、無供需無互動一對一私訊,只問一句「最近有什麼需要幫忙的」不要群發活動通知,那只會加速封鎖
新手有註冊、資料不全給七天行動卡,並幫他改一句話定位不要一次給 14 格清單
活躍每月有互動、偶爾發供需邀他辦一場小聚,給他舞台不要只讓他當觀眾
核心常引薦、常評價、帶新人給稱號、給優先席、請他當社區共管不要只用「感謝」代替實際權益

C.5 週報模板(可直接複製)

【本週數據】 新增會員:__ | 活躍會員:__ | 新增供需:__(結案 __) 活動:__ 場/報名 __ 人/到場 __ 人 新增評價:__ 則 | 平均雷達分:__ 【本週做了什麼】 1. 2. 【下週要做什麼】 1. 2. 【需要平台協助】 ·
寫週報的三個原則:①只寫「變動」與「異常」,不要抄一遍昨天的數字;②每個數字後面接一句判斷(「供需 +12,但結案 0,說明審核後沒人跟進」);③需要協助的事寫具體(「希望開通看板的內容數據」比「希望功能更完善」有用)。
APPENDIX D

D培訓包:教學地圖與考核

給講師與培訓負責人:一份 90 分鐘的課件大綱、一張操作考核表、一套 30 天跟進設計。可依學員程度裁剪,但不要跳過「實作」。

D.1 90 分鐘課件大綱

附表 D-1 90 分鐘課程結構
時間段落內容學員產出
0–10破題:為什麼人脈存不下來三個損耗+對比表說出自己最痛的那一種損耗
10–25全景:五入口與十三模組圖 1-1/圖 2-3畫出自己會用的三格
25–45實作一:把自己變成可被找到2.3 模板+3.6 四關鍵格完成一句話定位與供需草稿
45–60實作二:找出三個人五維篩選+30 秒清單名單三人+各自的第一句話
60–75案例:三個劇本第 4 章選一個劇本,寫下明天的第一步
75–85規則:指數、積分、邊界第 5 章+第 9 章知道什麼不能做
85–90收尾:七天行動卡附錄 A簽下自己的七天承諾

D.2 操作考核表(八項,可當結業標準)

附表 D-2 操作考核:學員需現場完成
項動作合格標準對應章節
1完成一句話定位含公司、對象、問題三要素2.3
2發布一篇供需標題含結果+規模+時間;掛 2 個標籤3.4
3用三維篩選找到指定對象3 分鐘內找到並說出判斷理由3.2
4發一則三句式私訊有上下文、有具體請求、有對等價值3.3
5報名一場活動並出示核銷碼能在「我的活動」找到核銷碼3.10
6提交一則具體評價含可驗證的行為或結果3.13
7說出七維中自己最低的一維與對策能對應到一個具體動作3.8
8說出三件不能做的事例如刷評價、交易積分、群發廣告9.4

D.3 培訓後 30 天跟進

培訓最大的問題是「課後就忘」。以下三個節點,用群發或一對一各一次即可:

  • 第 3 天:問一句「供需發了嗎?卡在哪?」——只問這一題,不要附帶其他通知。
  • 第 14 天:請他貼出「本週做的一件平台上的事」,形成同儕壓力。
  • 第 30 天:看他的指數變化,公開表揚進步最多的人(不是分數最高的人)。

D.4 講師怎麼講「缺口」(話術建議)

不要說:「有些功能還沒做好,你們先將就用。」
可以說:「有兩個功能還在建置(AI 推薦、圖片私訊)。但你們今天要做的四件事——被找到、發需求、報活動、留評價——全部都是通的。我現在帶你們走一遍,走完你們就能用。」
為什麼這樣講:學員要的是「我能不能現在開始」,不是「產品完不完整」。承認缺口,同時給出可執行的路徑,信任感反而更高。
APPENDIX E

E文件規範(給改版的人)

這一節不是給讀者看的,是給下一個維護這份手冊的人看的。有了它,改版時不會出現「同一件事兩種寫法」。

E.1 用語與異形詞

附表 E-1 統一用語對照(左邊不要用)
不要用統一寫理由
引荐/引荐數引薦/引薦數繁體文件全篇用「薦」;介面若顯示「荐」屬系統用字,引用時可保留但需標註
靠谱/靠谱值靠譜/靠譜值同上,統一繁體寫法
即將開放排程中四詞並存會讓人以為是四種狀態;全書只留三態
會員(指所有人)鏈友(指互稱)/會員(指身分)兩個詞分工見第 8 章
WX 脉链链/WX脉链链WX脈鏈鏈(簡體環境用 WX脉链链)同一文件內不混用簡繁;英文一律 WeaveInX
機構/社區(混用)社區(對外)/機構(系統用語)首次出現時寫「社區(系統中亦稱機構)」

E.2 人稱、數字與標註

  • 人稱:對讀者一律用「你」,不用「您」;指平台自身用「我們」;第三方的商會用「所屬商會」。例外:模板中寫給對方的私訊或評價(如三句式、索取評價)用「您」,因為那是對外溝通,不是對讀者說話。
  • 數字:中文數字用於「三個劇本」「五個入口」這類修辭;阿拉伯數字用於介面數值、金額、天數、版本號、章節號。
  • 示例數字:凡非真實統計,一律加「(示例值)」或「以頁面為準」;嚴禁把示例數字寫成事實。
  • 截圖:每張圖下方標「YYYY-MM-DD 擷取 · 對應版本」,版本以提審包號為準。
  • 圖表編號:圖與表分開編,格式「圖 章-序」「表 章-序」,附錄用「附圖 C-1」「附表 C-1」。新增圖表後必須回頭改後續編號。

E.3 三種交付形態

附表 E-2 同一份內容的三種用法
形態適合注意
HTML 單檔內部閱讀、可跳章查詢圖片已內嵌,單檔可獨立轉發;檔案較大(約 2MB)
PDF(A4)對外發放、列印、附在提案裡以 Chrome 列印,關閉頁首頁尾;封面單獨一頁
附錄 B 一頁單活動現場、名單邀請、社群轉發可單獨截圖;不含內部說明
APPENDIX F

F待營運方確認清單

這一頁是這份文件的「誠實欄」。以下十五項屬於我們無法從原始碼、現有資料或本次擷圖確認的內容,因此沒有寫進正文(不以推測代替事實)。第 1–6 項影響全書,第 7、8 項影響第 10 章,第 9–15 項是換成真機擷圖之後發現的落差。

其中第 9、10 項已確認——發布表單已更新為四級(小局 8/小聚 20/中聚 40/匯聚不設限),與培訓教材一致。這兩列保留在表內並標示「已確認」,是為了讓看過舊稿的人知道「改了什麼、為什麼改」,不是為了湊數。其餘十三項仍待營運方確認。

附表 F-1 十五項落差與待補資訊(第 9、10 項已確認)
項待補內容影響哪一節補齊後怎麼改
1官方小程序碼(圖片檔)2.1 的佔位框、附錄 B 右上角替換 `.qrph` 區塊為實際圖片
2真實會員數、活動場次、合作機構數第 1 章(目前未放社會證明數字)在 1.2 後補一段「截至目前」的統計,並註明統計日
3評價可修改的天數3.13、9.2把「以頁面顯示為準」改為具體天數
4活動收款的實際主體(平台代收/主辦方直收)3.5、9.3依實際模式改寫表 9-2 的「收款主體」欄
5發票開立方與流程3.5、9.3補「誰開、多久開、電子或紙本」
6後續版本的時間窗(若決定對外承諾)6.4目前採「給順位不給日期」,若決定給日期,請同步承諾更新機制
7H5 正式上線的三項配置:獨立網域與 HTTPS、微信「業務域名」白名單、微信內支付與授權的 JS-SDK 參數
狀態:仍未到位(雙端切換頁的程式已寫好,但沒有正式網址可指向)
10.2、10.4、表 10-6「目前狀態」列、10.8三項完成後,把 H5 的狀態由「原型 v0.5」改為「已上線」,在表 10-6 補實際網址;在那之前建議先只上語言切換
8英文文案的母語潤稿:三語字典各 89 鍵已完成,專有名詞譯名也已定案(見表 10-9);缺的是英語母語者校對10.1、表 10-9「英文譯名」、common/i18n/en.js潤稿後直接替換 en.js 的字串即可,不必改程式;同時在表 8-1 名詞表加英文欄
9
已確認
小聚的人數上限:10 人還是 20 人
原況:教材寫 20 人、表單寫 10 人以內,兩份文件互相矛盾
2026-11-09 更新:表單改為「小聚:20 人以內」,與教材一致
表 12-1、3.10、12.3「限制人數」✅ 已依新表單改寫;正文所有「10 人以內」均已更正為 20 人
10
已確認
「中聚」這個級別還存在嗎
原況:教材有「中聚(40 人)」,表單只有「小聚/匯聚」
2026-11-09 更新:表單已補回「中聚」,並新增「小局(8 人)」,共四級
12.1、表 3-16b✅ 已改寫為四級對照(表 12-1、圖 12-1);教材無須改版,但「小局」這一級教材未列,建議補
11「七大社區」標題與 8 個圖示不一致:畫面顯示校友鏈/國際商會/商務鏈/專案/品牌合作/WX認證/商務聯盟/OPC智聯(共 8 個)
狀態:介面文案待修
圖 11-25、3.11二選一:改標題為「八大社區」,或把「OPC智聯」併入既有分類
12商城入口在哪、是否仍上線:底部導航與首頁八宮格都沒有「商城」,本次 25 張擷圖也未出現
狀態:本版未收錄
3.5確認入口路徑與上線狀態,補一張真機擷圖;若已下架,3.5 整節應改為「權益兌換」並改寫
13任務中心與積分兌換的頁面與規則:「我的」只顯示積分數字(45),沒有任務入口的擷圖
狀態:本版未收錄
3.12補擷圖與規則(每日任務、連續簽到加成、兌換品項),並確認「積分」是否可兌換
14合作評價(商貿互評/F1)的上線時間:七維雷達頁明示「F1 上線才有分,目前如實顯示 0(不計入平均)」
狀態:未上線
3.13、圖 11-10、12.7上線後:七維補上第七軸分數、3.13 補擷圖、FAQ 補「怎麼申訴」
15H5 版介面擷圖:本版系統預覽的 H5 區塊暫以「畫面待補」文字代替
狀態:待取得
手冊頂部系統預覽、10.4取得 H5 截圖後替換該區塊,並在第 11 章增設「H5 版逐頁圖解」一節
為什麼不直接填推測值?因為這份手冊會被拿去對外發放、甚至成為合作前的判斷依據。一個寫錯的會員數、一個寫錯的收款主體,代價遠大於「這一頁還沒填」。留白比編造誠實,也比編造安全。
給下一位維護者:補完上表各項後,請在附錄 F 保留本表並標註「已補齊」與補齊日期,同時更新正文對應章節,讓讀者看得到哪些留白已經填上。
APPENDIX G

G160 條建議落地對照表

這一頁是施工紀錄:把 8 個視角提出的 160 條具體建議逐條攤開,標明它落在哪一節、以及為什麼有幾條刻意不做。多數手冊改版只說「已優化」,讀者無法查證;我們把每一條攤開,標明它落在哪一節、以及為什麼有幾條刻意不做。

怎麼讀這張表:「落點」是這一條建議在 v2 裡實際生效的位置(點章節號可跳轉);「未執行」不是漏掉,而是與其他條衝突、依賴營運方資料、或超出說明書範圍——原因寫在 G.9。我們寧可留白,也不寫一個查不到依據的句子。
135
已執行
在 v2 正文生效
16
部分執行
已落地,但受素材或篇幅限制
9
未執行
有明確理由,見 G.9
160
建議總數
8 視角 × 20 條

G.1 V1 新手視角:第一次打開的人看得懂嗎

附表 G-1 V1 新手視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V1-01第 2 章開頭加「90 秒完成註冊」三格分屏圖圖 2-1已執行
V1-02「完成實名」要寫清楚要準備什麼表 2-1已執行
V1-032.3 順位表後加可直接複製的填空模板2.3 模板①②③已執行
V1-04全書操作指引統一改成編號步驟各節「操作指引」已執行
V1-05九宮格九個入口 → 對應第幾章表 2-4已執行
V1-06浮動鈕需要一個小圖示標記表 2-3部分執行
V1-07FAQ 改按「我遇到問題的那一刻」重排第 7 章 情境一–七已執行
V1-08第 2 章末加「五個最常見的卡點」前置框表 2-5已執行
V1-09第 6 章前面加一句正向框架第 6 章開頭已執行
V1-103.12 任務表加一行「兌換對照」表 3-19已執行
V1-11三個核心概念首次出現就地解釋3.2/第 8 章已執行
V1-12首頁截圖加上區號標註 ①②③④圖 2-2+表 2-3已執行
V1-13提到 AI 助手的地方要標狀態表 1-2已執行
V1-14每個模組末尾加「如果你只有 1 分鐘」各節「1 分鐘版」已執行
V1-1513 個模組給一個「建議使用順序」表 3-1已執行
V1-163.3 私訊禮儀補「對方沒回怎麼辦」3.3「對方沒回怎麼辦」已執行
V1-173.5 商城下單五步配動線說明3.5「交易動線」已執行
V1-183.10 參加者路徑旁給「取消與退款」結論3.10「取消與退款」已執行
V1-19名詞表每一項加「回到正文」錨點表 8-1 第三欄已執行
V1-20尾頁加一頁「新會員 7 天行動卡」附錄 A已執行

G.2 V2 資深商務視角:能不能直接拿去談生意

附表 G-2 V2 資深商務視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V2-01補一張「成交路徑」貫通圖圖 4-4已執行
V2-02「黃金公式」升級成「可被轉介的 5 項自檢」3.2 五項自檢已執行
V2-033.4 供需寫法給兩篇完整範例3.4 範例 A/B已執行
V2-043.3 給一張「30 秒盡調清單」3.3 30 秒清單已執行
V2-05雷達分要給「區間參考」(0–100)3.8 指數口徑已執行
V2-063.8 七維指數每一維配「本週三件事」表 3-11已執行
V2-07補「引薦請求話術模板」模板③/④已執行
V2-083.7 機會廣場加「值不值得接」三條標準表 3-10已執行
V2-093.13 補「怎麼優雅地索取評價」3.13 索取評價已執行
V2-103.6 的 14 格標出「最影響被搜到的四格」表 3-9已執行
V2-11商城要回答「我能不能上架」3.5「我能不能上架」已執行
V2-12明確標示「本章可以跳過」第 3 章開頭已執行
V2-13做一頁「從我要找 X 到發出第一條訊息」速查附錄 B已執行
V2-143.3 私訊第一句給三個場景變體模板④ 三場景已執行
V2-15L1/L2/L3 要教「怎麼用」不只「怎麼定義」表 3-12已執行
V2-16補「常見失敗模式」專節5.4已執行
V2-17把時間投入與回報講清楚第 7 章 Q②已執行
V2-183.12 說清楚「積分能不能換成錢或服務」表 3-19+5.2已執行
V2-19供需頁的「已結案」講成可看的社會證明3.4「已結案」已執行
V2-20新增「跨城/跨境使用」專節1.7(本次新增)已執行

G.3 V3 商會運營視角:我能不能把這群人管起來

附表 G-3 V3 商會運營視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V3-01補一張「運營月度 SOP」附錄 C.1已執行
V3-023.9 六個指標給「健康度判斷標準」表 3-13已執行
V3-033.10 四級活動補「決策表」而非只有規模表表 3-16已執行
V3-04加「會後 48 小時動作清單」附錄 C.2已執行
V3-053.11 補「社區冷啟動」3.11 社區冷啟動已執行
V3-063.12 說明「運營能不能自訂任務」3.12「任務能不能自訂」已執行
V3-07補「會員分層運營」方法附錄 C.4已執行
V3-08把本手冊轉成一份 90 分鐘課件大綱附錄 D.1已執行
V3-093.2 說明「批量導入/邀請會員」的運營路徑表 3-4已執行
V3-10補「機構身分 vs 個人身分」的權限差異第 7 章 Q+表 6-2部分執行
V3-113.9 工具箱八件標「誰最適合用」表 3-14已執行
V3-12現場核銷補兩個真實痛點3.10 兩個真實痛點已執行
V3-13看板要說明「能不能導出」3.9 導出說明已執行
V3-14拆出一頁 A4「會員上手單」附錄 B已執行
V3-15給審核方一份「審核標準清單」表 9-3已執行
V3-16跨社區/跨商會聯合辦活動的說明—未執行
V3-17給一個「運營週報模板」附錄 C.5已執行
V3-183.11 說明「社區權益由誰設定」3.11 權益誰設定已執行
V3-19看板要能回答「會員流失」附錄 C.4 沉睡層部分執行
V3-20補「導入→激活→留存→轉化」運營漏斗圖附圖 C-1已執行

G.4 V4 文件工程視角:這份文件撐不撐得住改版

附表 G-4 V4 文件工程視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V4-01統一繁體異形詞附錄 E.1已執行
V4-02定義「會員」與「鏈友」的分工第 8 章開頭已執行
V4-03補圖 4-1/4-2/4-3圖 4-1~4-4已執行
V4-04第 4 章流程圖必須補文字步驟第 4 章逐步說明已執行
V4-05全部表格加表號與標題全書表格已執行
V4-06正文交叉引用要真的可點交叉引用已執行
V4-07統一每節子結構3.x 四段式已執行
V4-08統一狀態詞為三態三態定義已執行
V4-09加「文件元信息」頁文件說明頁已執行
V4-10加 Change Log(版本變更記錄)—(尚未對外發布,暫不設)部分執行
V4-11截圖標註「擷取日期+對應版本」每張圖下方已執行
V4-12圖片外鏈改內嵌,單獨轉發不破圖全書 15 張圖已執行
V4-13驗證手機端表格不橫向溢出回應式樣式已執行
V4-14側欄目錄 13 個模組分組目錄分組已執行
V4-15品牌名寫法要統一附錄 E.1已執行
V4-16加「快速索引」目錄+表 8-1已執行
V4-17定人稱規則附錄 E.2已執行
V4-18定數字規範附錄 E.2已執行
V4-19第 6 章「排程中」要交代時程態度6.3/6.4已執行
V4-20提供兩種交付形態(實作三種)附錄 E.3已執行

G.5 V5 產品經理視角:手冊會不會說謊

附表 G-5 V5 產品經理視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V5-01每個「部分可用」補「現在你可以怎麼做」表 6-1 末欄已執行
V5-02「部分可用」拆成三種顆粒三種受限類型已執行
V5-03全景架構圖標三態顏色圖 1-1已執行
V5-041.2「AI=能力槓桿」原本是空的表 1-2已執行
V5-05建立「手冊承諾清單」6.5 表 6-5已執行
V5-06給指數的「計算口徑」或明說不公開3.8 計算口徑已執行
V5-07說明數據的更新頻率3.8 更新頻率已執行
V5-08統一「示例數字」的標註規則附錄 E.2已執行
V5-096.1「優先補的五件事」給優先級依據表 6-4已執行
V5-10加「已知問題(Known Issues)」小節6.3已執行
V5-11說明「回報之後會怎樣」6.7已執行
V5-12加「按角色看現況」小表表 6-2已執行
V5-133.5 商城補支付與發票的關鍵資訊表 3-8已執行
V5-14統一「審核」的說明3.4/3.10/9.4已執行
V5-15補「額度與限制」說明6.6已執行
V5-163.13「期限內更新」要給具體天數附錄 F 第 3 項部分執行
V5-17第 6 章加「我們如何決定做什麼」6.4已執行
V5-18明說「哪些功能未來也不做」6.4 四項已執行
V5-19狀態用三色徽章,在出現處即標正文各處已執行
V5-20手冊與小程序版本綁定並公告文件說明頁已執行

G.6 V6 增長視角:能不能拿它去說服人

附表 G-6 V6 增長視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V6-01封面加小程序碼2.1 佔位框部分執行
V6-02拆一頁「會員上手單」單獨轉發附錄 B已執行
V6-03把「三個損耗」做成可獨立傳播的卡片表 1-1部分執行
V6-04全書缺「社會證明」(真實統計)附錄 F 第 2 項未執行
V6-05每章末加一個 CTA各章「下一步」部分執行
V6-06為信任飛輪圖配一句可引用的 slogan圖 5-1+slogan已執行
V6-07掃碼帶入邀請關係,但沒說邀請人得到什麼2.1 邀請人得到什麼已執行
V6-08加一張「與傳統方式對比」表表 1-4已執行
V6-09三種讀法延伸成「轉發指南」第 0 章已執行
V6-10補「會員級別與權益」——轉化最大缺口1.6已執行
V6-113.5 商城展示「典型商品與價格帶」—未執行
V6-12若有新手禮包或首週加碼,必須寫出來—未執行
V6-13尾頁加客服入口與聯繫方式9.7+尾頁已執行
V6-14做一張「一頁圖解」infographic附錄 B部分執行
V6-15第 4 章劇本加一個化名人物故事第 4 章 林先生已執行
V6-16FAQ 提煉成「Top 3 疑慮」放最前面第 7 章開頭已執行
V6-17「不代替法律救濟」改寫成「平台提供什麼保障」9.5 表 9-4已執行
V6-18每一章給獨立錨點連結章節錨點已執行
V6-19尾頁加「如何取得最新版」的固定入口9.7部分執行
V6-20同步出一份 3 分鐘視頻腳本—未執行

G.7 V7 合規風控視角:會不會出事

附表 G-7 V7 合規風控視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V7-01「實名」必須補收集範圍與使用目的9.1 表 9-1已執行
V7-02「脈鏈指數」是對自然人的自動化評分9.2已執行
V7-03評價機制必須寫「異議與申訴」9.2 申訴四步已執行
V7-04「案例指紋」要說明可見範圍表 5-2已執行
V7-05私訊要說明保存期限與調取規則表 9-1 私訊列已執行
V7-06實名資料「不提供給商會」要寫明表 9-1+2.2已執行
V7-07「附近會員」涉及地理位置,需說明授權範圍表 9-1 位置列已執行
V7-08免責說明的位階要拉高第 9 章已執行
V7-09新增完整的「免責與責任邊界」章第 9 章已執行
V7-10活動收費的資金流向必須寫清楚表 9-2已執行
V7-11積分聲明「不可轉讓、不可提現、無貨幣價值」5.2 性質聲明已執行
V7-12「引薦關係不可覆蓋」要說明退出後怎麼處理表 9-5(本次新增)已執行
V7-13全書沒有「如何註銷帳號」9.6已執行
V7-14補「使用資格限制」9.4(本次新增)已執行
V7-15檢查舉例是否指向特定真實企業第 4 章已執行
V7-16展示他人公司/職稱/城市涉及第三方個資9.1 末段已執行
V7-17加「內容審核標準」摘要表 9-3已執行
V7-18「這裡沒有假人」是絕對化用語,已改寫全文+尾頁已執行
V7-19AI 功能要說明數據使用邊界9.2 只用平台內資料已執行
V7-20尾頁必須加「合規信息頁」9.7已執行

G.8 V8 教學設計視角:能不能拿去上課

附表 G-8 V8 教學設計視角(20 條)
編號建議內容落點狀態
V8-01每章開頭加「本章你能做到什麼」三條3.x 四段式+1 分鐘版部分執行
V8-0213 個模組標「必學/選學/角色專屬」章節標籤已執行
V8-03加「操作考核表」表 D-2已執行
V8-04第 4 章劇本改造成「情境卡」第 4 章部分執行
V8-05加「講師提示」標記附錄 D.4部分執行
V8-06名詞表改造成「課前預習卡+5 題小測」第 8 章 五題自測已執行
V8-07補「學員最常問的 10 題」與標準答案第 7 章 情境 Q部分執行
V8-083.12 任務機制包裝成「21 天習慣養成計畫」3.12「21 天習慣」已執行
V8-09難度遞進,而不是按頁面順序表 3-1已執行
V8-10每張截圖配一句「講師旁白」—未執行
V8-113.10 三種角色分組演練缺任務單附錄 D.1 實作段部分執行
V8-12設計「培訓後 30 天跟進」附錄 D.3已執行
V8-13另出「一句話答案版」FAQ第 7 章「先看這三個」部分執行
V8-14說明混合式學習路徑—未執行
V8-153.13 做成「改錯練習」——全書最好的教學點表 3-21已執行
V8-16補「培訓效果如何評估」—未執行
V8-17說明「學完有沒有認證」—未執行
V8-18教師版要加「怎麼講缺口」的話術附錄 D.4已執行
V8-19建議「每章 3 題自檢」第 8 章 五題自測部分執行
V8-20出一頁「教師版教學地圖」附錄 D.1+表 0-1已執行

G.9 未執行與部分執行的理由(逐條交代)

以下 25 條沒有完全照做。分成三類原因:資料未到位(寫了就是編造)、與其他條或全文規則衝突(照做會造成不一致)、超出說明書範圍(屬影音、設計或培訓專案)。

附表 G-9 未完全執行的條目與原因
編號狀態沒有完全照做的原因
V1-06部分執行浮動鈕圖示需以實際 UI 截圖為準,避免自繪圖示與線上不一致;改以表 2-3 文字說明三顆鈕的分工。
V3-10部分執行個人/企業雙身分已在第 7 章與表 6-2 說明,但未獨立成節——避免與 1.6 級別混淆,暫不合併。
V3-16未執行產品目前無「跨社區聯辦」功能,寫入會變成不實承諾;已列入下一版待評估,本期不寫。
V3-19部分執行會員流失可用 C.4 的「沉睡」分層判斷;看板本身無流失指標,不假造。
V5-16部分執行評價可修改天數需營運方確認(附錄 F 第 3 項),不以推測數字填入。
V6-01部分執行官方小程序碼尚未提供(附錄 F 第 1 項),已留佔位框與替換指示。
V6-03部分執行三個損耗已表格化(表 1-1);做成獨立卡片屬視覺素材,需設計資源,暫緩。
V6-04未執行平台無可公開的真實會員/活動統計,寫數字即為編造;已誠實列入附錄 F 第 2 項。
V6-05部分執行各章末已有「下一步」導引,但未逐章設計轉化型 CTA,避免變成推銷語氣。
V6-11未執行典型商品與價格帶需商城實際品項,現無穩定資料,避免寫死後過期。
V6-12未執行新手禮包/首週加碼之有無與內容未確認,寫錯等於虛假承諾。
V6-14部分執行附錄 B 已是一頁上手單(可印可轉發);獨立 infographic 需設計資源。
V6-19部分執行9.7 已寫「以線上最新版為準」;尾頁固定入口需一個穩定的版本發布網址,目前無。
V6-20未執行3 分鐘視頻腳本屬另一種交付物(影音),超出手冊範圍,另案處理。
V8-01部分執行3.x 已統一為「目的→意義→功能→價值+1 分鐘版」四段式,未再加三條式開場,避免每節重複。
V8-04部分執行第 4 章已含化名人物與逐步說明;改成情境卡屬課堂教具,宜另出講師版。
V8-05部分執行講師話術集中於附錄 D.4;全書逐處標「講師提示」會干擾一般讀者閱讀節奏。
V8-07部分執行第 7 章已按七個情境組織(含標準答案方向),未另立「10 題清單」以免重複。
V8-10未執行截圖旁白屬講師版內容,放在對外手冊會增加篇幅與閱讀負擔。
V8-11部分執行附錄 D.1 已含兩個實作段;3.10 專屬分組任務單宜隨課程包另附。
V8-13部分執行第 7 章開頭「先看這三個」即一句話版雛形;完整一句話版需逐題改寫,列下一版。
V8-14未執行混合式學習路徑(線上+線下)需搭配實際課程排程,目前無排程資料。
V8-16未執行培訓效果評估需前後測設計與樣本,屬培訓專案範疇,非本手冊可獨立承諾。
V8-17未執行認證之有無與授予單位由商會決定,平台不宜代為承諾。
V8-19部分執行僅第 8 章有五題自測;逐章三題會使全書增加約 40 題,列下一版擴充。
下一次改版怎麼用這張表:把附錄 F 的六項資料補齊後,V6-04(社會證明)、V6-11(價格帶)、V6-12(新手禮包)、V5-16(評價期限)四條即可從「未執行/部分」轉為「已執行」,同時關閉附錄 F 的對應項。這四條是目前唯一被外部資料卡住的項目。
↑